Table of Contents
Section I. University Overview
4
A. Coastal Activities
B. Impacts and Future Directions
C. Organizational Chart
Section II‐1 – Center for Marine Science
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
7
Activity Name
Activity Narrative
Resources
Research, Teaching, Public Service
Outputs and Impacts
Other
Section II‐2 – MARBIONC
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
46
Activity Name
Activity Narrative
Resources
Research, Teaching, Public Service
Outputs and Impacts
Other
Section II‐3 – Department of Biology and Marine Biology
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Activity Name
Activity Narrative
Resources
Research, Teaching, Public Service
Outputs and Impacts
Other
Section II‐4 – Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
121
Activity Name
Activity Narrative
Resources
Research, Teaching, Public Service
Outputs and Impacts
Other
Section II‐5 – Department of Environmental Studies
A.
B.
C.
D.
74
Activity Name
Activity Narrative
Resources
Research, Teaching, Public Service
2
134
E. Outputs and Impacts
F. Other
Section II‐6 – Department of Geography and Geology
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Activity Name
Activity Narrative
Resources
Research, Teaching, Public Service
Outputs and Impacts
Other
Section II‐7 – Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
216
Activity Name
Activity Narrative
Resources
Research, Teaching, Public Service
Outputs and Impacts
Other
Section II‐10 – Other
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
209
Activity Name
Activity Narrative
Resources
Research, Teaching, Public Service
Outputs and Impacts
Other
Section II‐9 – Watson College of Education
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
191
Activity Name
Activity Narrative
Resources
Research, Teaching, Public Service
Outputs and Impacts
Other
Section II‐8 – Department of Public and International Affairs
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
153
227
Activity Name
Activity Narrative
Resources
Research, Teaching, Public Service
Outputs and Impacts
Other
Section III‐ Concluding Remarks
232
3
I.
Overview of the University
As the only campus in the UNC System with its complete resources in the coastal zone, UNCW supports
the Marine Sciences as a traditional area of excellence, and the study of the coastal zone pervades the
fabric of the university. In fact, Marine Science is so vital to the mission of UNCW it is specifically men‐
tioned in the University’s mission statement and the Inaugural remarks of Chancellor Gary L. Miller.
UNCW Mission Statement, adopted 23 Oct 2009 ‐ The University of North Carolina Wilmington, the
state’s coastal university, is dedicated to learning through the integration of teaching and mentoring
with research and service. Our powerful academic experience stimulates creative inquiry, critical think‐
ing, thoughtful expression and responsible citizenship in an array of high‐quality programs at the bacca‐
laureate and master’s levels, and in our doctoral programs in marine biology and educational leader‐
ship. Substantial research activity, combined with our hallmark teaching excellence and moderate size,
advances distinctive student involvement in faculty scholarship. We are committed to diversity and in‐
clusion, affordable access, global perspectives, and enriching the quality of life through scholarly com‐
munity engagement in such areas as health, education, the economy, the environment, marine and
coastal issues, and the arts.
“The UNCW motto ‘Dare to Soar’ includes the full embrace of UNCW as North Carolina’s Coastal Uni‐
versity. In this way, we may serve the world even as we serve this region. As with our love of the jour‐
ney of learning, our love of place presents us a number of important opportunities and challenges:
1. UNCW must increase our emphasis on marine and coastal science in graduate education, research
and the development of biotechnology from the sea. Our continued leadership in these areas is prereq‐
uisite to our position as a leading coastal university;
2. We must build programs and partnerships in our College of Health and Human Services that promote
health and health research in this region through the College’s Coastal Health initiative;
3. We must continue to find connections in our academic and engagement programs that highlight our
region in a way that translates to coastal regions everywhere. “
‐Inaugural address Chancellor Gary L. Miller, 20 April 2012 ‐
A. Coastal Activities That are Part of This Self‐Study.
As evidence of the thorough integration of marine science throughout the university, the following ad‐
ministrative units offer programs in Marine Science. At levels from K12 through core undergraduate and
graduate programs, to lifelong learning opportunities, UNCW faculty collaborate to solve problems of
direct concern to North Carolina’s coastal regions (Table 1).
Table 1: Academic units offering marine science curricula.
1. Center for Marine Science
2. MARBIONC
3. Biology and Marine Biology
4. Chemistry & Biochemistry
5. Environmental Studies
6. Geography & Geology
7. Physics & Physical Oceanography
8. Public & International Affairs
9. Watson College of Education
UNCW weaves Marine Science throughout the curricular fabric across the academic spectrum, including
Center for Marine Science, the College of Arts and Sciences, the Cameron School of Business, and the
Watson College of Education. Marine Science emphases and excellence are also demonstrated in the
sponsored research in those units, and in the interdisciplinary research done at the Center for Marine
Science. Beyond the units listed above, marine and coastal themes are consistent in the arts and human‐
ities, and new efforts to integrate a coastal perspective into the academic fabric of the College of Health
and Human Services are being explored. No fewer than 15 different degree programs impact the educa‐
tion of young marine scientists seeking positions upon graduation in academics, business, government,
4
or in pursuit of advanced degrees. The programs described in the following sections reflect 40 or more
years of development and refinement, and continue to evolve to be more interactive, collaborative, and
innovative. Academics, research, facilities, outreach, international experiences, and economic devel‐
opment are all areas in which UNCW has active marine science elements (Table 2).
Table 2: Individual and Collaborative Marine Science Programs listed with Year Initiated
Unit
Mar Sci Degree (Yr Init)
Research Facilities Outreach
Intl Program
Economic
BA BS MS PhD Other
Development
BIO
72 80 02
*
*
*
*
*
CHM
88
*
*
*
*
GGY
10 87
*
*
*
*
PHY
72
*
*
*
EVS
72 97 08
*
*
*
*
*
PLS
11
*
*
*
MSC
98 11 plan†
*
*
*
*
*
EDN
MAT(interface),
*
CESTEM(interface),
*
Marine Quest (80)
*
BUS
MBA(collab with MSC)
*
*
*
*
BIO: Biology and Marine Biology; CHM: Chemistry and Biochemistry; GGY: Geography and Geology; PHY: Physics
and Physical Oceanography; EVS: Environmental Studies; PLS: Political Science Public & Intl Affairs; MSC: Center for
Marine Science; EDN: Watson College of Education; BUS: Cameron School of Business; †planning document for the
PhD in Coastal & Marine Science interdisciplinary program includes BIO, CHM, GGY, PHY, EVS led by MSC.
B. Impacts and Future Directions of Coastal and Marine Science Activities
"To be a national and global leader in demonstrating how universities can serve their regions, we must
come to understand and embrace the importance of our coastal location as a powerful metaphor for
many of the most significant questions of commerce, human health, nutrition, the environment and so‐
cial and cultural dynamics. In this way, we must serve the world even as we serve our region.”
Inaugural address Chancellor Gary L. Miller, 20 April 2012
Integrating learning with all of its elements of classroom work, laboratory and field research, and out‐
reach and translational activities reinforces an elevated understanding and appreciation of the role of
the ocean on life. Sustainable use, coupled with an environment of creativity and innovation serves to
build certain business concepts and strategic alliances that sustain our coastal environment, while at the
same time optimizing its products and processes for the health and well‐being of mankind. Students
have a natural enthusiasm for the study of the oceans, and by embracing ocean sciences UNCW fosters
a greater enthusiasm for basic job skills in the STEM areas. Research from basic to applied, from applied
to translational, and from translational to societal benefit forms a continuum that maximizes our limited
resources.
The University of North Carolina Wilmington is North Carolina’s Coastal University. Established in 1947
as Wilmington College, it became a part of the North Carolina state system of higher education in 1958,
was authorized to offer the bachelor's degree as a senior college in 1963, and in 1969 Wilmington Col‐
lege became the University of North Carolina at Wilmington. UNCW was authorized to offer its first mas‐
ter of science degree (in marine biology) in 1977 and its first doctoral program (in marine biology) in
2002. Now the University of North Carolina Wilmington is a comprehensive university offering a range of
undergraduate and graduate programs emphasizing marine science. The remainder of this report high‐
lights the breadth and integration of marine and coastal sciences throughout the university.
5
6
Section II‐1. Coastal and Marine Science Activities
A. Activity: CENTER FOR MARINE SCIENCE
B. Activity Narrative
Describe the mission and history of the Activity.
Vision of the UNCW Center for Marine Science: strive to be a world‐class facility that supports multidis‐
ciplinary approaches to research, education, technology transfer, public service and regional engage‐
ment in the marine sciences.
Mission of the Center for Marine Science: to promote education, basic and applied research, and public
service in all fields of the marine sciences. The Center provides facilities and support primarily for faculty
and students from the science departments at UNCW, but also for associated organizations and visiting
students and scientists conducting marine science research. By providing a state‐of‐the‐art facility, the
Center fosters research programs of high quality, thereby enhancing the educational opportunities and
experiences, and serving as an important regional node for technology transfer and public service.
UNCW is uniquely poised within the UNC System to articulate and address the complex interdisciplinary
marine issues facing the North Carolina coast in the next decade. Marine science has evolved within
UNCW so that it is now woven into the very fabric of the University serving multiple departments and
multiple colleges. As so powerfully stated by Dr. Gary L. Miller on his Installation as Chancellor of UNCW
in 2012, “... to be a national and global leader in demonstrating how universities can serve their regions,
we must come to understand and embrace the importance of our coastal location as a powerful meta‐
phor for many of the most significant questions of commerce, human health, nutrition, the environment
and social and cultural dynamics. Our place between the Atlantic Ocean and the Cape Fear River is
unique in North Carolina, but it is also representative of the most important loci of human interaction
around the world. There is no complete understanding of human history, the human condition or litera‐
ture and music and art in the absence of the sea.” and “UNCW must increase emphasis on marine and
coastal science in graduate education ... continued leadership in these areas is prerequisite to our posi‐
tion as a leading coastal university.”
History of Activity. UNCW’s investment in, and commitment to, marine science spans over 30+ yrs. In
the 1970s, the Institute of Marine Biomedical Research was established. This activity expanded in the
1980s to the Center for Marine Science Research (CMSR) and after the M.S. in Marine Science was
adopted in 2000 and assigned to CMSR, its name was shortened to Center for Marine Science (CMS). The
turn of the century also brought a new 75,000ft2 facility on the new Myrtle Grove Campus with direct
access to the Intracoastal Waterway. An Operations Wing of 24,000ft2 was added in 2008 and the
12,000ft2 Shellfish Research Hatchery in 2011, with CMS currently occupying ~111,000+ft2. Presently,
the 69,000ft2 Marine Biotechnology Building is under construction and slated for completion in 2013.
With the advent of UNCW’s millennium campus plan in 2009, the Center for Marine Science became part
of the CREST (Campus for Research Entrepreneurship, Service, and Teaching) Research Park. As CREST,
the mission on the Myrtle Grove Campus expanded to include “biotechnology to product development
in the health, food and energy sectors”. The CREST Research Park is one of the most advanced pub‐
lic/private research centers on the East Coast. The park offers flexible research space for established
firms, entrepreneurial start‐ups, government agencies and universities focusing on biotechnology, ana‐
lytical and environmental sciences, and early stage pharmaceutical research and development. The
CREST Research Park includes academic buildings including the Center for Marine Science and opera‐
tions, a translational, best practice Shellfish Research Hatchery, and the Marine Biotechnology Building.
7
Date
1970’s
1980‐90’s
2000
2000
2008
2010
2010
2012
2012‐2020
2012‐2020
2012‐2020
2012‐2020
2012‐2020
2012‐2020
Timeline for Development of the Center for Marine Science
Unit
Space
Institute of Marine Biomedical Research (IMBR)
5,000 ft2
Center for Marine Science Research (CMSR)
10,000 ft2
CMSR Renamed and Moved to Myrtle Grove Campus
Center for Marine Science (CMS)
75,000 ft2
Operations Wing
24,000 ft2
Oyster Hatchery
12,000 ft2
Myrtle Grove Campus Renamed to CREST Research Park
Biotechnology Complex
69,000 ft2
Future Development
Move Aquaculture/Mariculture to CREST Park
???
Marine Science Education Building
???
Marine Science Undergraduate Wet Lab
Marine Technology Building
???
Residential Village
???
Cum. Space
5,000 ft2
15,000 ft2
75,000 ft2
99,000 ft2
111,000 ft2
180,000 ft2
???
???
???
???
Discuss what makes this Activity unique, competitive, compelling, and/or strategic importance.
UNCW is the State’s Coastal University. It is the only one of the 16 constituent campuses of the UNC Sys‐
tem in which the entire University with all of its associate resources is located on the coast. Marine sci‐
ence has always been a strong draw for students and UNCW is well placed geographically and academi‐
cally to offer a broad‐based program in marine science. UNCW currently has >100 faculty with significant
marine science interests, including ~½ in biology, with the balance in business, chemistry, economics,
education, environmental studies, geology, health, physics, and policy, as well as research faculty at
CMS not affiliated with specific departments. Funding in marine research at UNCW has been growing
rapidly. Over the period 2001‐2006, marine scientists within the 16‐campus UNC System managed over
$99M in research and outreach programs of which ~½ were administered by UNCW.
From 2008–2012, CMS administered (does not include marine science proposals managed by other units
within UNCW) 580 proposals for $91,621,923 (average of $18,324,384/yr.). Of these, 78 proposals
($6,763,352) were for regional activities and 192 proposals ($6,693,331) were for local activities or ≈
50% of the grants for 2008–2012 directly addressed regional or local needs.
Location. The location of the Center provides easy access to diverse regional marine environments. The‐
se include tidal marshes/mud flats/sand flats; tidal creeks; barrier islands and tidal inlets; the Atlantic
Intracoastal Waterway; near shore marine environments; the Gulf Stream; hard bottom communities;
sand dunes and maritime forests; and both highly developed and minimally developed estuarine envi‐
ronments.
Center for Marine Science (CMS). CMS is dedicated to interdisciplinary approaches to questions in basic
marine research. In addition to a small resident staff, faculty from the Departments of Biology and Ma‐
rine Biology, Chemistry and Biochemistry, Environmental Studies, Geography and Geology, and Physics
and Physical Oceanography draw research support from CMS. There are a wide variety of affiliated activ‐
ities happening at CMS including: Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System (RCOOS); North Carolina Sea
Grant; North Carolina National Estuarine Research Reserve (NC NEERS); Marine Biotechnology Center of
Innovation, Marine Biotechnology in North Carolina (MARBIONC), Marine Quest; and an extensive
community outreach program for public schools and adult education. CMS also supplies research sup‐
port for (alphabetical): Aquaculture Facility; Aquatic Ecology Lab; Benthic Ecology Laboratory; Climate
Change Working Group; Cooperative Institute for Ocean Exploration, Research and Technology (CIOERT);
8
Coral Reef Research Group and Nutrient Lab; Gillings Family Foundation Student/Faculty Exchange Pro‐
gram with University of Southampton (UoS); Harmful Algal Blooms Lab (HABLAB); Lower Cape Fear River
Program; and Remotely Operated Vehicle Facility.
Net indoor space at CMS supports a variety of activities, including collaboration and research. Facilities
supporting collaboration include group meeting rooms for up to 150 individuals; autoclave and media
preparation room; and computer workrooms. Facilities supporting research include fully equipped re‐
search laboratories; classrooms; marine science laboratories; a greenhouse with running seawater; a
radioisotope laboratory; a stable isotope laboratory; cold rooms and walk‐in freezers; temperature con‐
trolled rooms; darkroom; chemical storage and balance rooms; fireproof vault for data storage; clean
room; central analytic facility; sample processing rooms; aquarium room with running seawater; indoor
storage; outdoor storage; and shower/locker facilities. CMS Core Facilities include: oceanographic
equipment; nutrient analyzers; NMR and LCMSMS spectroscopy; DNA sequencing; and stable isotope
ratio mass spectrometry.
Outdoor facilities also support a variety of activities. A 900‐foot pier with docking and research facilities
is on the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway. CMS supplies raw, filtered, and purified seawater at flow up to
600 liters/min; tank farm services; and aquarium room services. CMS maintains 22 research vessels
ranging from 13 feet to the 35‐foot R/V Seahawk to the 68‐foot R/V Cape Fear and specialized equip‐
ment including a Super Phantom Remotely Operated Vehicle, ocean environmental samplers (SBE‐CTD;
Acrobat Towed‐Undulating Profiler), and ADCP current profilers and a wide variety of in situ moored
instrumentation.
CMS Education Program. Emphasizing teaching, research and public service, CMS’s mission is closely
aligned with that of UNCW. In its teaching role CMS administers the M.S. in Marine Science. The educa‐
tional objectives of this degree are 1) to provide a broad interdisciplinary understanding of marine sci‐
ence to students having strong undergraduate training in the sciences and mathematics; and 2) to help
students to develop skills that will enable them to utilize this knowledge to solve complex marine envi‐
ronmental problems. The M.S. in Marine Science currently has 36 students enrolled and has 108 gradu‐
ates since May, 2001. The program usually has ~⅓ in‐state students and ~⅔ out‐of‐state students with a
retention rate of 95% over the last 10 yrs. with time to degree 2.7 yrs. versus national average of 2.9 yrs.
The program has produced 3 NOAA Knauss Fellows and ~93% of graduates placed in relevant occupa‐
tions with ~43% remaining in NC.
The M.S. in Marine Science is unique among national programs; it is a truly interdisciplinary program.
Students take courses in at least 3 core areas of marine science (biological, chemical, geological and
physical oceanography) and their committee members represent at least 2 different disciplines in ma‐
rine science with all students gaining experience in cruise and field sampling. The M.S. in Marine Science
also offers students a unique opportunity to combine science with policy and management with a Con‐
centration in Marine Policy (~ ⅓ take this op on).
A second unique program was started in 2008, Business of Biotechnology, offering post‐doctoral fellows
the chance to carry out advanced research in marine biotechnology while getting a Master of Business
Administration.
The marine science program at UNCW has evolved tremendously since the establishment of the Ph.D. in
Marine Biology to where it now is integrated into the core of the University, across many disparate pro‐
grams in multiple colleges. Therefore in 2009, UNCW proposed a Ph.D. program to meet the needs of
faculty and students with marine science interests in physical and social sciences ‐ ‐entitled the Ph.D. in
Coastal and Marine Science. A number of biology faculty members have much to offer a degree in ma‐
rine science, and would benefit from the option of having students at the interface of disciplines in both
9
the marine biology program and in a more interdisciplinary marine science program. A strong founda‐
tion for training in coastal and marine science has grown and matured in the past 10 years since the
Ph.D. in Marine Biology was started in 2002. Faculty expertise has strengthened in all areas of marine
science, especially in physical oceanography (where additional hires are necessary). UNCW can now pro‐
vide Ph.D. level students with a sound educational experience in all aspects of marine science. In order
for the marine science program to continue to develop to meet the needs of our region and North Caroli‐
na in general, it is absolutely vital to increase our capacity to address state and regional needs through
development of an interdisciplinary Ph.D. that will be inclusive of the natural sciences, business and so‐
cial sciences. We envision the Ph.D.’s in Marine Biology and Coastal and Marine Science functioning to‐
gether in a complementary and synergistic manner much like the M.S.’s in Marine Biology and in Marine
Science.
Identify the most significant impact(s) of the program on research, education, and/or society (includ‐
ing direct contributions to policy or management decisions) since January 1, 2008.
1. September, 2008: The Gillings’ Family Foundation (GFF) was established to support a Joint Stu‐
dent/Faculty Exchange Program between the National Oceanographic Centre, University of Southamp‐
ton and the Center for Marine Science (CMS), University of North Carolina Wilmington. The exchange
program supports approximately 10 students annually, five from each side of the ocean. Mostly these
are undergraduate participants, but selected graduate students and faculty have had opportunities to
explore collaborative research, cruise tracks, or field experiences;
2. September, 2009: The ground was broken for the Marine Biotechnology Building to be completed in
2013. This building was funded as a $14,979,310 matching grant from the National Institute of Stand‐
ards and Technology (NIST) with funds from American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. Bio‐
technology faculty members will move into the new building and release approximately 9 additional labs
and offices for S College campus marine science faculty, thereby reducing the space crunch on campus;
3. May, 2009: The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) announced a five‐year,
$22.5 million award of a new cooperative institute, co‐managed by Harbor Branch Oceanographic Insti‐
tute (HBOI) at Florida Atlantic University in Fort Pierce, Florida, and the Center for Marine Science (CMS)
at University of North Carolina Wilmington (UNCW). Cooperative Institutes function as special liaisons
to NOAA in their areas of expertise, and meet annually as a group of 22 different CI Directorates to help
NOAA guide its extramural research programs;
4. March, 2010: Request for Authorization to Plan Ph.D. in Coastal and Marine Science was submitted
to the state of North Carolina Graduate Council. Currently under a revision prompted by the GA, will
result in a planning document to create the interdisciplinary degree, thereby granting access to PhD stu‐
dents for those faculty members not in the biological sciences, and offering additional opportunities to
biological sciences faculty.
5. April, 2010: UNCW Center for Marine Science hosted an Innovation Workshop for NC’s Marine Re‐
search Community bringing together research scientists, university administrators, government leaders,
members of innovation centers and business people from around the state for a collaborative workshop
on Permanent Innovation led by Langdon Morris.
The most significant challenges that will be faced by the Activity in the next five years.
1. National Economy. The most significant challenge faced by CMS and the Marine Program in general
is maintaining the growth of program during poor economic times. Creative and innovative resource
development and management are essential to both sustain our growth and secure our future. These
economic impacts affect field and laboratory research, library resources like eResources and core print
abilities, facilities upkeep and maintenance, vessel and dive support including life and safety, and pro‐
10
grammatic resources that limit national capability not just UNCW capability. Funding for these re‐
sources are not insignificant and can jeopardize the USA capability in the world’s ocean ;
2. Seagoing Support. Facing potential loss of seagoing capability for research and student training: 1)
Due to economic climate and lack of requests for ship time, after 30+ years of exemplary operation and
while the ship’s material condition have extended its lifetime to 2022, the National Science Foundation
has announced retirement of R/V CAPE HATTERAS in 2013; 2) UNCW owns and operates R/V CAPE FEAR.
The 63', 25‐year old vessel is near its serviceable life (~25–30 yrs.) and the marine science program has
outgrown its capabilities. Together with projected loss of other seagoing assets within UNC System and
Duke University, NC marine science programs stand to lose the capability to work in the open ocean. A
new state‐of‐the‐art, 65–85 ft, replacement cost is ~ $3.5M;
3. Close‐out of the National Undersea Research Center: For 30+ years, the NOAA sponsored National
Undersea Research Center (NURC) at UNCW was the largest marine science grant in NC, bringing >$50
million into UNCW to support undersea science and technology development. Numerous UNCW scien‐
tists and students have used the resources of NURC. The 2013 budget at all levels of Federal govern‐
ment has closed the NURP budget line, from which UNCW’s NURC program was funded ;
4. Close‐out of Aquarius Reef Base: Aquarius, located 4.5 km offshore Key Largo in 20m of water, has
been operated by UNCW for NOAA since 1990. Aquarius is a unique ocean science and diving facility
providing unparalleled means to study coral reefs and ocean, to test state‐of‐the‐art undersea technolo‐
gy, and to train students, astronauts, and scientific divers. Over 350 projects have been conducted at
Aquarius Reef Base providing access to 2600+ participant, including hundreds of graduate and under‐
graduate students from over 260 institutions and agencies. This is related to the NURC Center, and like
NURC NURP has been zeroed in the President’s budget, upheld by the House and Senate;
5. End of National Institutes of Health/National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences Grant
Funding. An 11 year NIEHS Program Project grant directed by UNCW will come to an end in 2013, with
all of its specific aims being successfully completed, and in fact has moved beyond the mission of the
agency. This award has brought in close to $15M to the Center of Marine Science, and has resulted in 7
patents and patent applications. The plan is to move the patented materials into a licensing phase
whereby the Center can benefit from royalties and other remuneration for work completed. One drug
discovered, brevenal, will enter clinical trials in2013 for the treatment of cystic fibrosis.
Include a succinct description of the future directions for, and sustainability of, the Activity in the next
year and in the next five years. Include modifications to personnel, programs, funding, or major infra‐
structure.
1. Expansion of CREST Research Park. UNCW’s long‐range plan (2012–2020) calls for significant
growth on the CREST campus including: moving the UNCW Aquaculture/Mariculture Facility from
Wrightsville Beach to consolidate all marine biotechnology units on one site; construction of a new edu‐
cation building to expand classroom capacity, and undergraduate science laboratories on the CREST
campus; construction of a Student Training Flowing Seawater Laboratory to support “eTEAL: experienc‐
ing Transformative Education through Applied Learning”; construction of a Marine Technology Support
Building; and construction of a Residential Village. All of these modifications are being made to consoli‐
date resources, optimize equipment and space, and focus research support staff on one campus;
2. Proposed North Carolina Alliance in Marine Science. The UNC system (at least five significant pro‐
grams) and Duke University are home to over 200 faculty, 200 professional staff and postdoctoral re‐
searchers, and 500 undergraduate and graduate students working on coastal and marine science issues.
For these reasons, UNCW has proposed the formation of the North Carolina Alliance in Marine Science
(NC AiMS). This program would encompass and expand capabilities of existing marine programs and
other affiliated organizations within NC. The Alliance would be a multi‐disciplinary and multi‐
11
institutional activity designed to support a goal‐directed, sustained effort to broadly enhance knowledge
of coastal and marine environment. Charter members of the Alliance will potentially include 5 campuses
of the University of North Carolina System (East Carolina University, Elizabeth City State University,
North Carolina State University, University of North Carolina Chapel Hill, and University of North Caroli‐
na Wilmington) and Duke University. While maintaining their individual identities, a combination of the
personnel and resources from these institutions into one “Virtual Marine Resource Center” will result in
capabilities comparable in size and stature to best of the marine science programs in the United States.
The proposal is in draft form, and is under review at each of the marine institutions in the state;
3. Proposed Ph.D. in Coastal and Marine Science. In response to national, state and regional priorities
for expanded capacity in marine science research and education, the University of North Carolina Wil‐
mington requests authorization to plan an integrative and interdisciplinary Ph.D. Program in Coastal
and Marine Science. This program will differ from existing marine science related programs in the state
in that it will take advantage of the fact that marine science is so woven into the fabric of the University
that it is a natural extension of the academic program for the Ph.D. Program. It will place emphasis on
integrating scientists from various disciplines across college and university boundaries to bring together
new inter/trans‐disciplinary teams to address the marine science issues that are of such paramount im‐
portance to the southeast region and the coastal regions of North Carolina in general. The program will
combine direct observation of the environment with a systematic search for understanding the process‐
es that control it and their socioeconomic effects. This program will investigate the ocean’s role in many
of society’s most pressing challenges. Students will receive individualized training in coastal and marine
science mentored by interdisciplinary teams with a broad range of marine science expertise.
C.
Resources
1. Personnel
a.) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include current
faculty searches that are underway or expected). Expand the below table as necessary.
Table C1. Personnel
Center for Marine Science Personnel
Name
Title ‐ Department/College
Role
UNCW Center for Marine Science: Support Staff
CMS Management Team
Baden, Daniel G
Director / CMS
Director CMS
Morrison, John M
Willey, Joan Dewitt
Skrabal, Stephen A
Wagner, Amy J
Dionesotes, Mellissa Ann
Professor/ PPO
Professor/ CAB
Professor/ CAB
Visiting Res Assist Prof/ CMS
Admin Associate/ CMS
Assoc Dir for Ed & Research
Assoc Dir Education CMS (cont)
Assoc Dir Education CMS (new)
Visiting Research Asst Prof
Administrative Associate
Beach, Anne Elizabeth
Keck, Susan Kimberly
Business Officer/ CMS
Executive Assistant/ CMS
Assoc Dir for Admin Services
Executive Assistant
12
Grosser, Suzanne M
Childs, Glenn S
Dallmer, Peggy Ann Marie
Admin Associate/ CMS
Support Services Assoc/ CMS
Admin Associate/ CMS
Procurement Specialist
Storeroom Manager
Administrative Associate
Boynton, Toniece Carter
Administrative Associate/ CMS
Administrative Associate
Styron III, Henry J
Res Operations Manager/ CMS
Asst Dir Marine Operations
Compeau Jr, Gerald E
Johns, Kenneth D
Aten, Daniel W
Turner, Randall H
Research Vessel Captain/ CMS
Research Ops Manager/ CMS
Specialty Trades Tech/ CMS
Tech Support Analyst/ CMS
Research Vessel Captain
Research Operations Mgr
Instrument Maker
Instrument/Computer Consultant
Wells III, David H
Tech Support Analyst/ CMS
Comp Consult/Ocean Instr Tech
Reinmann, Paul F
Res Operations Manager/ CMS
Facility Engr Specialist
Moore II, Ronald A
Deanes, Robert F
Thigpen, Brandon M
Fac Maint Tech/ CMS
Fac Maint Tech/ CMS
Engineering Technician/ CMS
Aquaculture Systems Consultant
Aquaculture Systems Consultant
CMS Engineering Technician
Center for Marine Science Research Faculty and Staff
Tomas, Carm
Ross, Steve
Bourdelais, Andrea
Goodman Allan
Jacocks Karl
York, Robert
Niven, Susan K
Freshwater, David W
Whitehead, Robert F
Duernberger, Kimberly A
Miller, Andrew Michael
Gupta, Prasoon K
Professor/ CMS
Research Professor/ CMS
Res Assoc Professor/ CMS
Res Assoc Professor/CMS
Res Assoc Professor/CMS
Research Specialist/ CMS
Research Specialist/ CMS
Research Specialist/ CMS
Research Specialist/ CMS
Research Technician/ CMS
Research Specialist/ CMS
Post Doc Research Assoc/ CMS
Professor Joint with BMB
Research Professor
Research Assoc Professor
Research Assoc Professor
Research Assoc Professor
Research Specialist
Research Specialist
Research Specialist
Research Specialist
Research Technician
Research Associate
Post Doc Research Assoc
UNCW Shellfish Research Hatchery
Wilber, Ami
Finelli, Amy Elizabeth W
Associate Professor/ CMS
Research Technician/ CMS
Director of Shellfish Hatchery
Shellfish Hatchery Technician
UNCW Center for Marine Science: Research Program Faculty and Staff
Aquarius Reef Base
Potts, Thomas Andrew
Rosser, Saul Andrew
Rutten, Otto C
Assoc Director ‐ Program/ ARB
Res Operations Manager/ ARB
Assoc Director ‐ Program/ ARB
13
Aquarius Reef Base Prog Dir
Aquarius Reef Base Oper Dir
Associate Director ‐ ARB
Garcia, Rogelio
Hulsbeck, Mark W
Talacek, James R
LaPete, Ryan Sellers
Brown, Justin Alan
Res Operations Manager/ ARB
Res Operations Manager/ ARB
Res Operations Manager/ ARB
Scientific Diving Specialist/ ARB
Scientific Diving Specialist/ ARB
Research Operations Mgr
Research Operations Mgr
Research Operations Mgr
Undersea Research Diver
Undersea Research Diver
Undersea Vehicle Program
Horn, Lance W
Taylor, Glenn H
Res Operations Manager/ ARB
Res Operations Manager/ ARB
Research Operations Mgr
Research Operations Mgr
Cape Fear River Program
Mallin, Michael A
McIver, Matthew R
Research Professor/ CMS
Research Specialist/ CMS
Watanabe, Wade O
Alam, Md Shah
Research Professor/ CMS
Res Assistant Professor/ CMS
Research Professor
Research Specialist
Fish Mariculture
Research Professor
Research Asst Professor
Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System (RCOOS)
Leonard, Lynn
Dorton, Jennifer Renee
Hall, Stephen R
Qi, Xiaoyan
Professor/ GAG
Univ Program Specialist/ CMS
Research Specialist/ CMS
Bus & Tech Appl Tech / CMS
Principle Investigator
Exten Educ & Training Spec
Research Specialist
Bus & Tech Appl Tech
NC National Estuarine Research Reserve
Sutton, Hope Elisabeth
Environmental Specialist/ CMS
Coastal Reserve Stewardship
Wells, Heather A
Toothman III, Byron
Tech Support Analyst/ CMS
Research Specialist/ CMS
Research Specialist
Research Specialist
North Carolina Sea Grant
Rogers Jr, Spencer M
Baker Jr, Michael S
Humphrey, Lisa A
Non‐Voting
Voting
NV V
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
NAME
Alam, Md.Shah
Alphin, Troy
Arbogast, Brian
Avery, Gene
Baden, Daniel
Bailey, Jeffrey Craig
Baker, Scott Jr.
Ballard, Timothy A.
Bassett, W (Strangman)
Baumgarner, Bradley
Benedetti, Michael M.
Research Associate/ CMS
Visiting Res Assist Prof/ CMS
Administrative Associate/ CMS
Sea Grant Research Assoc
Sea Grant Fisheries Specialist
Administrative Associate
Marine Science Faculty (Revised 09/28/2012)
DEPT
CMS
CMS
BMB
CAB
CMS
BMB
SG
BMB
CMS
BMB
GAG
TITLE
Res Assis Prof.
Research Assoc
Assoc Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Director/Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Fish. Specialist
Assoc Prof.
Pubs.
Grad BMB CAB GAG Phy Evs CMS Oth Total
1
1
24
1
1
20
1
1
14
1
1
36
1
1
129
1
1
18
1
6
1
10
1
6
1
N/A
1
8
Lecturer
Assoc Prof.
14
5 yr
4
2
3
11
27
0
1
0
4
N/A
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bingham, Frederick
Borrett, Stuart
Bourdelais, Andrea J.
Brander, Susanne
Brooke, Sandra D.
Cahoon, Larry
Clavijo, Ileana
Cutting, Robert
Dillaman, Richard
Dumas, Chris
Durako, Michael
Eitelman, Stephen
Elliott, Elizabeth
Emslie, Steven
Evers, Pamela
Finelli, Christopher
Frampton, Author
Freshwater, Wilson
Gamble, Douglas W.
Goodman, Allan James
Hall, Jack
Halls, Joanne
Harris, William
Hawkes, Andrea
Hearty, Paul
Herstine, James H.
Hill, Jeff
Hosier, Paul
Howe, Lee Vincent
Imperial, Mark
Jacocks, Henry
Jones, S. Bart
Kelley, Patricia
Kenworthy, W. Judson
Kieber, Robert
Kinsey, Stephen
Koopman, Heather
Kurz, Whitney J.
Lane, Chad
Lankford, Thomas
Laws, Richard
Lee, Hee‐‐ Seung
Leonard, Lynn A.
Long, Zachary
Mallin, Michael A.
McCall, Jennifer
PHY
BMB
CMS
BMB
Adj C
BMB
BMB
EVS
BMB
ECO
BMB
CMS
CMS
BMB
ABL
BMB
BMB
CMS
GAG
CMS
EVS
GAG
GAG
GAG
EVS
HAH
EVS
BMB
MKT
PIA
CMS
CAB
GAG
Adj B
CAB
BMB
BMB
CMS
GAG
BMB
GAG
CAB
GAG
BMB
CMS
CMS
Full Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Res Assoc Prof.
Res Assis Prof.
Mar. Conserv. Inst.
Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Prof.
MARBIONC
Res. Specialist
Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Chair/Assoc Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Research Analyst
Prof.
Res Assoc Prof.
Chair/Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Res Assoc Prof.
Prof.
Prof.
Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Res Assoc Prof.
Full Prof.
Prof.
NOAA Fish. Bio.
Prof.
Prof.
Assoc Prof.
NER
Assistant Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Chair/Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Research Prof.
Visit. Res. Assis. Prof.
15
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
8
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
17
24
26
1
1
1
1
N/A N/A
50
8
5
0
1
1
46 10
1 25 11
57 16
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
65 24
1
9
2
19
2
11
4
1
0
15
6
3
0
2
1
10
2
20
5
12
4
70 12
1
8
4
8
3
11
0
1
1 14
0
8
2
18
0
26
2
N/A N/A
75 19
36 17
26 10
N/A N/A
12 10
12
1
12
1
20
0
28
9
18
6
64
9
N/A N/A
1 McCartney, Michael
McLellan, William
1 McNamara, Dylan
1 Mead, Ralph N.
Merritt, James
Meyer, Gregory F.
1 Morgan, Jeremy
1 Morrison, John Miller
Mosca, Deborah A.
1 Naar, Jerome
1 Nooner, Scott
1 Pabst, D. Ann
1 Pawlik, Joseph
1 Posey, Martin
Potts, Tom
1 Pyott, Sonja
1 Reeves, Jimmy
Roberts, J. Murray
1 Roer, Robert
1 Rogers, Spencer
Rommel, Sentiel
1 Ross, Steve
Rotenberg, James
Rutten, Otto
1 Satterlie, Richard
1 Scharf, Frederick
1 Schuhmann, Peter W.
1 Seaton, Pamela
1 Shafer, Thomas
1 Sizemore, Ronald
1 Skrabal, Stephen
BMB
BMB
PHY
CAB
CMS
EVS
CAB
PHY
CMS
CMS
GAG
BMB
BMB
BMB
CMS
BMB
CAB
Adj C
BMB
SG
BMB
CMS
EVS
CMS
BMB
BMB
EAF
CAB
BMB
BMB
CAB
Assoc Prof.
Research Assoc
Assistant Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Phased retiremen
Instructor
Assoc Prof.
Prof/Assoc Dir
CEO Mar. Biotech
Res Assoc Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Prof.
Prof.
Prof.
Assoc Dir ARB
Assistant Prof.
Chair/Prof.
Research Assoc
Dean/Prof.
1 Snider, Anthony
1 Song, Bongkeun
1 Stapleton, Ann E.
1
Szmant, Alina
1 Taggart, John
1 Taylor, Alison R.
1 Tomas, Carmelo
1 Van Tuinen, Marcel
1
Wagner, Amy
1 Watanabe, Wade
1 Webster, David
1 Westgate, Andrew
1 White, J. Wilson
1 Whitehead, Robert F.
EVS
BMB
BMB
BMB
EVS
BMB
BMB
BMB
GAG
CMS
BMB
BMB
BMB
CMS
Assistant Prof.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
18
8
57 20
14
7
14
8
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
11
4
36
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lecturer
Research Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Assoc Dir ARB
Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Prof.
Prof.
Prof.
Prof.
Assoc Dir/Prof.
44
15
54
98
41
2
9
10
6
24
23
19
8
14
27
3
0
3
0
3
4
3
45
2
1
53
24
32
31
15
24
31
16
1
0
7
10
12
7
2
0
7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Assoc Prof.
Phased Retire.
Assoc Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Visit. Res. Assis. Prof
Research Prof.
Assoc Dean/Prof.
Res Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Res. Specialist
16
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
3
31 16
30
6
53 15
10
6
33 12
27 15
27
4
N/A N/A
61 12
6
0
25
7
N/A N/A
1
1
1
1
Wilbur, Ami
Willey, Joan
Williard, Amanda S.
Wright, Jeffrey
BMB
CAB
BMB
CAB
Assoc Prof.
Assoc Dir/Prof.
Assoc Prof.
Prof.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
17
70
13
114
6
13
8
19
8 2414
619
1
1
Updated Aug 7, 2012
Marine Science Faculty
Grad BMB
CAB GAG Phy
Evs
CMS Oth
Totals
% Total Marine Science Faculty
70
47
12
11
3
67%
45%
11%
10%
3%
10% 21%
8%
% Marine Science Graduate Faculty
80%
54% 14%
13%
3%
11% 25%
9%
MS Graduate Faculty
X MS Voting Faculty
X
Non-Voting MS Faculty
X X Total Marine Science
70
87
18
105
10
22
University Marine Science Graduate Faculty
University Voting Faculty assuming Research Faculty Vote
University Non-Voting Faculty - Instructors, Research Assocs, et
Total Marine Science Related Faculty at UNCW
b.) Provide current number and general description of undergraduate students, graduate students,
and post‐docs involved with the Activity. Do not list individual students or post‐docs.
Undergraduate Students: 3 Work Study; 1 Library Assistant; 19 Hourly Working Assistants
Graduate Students: 40 graduate students; 23 Teaching Assistants; 17 Research Assistants; 2 Hourly
Post‐Doctoral Students: 4
Above we have listed the students who are on the CMS Payroll. It should be noted that this list does
not show the support that the Center supplies to virtually all of the marine science masters and Ph.
D. candidates. Further, academic support (boats and ships; Core Facilities, Running Seawater, lab
space, office space, etc) for graduate students and a high percentage of the undergraduate marine
science majors enrolled at UNCW also occurs through the center assets. All undergraduate students
have access to CMS resources through their faculty advisor, mentor, or professor. Virtually all ma‐
rine science faculty have undergraduate DIS students who, from time to time, use assets at the Cen‐
ter. Access to undergraduate students is transparent during normal business hours of the universi‐
ty. As much as is possible we permit after hours and weekend access, the caveat being that we pre‐
fer pairs of students working together rather than individuals at odd hours.
2. Funding
Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of
revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes
of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011
– June 30, 2012.
Table C2: Revenue
Source
Federal
State (not including uni‐
versity
Institution (e.g. University)
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
6,343,763
180,270
6,144,207
254,392
FY13 ($)
FY14 ($)
Current
Projected
5,836,253 3,842,314 2,242,987
334,718
217,701
326,407
2,708,144
2,811,997
2,553,523 2,365,689
17
FY12 ($)
2,366,769
Foundation Other Total 57,028 44,014 41,594 50,079 1,233,907 1,363,612 1,320,934 1,002,415 10,523,111 10,618,222 10,087,022 7,478,197 45,836 801,579 5,784,578 Revenue table description – The revenue table is comprised of FY09/10-­‐11/12 actual revenues, FY12-­‐13 actual/projected revenue and FY13-­‐14 projected revenue. Federal and institutional revenue decline as a large grant program (and associated program income) ends during FY12/13. Table C3: Expenses Source FY10 ($) FY13 ($) FY14 ($) Current Projected 5,011,899 5,095,439 5,037,677 3,980,480 3,284,737 3,602,361 3,422,338 3,326,781 2,414,143 1,580,889 -­‐ -­‐ -­‐ -­‐ -­‐ Personnel Programmatic Physical infrastruc-­‐ ture Maintenance and op-­‐ 569,647 eration Equipment (>$5,000) 94,336 Other Direct Costs -­‐ Indirect Costs 1,203,096 Total 10,481,339 FY11 ($) FY12 ($) 550,283 550,283 550,283 550,283 170,285 228,631 15,000 20,000 -­‐ -­‐ -­‐ -­‐ 1,089,094 1,023,008 647,190 355,955 10,327,439 10,166,381 7,607,097 5,791,864 Expense table description – The expense table includes actual expenses by category for FY09/10-­‐ FY12/13, actual/projected expense for FY12/13 and projected expense for FY13/14. Expenses decline as a large grant program ends during FY12/13. 3. Physical infrastructure Describe the key physical infrastructure that supports your Activity. Include buildings, boats, spe-­‐ cialized equipment, land, core facilities, and any other unique capability. Include pending infrastruc-­‐ ture additions. Please indicate who owns the physical infrastructure and whether it is a shared re-­‐ source. If shared, by whom? The Center for Marine Science at UNC Wilmington is dedicated to providing an environment that fosters a multidisciplinary approach to questions in basic marine research. The mission of the center is to pro-­‐ mote basic and applied research in the fields of oceanography, coastal and wetland studies, marine bi-­‐ omedical and environmental physiology, and marine biotechnology and aquaculture. Faculty members conducting marine science research in the departments of biology and marine biology, chemistry and marine chemistry, physics and physical oceanography, geography and geology, and environmental sci-­‐ ence participate in this program. The center fosters research programs of the highest quality and there-­‐ by enhances the educational experience provided by undergraduate and graduate students in marine science. The University’s focus on marine science has a long history that spans over 30 years. In the 1970s, what is now the Center for Marine Research began as the Marine Biomedical Institute, located at Wrightsville Beach, North Carolina, then in the 1980s was called the Center for Marine Science Research (CMSR). In 2000, after the Master’s in Marine Science graduate degree was adopted and the first build-­‐ ing of the new facility in Myrtle Grove are of Wilmington, the Center moved to its present location. Location. The location of CMS in southeastern North Carolina provides easy access to regional marine environments such as: tidal marshes/mud flats/sand flats; tidal creeks; barrier islands and tidal inlets; 18 the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway; near‐shore marine environments; the Gulf Stream; hard bottom
communities; sand dunes and maritime forests; and both highly developed and minimally developed
estuarine environments. Southeastern North Carolina is a growing region and this development will
have a profound impact on coastal and near‐shore resources. It also supports a vibrant commercial and
recreational fishing industry, is home to one of the state’s major port facilities, and has a growing tour‐
ism industry that is dependent on the health of the region’s coastal and ocean resources. As develop‐
ment of the region continues at a rapid pace, officials at all levels of government as well as nongovern‐
mental organizations in various business sectors and nonprofit organizations will have a need for hiring
staff with the technical knowledge, skills, and abilities necessary to confront emerging coastal and ma‐
rine issues. The existing marine science Ph.D. programs in NC largely focus on marine/coastal issues in
the NE part of the state (north of Cape Lookout). Because the geology, rates of sea level rise, and ocean
current structure change dramatically at or near Cape Lookout, NC would benefit from having experts
trained with a background in southeastern NC, especially if they are going to work for agencies making
state‐ wide policies. The Cape Fear Region is currently being overlooked. Since there are no comparable
graduate programs in the region, the proposed program would be uniquely positioned to provide the
education and training necessary to help public officials as they grapple with a wide range of coastal and
marine problems. During the fact‐finding tours associated with UNC Tomorrow, the public expressed
great pleasure with the regional interaction of the marine science programs at UNCW. In addition, cor‐
porate leaders, members of UNCW volunteer boards, and others have helped UNCW identify academic
and outreach programs that would enhance the future economic wellbeing and quality of life for south‐
eastern and coastal North Carolina. Implementation of the proposed Ph.D. program would greatly facili‐
tate this beneficial regional interaction by providing experienced graduate students who would be work‐
ing in the region for more than the two‐year time frame of a MS degree.
CREST Research Park. The Campus for Research, Entrepreneurship, Service, and Teaching (CREST) is one
of the most advanced biotechnology research centers on the East Coast. Operated by the University of
North Carolina Wilmington, the park offers flexible research space with adjacent office facilities for es‐
tablished firms, entrepreneurial start‐ups, government agencies and universities focusing on biotech‐
nology, analytical and environmental sciences, and early – to late –stage pharmaceutical research and
development. Situated directly on the Intracoastal Waterway in Wilmington, N.C., the CREST Research
Park’s newest facility, the MARBIONC Building, complements the current state‐of‐the‐art research facili‐
ties – Center for Marine Science, Marine Science Operations Facility and the Experimental Shellfish
Hatchery. The vision behind the CREST Research Park is to provide a space for university researchers,
private firms and government agencies to work together in creating the next generation of biotech‐
nology products and solutions. The facility is designed to encourage open and frequent communication
between the park’s public and private researchers. With features such as a shared cafeteria and cof‐
fee nook, the open campus and common public spaces will encourage frequent opportunities for infor‐
mal and formal collaboration and cooperation to help build relationships, form new ideas and solve
problems. Tenants will have access to more than 80 established researchers from MARBIONC and UNC
Wilmington’s Center for Marine Science with wide‐ranging specialities including development of phar‐
maceuticals from marine species, aquaculture and mariculture development, natural product research
and the business of biotechnology.
UNCW Center for Marine Science (CMS). [Click here for a thorough on‐line tour of the Center!] CMS is
an interdisciplinary program populated by faculty and students from the College of Arts and Sciences,
the Cameron School of Business and the Watson College of Education. Faculty, staff and students are
engaged in a wide variety of basic and applied research, service and education. A support staff of techni‐
cians, research specialists, research faculty, and operations professionals all serve the faculty and stu‐
19
dents of the program. Over 400 undergraduate students call marine sciences their home degree, and
112 graduate students from several different departments masters and doctoral programs – Ph.D. Ma‐
rine Biology; M.S. Marine Biology; M.S. Marine Science (administered by CMS) with specialties in Chem‐
istry and Biochemistry, Geography and Geology, Environmental Studies, and Physical Oceanography;
M.S. Environmental Studies; and M.S. Coastal Ocean Policy. Currently, a request to plan for a Ph.D. in
Coastal and Marine Science is pending at the University of North Carolina General Administration. CMS
is dedicated to interdisciplinary approaches to questions in basic marine research. The mission of the
Center is to promote basic and applied research in the fields of oceanography, coastal and estuarine
studies, marine biotechnology and aquaculture, marine biology, marine chemistry, marine physics, and
marine geology. Faculty members conducting marine science research in the Departments of Biology
and Marine Biology, Chemistry and Biochemistry, Geography & Geology and Physics and Physical
Oceanography participate in programs at CMS. Center faculty members serve on regional, national, and
international research and policy advisory groups, and thereby contribute to the development of agen‐
das on marine research in the United States and the world. International interactions with labs in Eu‐
rope, North America, South America, Australia, New Zealand, Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Bermuda, the
Bahamas and Caribbean, and all regions of the coastal United States augment extensive programs that
address North Carolina coastal issues. By integrating these advisory functions with research programs of
the highest quality, CMS enhances the educational experience provided by the UNCW for both under‐
graduate and graduate students in marine science.
The Center for Marine Science occupies a research and education facility located six miles from the main
campus on the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway. The modern marine science center is fully equipped re‐
search laboratories, classrooms, and marine science laboratories; a greenhouse with running seawater;
a radioisotope laboratory; computer workrooms, cold rooms, and walk‐in freezers; temperature con‐
trolled rooms; autoclave and media preparation room; darkroom; chemical storage and balance rooms;
fireproof vault for data storage; clean room; central analytic facility; sample processing rooms; aquarium
room with running seawater; 7,200 gallon oceanographic test tank with electric overhead hoist; indoor
storage; outdoor storage; shower/locker facilities; and outdoor facility for tanks with running sea water.
CMS Current Facilities.






Offices and laboratories for 40 scientists, 65 students, and 60+ staff
Facilities for research, education and public outreach (K‐12 through Lifelong Learning), visiting scien‐
tists and shared graduate education opportunities
Dock accessible from the Intracoastal Waterway Running seawater available at Myrtle Grove and
Wrightsville Beach facilities
147‐seat auditorium with state‐of‐the‐art multimedia equipment
Lab space available for scientists from other North Carolina universities
171,000 sq. ft. of net indoor space: 75,000 sq.ft. Main Building; 16,000 sq.ft. Operations Wing;
11,000 sq.ft. Oyster Hatchery; 69,000 sq.ft. Marine Biotechnology (completion 2013)
CMS’ Role in Education. The Center for Marine Science is compelled to help foster the first of UNCW's
seven strategic goals: To create the most powerful learning experience possible for our students. CMS
offers students, both graduate and undergraduate, the opportunity to learn through collaborative
scholarly activities with world‐class faculty at a level that rivals exclusive research institutions. The cen‐
ter considers itself a community of learners who embrace scholarship and the necessary interplay be‐
tween teaching and research. The faculty and staff at CMS strive to create learning environments and
20
experiences that promote the cognitive, affective, physical and social development of the student learn‐
er. The College of Arts and Sciences, in conjunction with the CMS oversees an interdisciplinary program
of study leading to the Master’s of Science in Marine Science. The educational objectives of this degree
program are:


to provide a broad interdisciplinary understanding of marine science to students having strong
undergraduate training in mathematics and the sciences
to develop skills that will enable these students to utilize this knowledge to solve complex ma‐
rine environmental problems.
These problem‐solving skills will provide the foundation for future contributions by the graduates in ma‐
rine‐related industries, environmental management, teaching, research, and other marine‐oriented ca‐
reers. Students will also be prepared to undertake additional graduate study in a doctoral program.
 Undergraduate Exchange Programs with University of Southampton
Contact: Alina Szmant.
One of the United Kingdom’s leading universities, The University of Southampton is well‐known for con‐
ducting cutting‐edge research in the fields of marine and earth sciences. The School of Ocean and Earth
Science (SOES) waterfront campus at the National Oceanography Centre (NOC) is listed as one of the top
five oceanographic research institutions in the world. The NOC provides SOES students with state‐of‐
the‐art laboratories, access to the National Oceanographic Library and the opportunity to network with
520 leading research scientists. Students accepted into the UNC Wilmington exchange program with
Southampton University will receive credit toward their degree requirement for most majors. Areas of
study available include marine biology, marine chemistry, physical oceanography and marine geology.
 Graduate Exchange Programs with University of Southampton
Contact: Alina Szmant.
One of the United Kingdom’s leading universities, The University of Southampton is well‐known for con‐
ducting cutting‐edge research in the fields of marine and earth sciences. The School of Ocean and Earth
Science (SOES) waterfront campus at the National Oceanography Centre (NOC) is listed as one of the
top five oceanographic research institutions in the world. The NOC provides SOES students with state‐
of‐the‐art laboratories, access to the National Oceanographic Library and the opportunity to network
with 520 leading research scientists. Graduate students accepted into the UNC Wilmington exchange
program with Southampton University will receive credit toward their degree requirement. Areas of
study available are marine biology, marine chemistry, marine science, physical oceanography or
marine geology.
CMS Support for Research Programs. CMS serves as host for: the Regional Coastal Ocean Observing
System; an Extension Office for North Carolina Sea Grant; the North Carolina National Estuarine Re‐
search Reserve; and UNCW’s Marine Quest Program and extensive community outreach program for
public schools and adult education. CMS has additional strengths described in alphabetical order below:

Aquaculture Facility is situated at Wrightsville Beach. Established in 1997, this research and educa‐
tional facility currently consists of controlled‐environment broodstock holding systems, a
21









larviculture laboratory, a nutrition laboratory, an experimental hatchery with live feeds production
systems, and a variety of experimental recirculating grow‐out tank systems.
Aquarius, the world’s only operating undersea research laboratory, is operated by a grant to UNCW
through NOAA. Aquarius is an underwater reef base located in the Florida Keys National Marine
Sanctuary. The laboratory is anchored on the bottom in a specially designated “research only” zone
within the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary. It is three and half miles offshore, at a depth of
60 feet, next to spectacular coral reefs. Scientists live in Aquarius during ten–day missions under
saturation conditions to study and explore the coastal ocean. Since 1993, the Aquarius undersea lab
has supported more than 90 missions including astronaut training exercises, producing over 300
peer‐ reviewed scientific publications along with numerous popular science articles and educational
programs.
Aquatic Ecology Laboratory is responsible for assessing the physical, chemical and biological compo‐
nents of marine, estuarine, and freshwater ecosystems in Southeastern North Carolina. These data
are used to analyze water quality throughout the region.
Benthic Ecology Laboratory takes a population and community approach to understanding coastal
habitats. Using infauna, epifauna and nekton as indicators, the lab is interested in factors controlling
food web structure in coastal and estuarine habitats, the importance of various habitat types, espe‐
cially oyster, seagrass and salt marsh, as nurseries and foraging areas, and the influence of anthro‐
pogenic changes on coastal communities. These habitats are also examined in light of novel ap‐
proaches and considerations for restoration of degraded environments, in close collaboration with
resource managers, environmental concerns, and local user groups.
UNCW Climate Change Working Group is an interdisciplinary group of faculty engaging in research,
scholarship, pedagogy, community outreach, and professional service activities related to climate
change studies. The charge of this group is to position UNCW to strategically respond to federal,
state, and local requests for data, research products, and regional expertise in the broad area of cli‐
mate science.
Cooperative Institute for Ocean Exploration, Research and Technology (CIOERT) is a NOAA funded
($22.5 million over 5 years) consortium between UNCW and Florida Atlantic University. CIOERT sup‐
ports development of innovative technology for undersea research. This new institute will conduct
research in three main categories: development of advanced underwater technologies, exploration
and research of the eastern continental shelf and improved understanding of coral ecosystems.
Coastal and Marine Geophysics Laboratory (CMGL) is global in scope and involves the collection and
analysis of a broad range of geophysical data. Major research focus areas include marine tectonics
(mid‐ocean ridge and subduction zone processes), seabed classification (estuarine and coastal ocean
benthic habitats), and geohazards (active faults, submarine landslides and tsunamis, volcanic erup‐
tions).
Coral Reef Research Group and Nutrient Lab studies the physiological ecology of reef corals and on
nutrient dynamics in tropical coastal systems, including coral reproductive ecology and energetics
and nutrient effects on coral reefs.
University of North Carolina Wilmington’s Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System (RCOOS), a
component of the Southeast Coast Ocean Observing Regional Association (SECOORA) is a member
of the congressionally mandated Integrated Ocean Observing System (IOOS). RCOOS formerly the
Coastal Ocean Research and Monitoring Program (CORMP), established in 2000 as a research and
monitoring program, has a goal to provide an interdisciplinary science‐based framework that sup‐
ports sound public policy leading to wise coastal use, sustainable fisheries and improved coastal
ocean ecosystem health.
Gillings’ University of North Carolina Wilmington / University of Southampton Exchange Program.
22




UNCW recently began collaborating in the Gillings’ Family Foundation Student/Faculty Exchange
Program with the University of Southampton (UoS) in the United Kingdom, home to UK’s National
Oceanographic Center, Southampton (NOCS). This association will allow our faculty, as well under‐
graduate and graduate students, access to NOCS’s state‐of‐the‐art laboratories, access to the British
National Oceanographic Library and opportunity to network with over 520 leading research scien‐
tists and seagoing staff. The National Oceanography Centre, Southampton (NOCS) where UoS’s
School of Ocean and Earth Science (SOES) is based, is the UK’s main focus for marine science and
one of the leading five oceanography centers in the world. NOCS activities encompass major ocean
technology development, long‐term observations, managing international science program, promot‐
ing enterprise and knowledge transfer, providing advice to government, business and charities, and
the engagement between science and society. Moreover, the Center is also specifically charged with
working with the wider science community to provide strategic leadership, coordination and facilita‐
tion for the whole of the UK marine and related earth sciences.
Harmful Algal Blooms Lab (HABLAB) investigates naturally occurring toxic or poisoning events in
coastal environments including estuaries and rivers, which are a threat to human health and the fish
and shellfish industries. HABLAB scientists have over $1.5 million in annual research funding from
the EPA, NIH, the state of Florida, and the NC Biotechnology Foundation. Current studies cover
harmful bloom events from the Gulf of Mexico to the Chesapeake Bay, and include different toxin
groups such as the brevetoxins, ciguatoxins, spirolides, diarrheic shellfish toxins, karlotoxins, and the
microcystins. The expertise of the HABLAB is specifically in microalgal taxonomy and ecology, includ‐
ing large‐scale laboratory culture of toxic species, chemical identification and analysis of toxins, mo‐
lecular mechanisms of toxicity, toxin biosynthesis, and the production of toxin standards for re‐
search purposes. HABLAB scientists serve on national and international committees concerned with
seafood and water safety, and are frequently called upon for “rapid response” when toxic episodes
are observed in USA coastal waters.
Lower Cape Fear River Program is a environmental assessment program covering the Cape Fear Riv‐
er Estuary and a large portion of the lower Cape Fear River watershed. A collaboration of academia,
government, industry, and the public, the program objectives are to develop an understanding of
the fundamental scientific processes shaping and controlling the ecology of the Cape Fear River sys‐
tem and provide mechanisms for information exchange and public education. This program provides
supporting data and sampling opportunities for many graduate student research projects.
Marine and Atmospheric Chemistry Research Laboratory (MACRL), located within the Department of
Chemistry and Biochemistry, investigates rainwater‐seawater interactions and sediment‐seawater
exchange processes. MACRL is currently studying changes resulting from global warming as well as
trace metal speciation in estuarine and atmospheric waters, and photochemically mediated pro‐
cesses as they impact environmental systems.
MARBIONC (Marine Biotechnology in North Carolina) is a university‐based economic development
program in marine biotechnology. The concept of MARBIONC at UNCW is to develop new marine‐
based products/technologies that lead to new industries/companies (via research and collabora‐
tion), augmentation of existing industries, and an increased trained workforce (via the educational
programs offered at UNCW). This unique marine biotechnology program in North Carolina seeks to
stimulate economic development through the discovery, development and marketing of new prod‐
ucts and technologies derived from living organisms that will complement the more traditional fin‐
fish and shellfish activities of coastal communities. Marine biotechnology uses marine organisms at
the whole cell or molecular level, providing new products, technologies, and processes that will
benefit society. Such outcomes include new pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals, enzymes, mariculture
of high value finfish, and alternative energy sources such as biodiesel.
23
CMS Core Facilities. Major pieces of equipment or shared use equipment which are provided by the
Center are normally operated as CORE Facilities. Each facility has an identified faculty member as the
facility Leader, technical support and service contracts maintained by CMS. These facilities are regional
resources available to faculty and students from any UNC constituent campus ( for the cost of expend‐
ables) at a fraction of the costs that would be charged elsewhere. They serve as regional resources,
as well as cost‐share opportunities for the faculty in grant applications, offsetting the cost of analysis.
The facilities include:












Oceanographic Instrumentation with 7,000gallon seawater test tank. specialized equipment includ‐
ing a Super phantom Remotely Operated Vehicle (ROV), a Sea Sciences Towed Undulating Vehicle
(TUV), two Seabird Electronics CTDs (SBE25 and SBE) Seabird Electronics SBE 21 thermosalinograph
surface water flow‐through system, and an ADCP current profiler and a wide variety of in situ
moored instrumentation.
Water Quality and Nutrient Analysis. The lab houses six main instruments with a combined value
of over $250,00: a Bran+Luebbe AutoAnalyzer III, a Shimadzu TOC 5050, an Antek 9000N, a CE
Elantech NC2100, an ANTEK NoxBox and a Turner 10AU fluorometer.
Spectroscopy: full complement of Bruker 500 MHz with liquid and solid state capability NMR,
Mattson Cygnus 100 FT‐IR, Waters 6295 separation w/waters Micromass ZQ MS, Agilent 1100
separation w/Waters Micromass ZQ MS, Applied Biosystems QTrap LAMSMS, Applied Biosystems
QStar XL MS/MS.
DNA Sequencing: The DNA Core is used extensively to train students through the use of its instru‐
mentation by UNCW classes, and it also plays an essential role in many student research projects.
Major instrumentation for the generation of DNA data includes an ABI 3130xl Genetic Analyzer, an
ABI 7500 Real‐Time PCR system, and a Roche GS Junior genomic sequencing system. Additional in‐
strumentation includes a NanoDrop spectrophotometer, Visionworks Gel Documentation system,
Eppendorf Mastercycler Gradient thermocycler, microfuge, freezer and water bath. Computer sup‐
port for the analyses of DNA data includes 3 MacIntosh and 2 PC computers with DNA analysis soft‐
ware packages.
Microalgal Culture: over 400 clones of microalgae with bioactive molecules to characterize
Stable Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometry: ThermoDeltaVPlus IRMS with Aurora autosampler, Co‐
sech Elemental Combustion module, and CTC Analytics GCPAL.
Greenhouse with running seawater: about 450 sq ft.
Small Boat Repair Facility: personnel and supplies to maintain 16‐20 small boat fleet
Instrument Fabrication Shop: one stop shopping for equipment design and repair
Flowing Seawater System. The seawater system provides raw, filtered, and purified seawater at
flow rates up to 600 liters/min; tank farm services; and aquarium room services.
Diving and Boating Safety Office. To assure that all individuals wishing to participate in diving or
boating related activities done under the auspices of the Center for Marine Science at UNCW meet
all qualification requirements of training, experience and knowledge commensurate with the safety
guidelines as prescribed by the University of North Carolina Wilmington. This facility supports stand‐
ard SCUBA, NITROX and Mixed‐Gas Diving. Equipment and repair facilities are available, including a
re‐compressing chamber. The facility supports both traditional training classes as part of the Uni‐
versity curriculum as well as training me the scientific diving standards of the American Academy of
Underwater Sciences (AAUS).
Vessel Operations. A 900‐foot pier with docking facilities for several coastal research vessels is
in place on the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway. The center maintains 22 research vessels rang‐
ing in size from 13 feet to the 35‐foot R/V Seahawk all the way up to the 68‐foot R/V Cape Fear.
24
Annually, over 200 students participate on research cruises.
 N.C. Shellfish Research Hatchery Center
Director: Ami E. Wilbur Ph.D. Associate Professor, Biology & Marine biology
Research: Aquaculture, Population Genetics,
Focuses on the application of molecular genetic approaches to address questions about the manage‐
ment, conservation, and restoration of shellfish. Many shellfish populations have experienced cata‐
strophic declines in response to habitat degradation, overfishing and disease. Our research utilizes ge‐
netic analysis to better understand population connectivity which is critical investigate strategies for the
effective restoration of these economically and ecologically important resources. Students in the lab
gain experience not only in the field methods necessary to evaluate the status of shellfish populations,
but also acquire valuable laboratory skills, due in part to their use of the DNA analysis core at the CMS,
that provide them with marketable skills utilized by the biotech industry.
 UNCW Aquaculture Program
Director: Wade O. Watanabe, Ph.D. Research Professor of Biology and Marine Biology
Principal Funding Agencies: USDA‐NIFA, NC Sea Grant, NOAA Marine Aquaculture Program, NC Fishery
Resource Grant Program, NC Biotechnology Center, NMFS S‐K Program ~$350,000/y.
Current students: 7 Masters of Marine Science program, 1UG DIS, 6 UG interns
Watanabe leads the UNCW Aquaculture Program and is also Mariculture Program leader for MARBIONC,
a private‐public business incubator at UNCW‐CMS. Primary biotechnical constraints to the development
of a viable mariculture industry include (1) hatchery technologies that can supply high‐quality fingerlings
to grow‐out operations and (2) grow‐out technologies for producing marketable size fish that mitigate
high cost of coastal land and environmental permitting requirements. The program addresses these
constraints and teaches environmental responsibility in conjunction with mariculture technology devel‐
opment. The goals are to develop and transfer to commercial users safe and effective methods for ma‐
rine food production, mitigate depletion of marine populations, and create economic opportunities
through commercial cultivation. Research focuses on high‐value, high‐demand species that are threat‐
ened by overfishing such as flounder and black sea bass and seeks to control the life cycle of fish produc‐
tion (from egg to market) addressing the biotechnical challenges to commercial cultivation: breeding
and culture, waste management, and economics and marketing. Technology is transferred in direct co‐
operation with commercial end users and through multi‐stakeholder partnerships to leverage resources
and minimize risks. Through graduate and undergraduate student involvement, research, education and
technology transfer to the commercial end user are closely integrated. The fruition of this work is the
emergence of startup commercial marine fish farms for flounder and black sea bass in NC and in VA.
Remote Field Facilities
 Seaquarium in Curaçao as a UNCW Center for Marine Science Field Site
Partner: Seaquarium Arian “Dutch” Sheier; UNCW Daniel Baden and Alina Szmant
The Seaquarium in the Netherlands Antilles has a history of collaborative interaction with UNCW. Over
the past decade, Professor Alina Szmant has taken student groups to the laboratory for semester‐long,
week‐long, or summer excursions to study the coral reefs and biodiversity in this this seamount coun‐
try. The laboratory is a partnership between UNCW and Curacao, having been under development over
the past 3 years. Together, the partners have begun design of the wet and dry laboratories, have as‐
25
sembled equipment lists for purchase by UNCW and Seaquarium, and have begun a business plan de‐
velopment for bringing other universities and research entities into the program as lease tenants on an
annual basis. The present agreement is hand‐shake, but is being developed into a MOU status in 2011,
with draft documents under construction. A long‐term partnership is envisioned. The locale gives 24/7
365 day per year security. The site has student and faculty housing, affordable food and dive programs,
and opportunities to provide our students with a complete cultural experience including religion expo‐
sure, past slave trade triangle education, geology, marine biology, deep sea exploration, and an interna‐
tional opportunity for “UNCWorld”.
 Calabash Caye Field Station: Coastal Studies in Belize
Instructors: Dr. Martin Posey (Department of Biology and Marine Biology); Dr. Jack Hall
(Department of Environmental Studies), and Eden Garcia (University of Belize)
Credit: BIO 480 (Field Studies in Biology) or EVS 431 (International Field Experience)
Location: Location: University of Belize field station Calabash Caye, Belize.
In collaboration with the University of Belize, we offer a one‐week marine and coastal field course for
UNCW and University of Belize students at the Calabash Caye field station 2‐9 January 2012, followed by
class projects in spring 2012 semester. This is intended as a precursor to further, perhaps longer, collab‐
orative field experience for our students at this station. Calabash Caye offers easy access top barrier
coral reef systems, seagrasses, lagoons, mangroves, and other critical tropical marine habitats. Students
will be exposed to an intensive study of these various ecosystems, and the particular uses and threats
related to coastal habitats in tropical regions and developing economies. A unique aspect of this effort is
integration of University of Belize students and faculty in a UNCW led course. The locale gives 24/7 365
day per year security. The site has student and faculty housing, affordable food and dive programs, and
opportunities to provide our students with a complete cultural experience including religion expo‐
sure, past slave trade triangle education, geology, marine biology, deep sea exploration, and an inter‐
national opportunity for “UNCWorld”..
CMS Outreach Activities.

MarineQuest is the official marine science outreach program for the University of North Carolina
Wilmington and the Center for Marine Science providing young people with opportunities to ex‐
plore, discover and value our marine habitats.
o
o
o
MarineQuest Summer Academic Enrichment Programs. MarineQuest summer camps are de‐
signed to make the learning process fun and engaging while providing real hands‐on, field‐based
opportunities for students ages 5 to 17. MarineQuest offers over 25 unique curriculum pro‐
grams that are age appropriate and include a variety of topics.
MarineQuest School Programs. Students experience the wonders of the coast with your stu‐
dents through hands‐on inquiry‐based classroom, field, and lab activities. All lessons are based
on state and national education standards, including Ocean Literacy Principles, and highlight the
different fields of study that make up marine science. Three academic enrichment programs are
offered focusing on the marine science of our coastal environments: Ocean Explorers, Coastal
Encounters and Coast‐to‐Classroom.
Saturday Marine Explorers and Adventure. Saturday filled with exciting scientific fun at CMS. Fo‐
cuses on different theme exploring sea creatures, marine habitats and ocean phenomena
through lab experiments, field activities, games and more. New for Fall 2012, two exciting ver‐
sions of our Saturday program each designed especially for either our younger or older
26
o
o

MarineQuesters.
 Marine Explorers (ages 5‐8). Include the classic Saturday programing paired with some
activities from the ArtSea camps.
 Marine Adventures (ages 9‐12) Saturday afternoons spent exploring marine science with
technology, lab experiments, field activities and more.
MarineQuest Scouts. MarineQuest scout programs are your porthole to marine and environ‐
mental science education adventures in coastal North Carolina. The Scouts experience the won‐
ders of the coast with through hands‐on classroom, field and lab activities.
MarineQuest Kayak Pack. On‐the‐water adventure exploring coastal habitats from a kayak. Kay‐
ak Pack members spot some of the rich wildlife common to this area including brown pelicans,
egrets, herons, gulls, dolphins and more.
CMS and the Community. Research, Education, and Outreach – three important ways that CMS
benefits the greater Wilmington community through its major outreach programs, such as:
o Community Participation – CMS scientists and research staff are frequently called upon to pro‐
vide information and advice on issues that impact the environment locally, regionally, or nation‐
ally.
o Bluefish Society ‐‐ CMS’s annual giving program. All Bluefish Society funds are used for the Cen‐
ter’s public outreach efforts, helping to defray operating costs for the popular Planet Ocean
Seminar Series and other community enrichment programs. Bluefish Society contributors re‐
ceive the following benefits: advanced notice and registration for preferred seating at each
Planet Ocean Seminar, invitations to selected special events at the center, donor name(s) on a
poster displayed in our lobby, discounts on the excellent Odyssey programs offered by UNCW’s
Department of Public Service, a handsome Bluefish Society lapel pin. Contributors also have the
opportunity to interact with world‐renowned scientists, high‐level government officials, and
other environmental experts featured at Planet Ocean Seminars.
o Planet Ocean Seminar Series – CMS offers four distinguished lecture seminars each academic
year, featuring prominent speakers from our own faculty and other leading research institu‐
tions, from well‐known environmental organizations, and from government agencies.
Planet Ocean Seminars


2001 ‐ 2002:
o Scott Nixon, University of Rhode Island Professor of Oceanography, “Replacing the Nile: Is
Human Development Providing the Fertility Once Delivered By a Great River?”
o Alina Szmant, UNCW Professor of Biological Sciences, “Can We Reverse the Decline of Flori‐
da Coral Reefs? A 2‐Step Attempt at Ecological Restoration
o Steven Miller, Director, National Undersea Research Center (NURC) “SeaLab, Tektite,
Hydrolab, and UNCW’s Aquarius: The Story of the U.S. Underwater Space Program “
o Ann Pabst, UNCW Associate Professor of Biological Sciences, “Bottlenose Dolphins: North
Carolina’s Local Marine Mammal”
2002 ‐ 2003
o Dr. Rita R. Colwel Director, National Science Foundation, “Oceans, Climate and Health: The
Cholera Paradigm”
o Dr. Roger Hanlon, Senior Scientist, Woods Hole Marine, Biological Laboratory, “Squid Pro
Quo: The Behavioral Ecology of Cephalopod Predator
o Dr. Joseph Pawlik, Professor of Biological Sciences, UNCW, “How the Spineless Protect
Themselves: Chemical Warfare on Coral Reefs”
27
Dr. William Cleary, Professor of Geology, UNCW, “Migrating Inlets and Shifting Shorelines:
The Fate of Southeastern North Carolina Beaches”
2003 – 2004
o Daniel G. Baden, PhD, Director, UNCW Center for Marine Science, “Florida Red Tide: A
Whiff, a Sniff and a Sneeze”
o John Broadwater, PhD, Manager, Monitor National Marine Sanctuary, “Retrieving the Moni‐
tor: Marine Technology and Archaeology”
o Lora E. Fleming, MD, PhD, University of Miami Department of Epidemiology & Public Health,
“Harmful Algal Blooms and You: It’s a Bloomin’ Nuisance”
2004 – 2005
o Richard A. Satterlie, Ph.D., Frank Hawkins Kenan Distinguished Professor of Marine Science,
“When Molluscs Fly”
o Martin H. Posey, Ph.D., Chair, UNCW Department of Biological Sciences, “Oysters ‐ Not Just
Food on the Half‐Shell: Ecological Importance and Restoration of a Key Coastal Ecosystem”
o Richard A. Lutz, Ph.D., Director, Center for Deep Sea Ecology and Biotechnology, Rutgers
University, “Voyage Into the Abyss
o Bess B. Ward, Ph.D., William J. Sinclair Professor of Geosciences, Princeton University,
“Clues to Ocean Chemistry Found in Permanently Ice‐Covered Antarctic Lakes”
2005 – 2006
o Samuel H. Wilson, M.D., Deputy Director, National Institute of Environmental Health,
“Oceans in Human Health.
o Jeffrey L. C. Wright, Ph.D., Carl B. Brown Distinguished Professor of Marine Science, Univer‐
sity of North Carolina Wilmington, “Undersea Treasure: The Promise of Marine Biotechnolo‐
gy”
o William Todd, NASA Extreme Environment Mission Operation Team Lead, “The NEEMO Pro‐
ject: How NASA Uses the Habitat Aquarius as an Analog for Space Exploration”
o John M. Morrison, Ph.D., UNCW Professor of Physics and Physical Oceanography, “The Ga‐
lapagos Marine Reserve: Islands of Change”
2007 – 2008
o Dr. Nancy Grindlay, Professor of Geography and Geology, UNCW, “The Risk of Tsuna‐
mis: Where, How, When?”
o Dr. D. Wilson Freshwater, Research Specialist and Core Leader, UNCW Center for Marine
Science” Lionfish: King of the Offshore Jungle? A Comprehensive Look at the Western Atlan‐
tic Lionfish Invasion “
o Mr. George Kieffer, Director of Dolphins, Curaçao Sea Aquarium Dolphin Academy. “The
Dolphin Cooperative: Discovering the Mammal Behind the Myth, the Science Behind the
Smile”
o Dr. Lorraine C. Backer, National Center for Environmental Health at the CDC, “Epidemiology
at the Limits of Detection: Harmful Algal Blooms and Public Health”
2008 – 2009
o Spencer Rogers, North Carolina Sea Grant, “How the Beach Works”
o Dr. Stanley Riggs, East Carolina University Department of Geological Sciences, “North Caroli‐
na's Coast in Crisis: A Vision For the Future”
o Dr. Thomas Lankford, UNC Wilmington Department of Biology and Marine Biology, “The
Wrightsville Beach Nourishment Project: Implications for Surf‐Zone Ecosystem Health”
o Dr. Donald F. Boesch, University of Maryland Center for Environmental Science, ”Climate
Change and the Coast: What Are We in For?”
o





28



2009 – 2010
o Dr. Amanda Southwood, UNCW Department of Biology and Marine Biology, “Diamonds in
the Rough: Biology and Conservation of Diamondback Terrapins”
o Dr. Jonathan Copley, National Oceanographic Centre, University of Southampton, UK, "Is‐
lands" in the Abyss: Exploring Life at Volcanic Vents on the Ocean Floor”
o Dr. G. Brooks Avery, UNC Wilmington Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, “Coffee,
Collaboration and Climate Change: Marine Chemistry at UNCW”
o J. Glenn Morris, Jr., M.D., M.P.H. & T.M., University of Florida Emerging Pathogens Institute,
Changing Climate, Changing Oceans: Ciguatera, Vibrios and Other Emerging Disease Risk”
2010 – 2011
o Dr. Otis B. Brown, NC State University and NOAA's National Climatic Data Center , “Climate
Change: Where Are We Now? “
o Dr. John Rummel, East Carolina University, “Mitigate, Adapt, or Suffer? Preparing North
Carolina's Coasts for a Changing Climate”
o Dr. Douglas Gamble, UNC Wilmington Department of Geography and Geology,” Climate
Change or Coastal Change? The Future of the Carolina Coast”
o Dr. Larry Cahoon, UNCW Department of Biology and Marine Biology, “Responding to Cli‐
mate Change: Exploring Future Scenarios “
2011‐2012
o Dr. Marcia McNutt, U.S. Geological Survey, “USGS Science: Making a Difference During the
Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill”
o Dr. Terry C. Hazen Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, University of California, Berkeley,
“Microbial Ecogenomic Response to the Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill ‐ New Insights to Old
Problems”
o Dr. Ami E. Wilbur, UNC Wilmington Department of Biology and Marine Biology, Bigger, Bet‐
ter, Faster: Oyster Breeding and the Shellfish Research Hatchery”
o Dr. Steve W. Ross, UNCW Center for Marine Science, “The World of Deep‐Sea Corals: The
Hidden Reefs”
29
D. Research, Teaching, Public and Professional Service
1. Research
In the below table, list currently funded research projects (extramural and intramural). Include title,
investigators, dollar amount, and time frame. You may reference information in the REACH NC Ap‐
pendix in response to this question.
Explanation of the Table: This table only contains data from grants administered by CMS. For a picture
of the total grants and expenditures, these figures must be supplemented by the grants controlled by
the other Marine Science Units on campus. The first 8 proposals are multi‐year, multi‐investigators
where there may have been more than one grant – the multiple grants for these proposals and been
grouped and the proposals are just counted as one. The remaining proposals are just 2 proposals cho‐
sen for each year from grants ending in 2008 to grants ending in 2015. At the end of the table there is a
breakdown of the amount of funds and number of proposals by source (federal, Sea Grant, Regional,
Local and whether or not they qualified for T&A) ,as well as whether the proposals require match. The
bottom line that CMS managed 580 grants for $89,027,11 during the period 2008 – 2015 (it should be
noted that many of the proposals actually began earlier than 2008 and the portion of the funds prior
spent prior to 2008 is not available). Therefore CMS administered approximately $17.8 M per year dur‐
ing the review period.
Table D1. Research
2008 ‐ 2012 Grants Administered by the UNCW Center for Marine Science
PROJECT TI‐
TLE
PI/CoPIs – Institutions
SPONSOR
AMOUNT
Dates
Multi‐Year; Multi‐Investigator Proposals
PI: Baden, Dan‐
iel; Co‐PI= Ba‐
den, Daniel
MARBIONC Building:
Economic Development
DoC/National In‐
stitute of Stand‐
ards and Technol‐
ogy (NIST)
09/01/2009
$14,979,888 to
12/31/2012
PI: Baden, Dan‐
iel; Co‐PI= 6
institutions, 2
govt agencies
Effects of inhaled Florida
red tide brevetoxins
NIH/National In‐
stitute of Envi‐
ronmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
07/01/2000
$14,783,990 to
06/30/2013
PI: Baden, Dan‐
iel; Co‐PI= Al‐
exander, Aa‐
ron; Dorton,
Jennifer;
Shepard, An‐
3 drew
Cooperative Institute for
Ocean Exploration and
Research 2009‐2010 Sci‐
ence Plan
Florida Atlantic
University
1
2
30
$2,782,837
07/01/2009
to
06/30/2012
NURC/UNCW Annual
Funding Proposal
DoC/National
Oceanographic
and Atmospheric
Administration
(NOAA)
01/01/2008
$11,637,726 to
05/31/2012
PI: Shepard,
Andrew; Co‐PI=
Potts, Thomas
NURC/UNCW Phase II
Annual Funding Proposal
DoC/National
Oceanographic
and Atmospheric
Administration
(NOAA)
08/01/2007
$1,773,721 to
06/30/2010
PI: Potts,
Thomas An‐
drew; Co‐PI=
Thomas Potts;
Saul Rosser
Aquarius Reef Base 2012
Annual Funding Proposal
NOAA Oceanic
and Atmospheric
Research (OAR)
$1,200,000
PI: Moss,
Marvin; Co‐PI=
Durako, Mi‐
chael; Leonard,
Lynn
CORMP Coastal Ocean
Research and Monitoring
Program 2005‐07
DoC/National
Oceanographic
and Atmospheric
Administration
(NOAA)
08/01/2005
$408,464 to
11/30/2008
PI: Leonard,
Lynn; Co‐PI=
Dorton, Jen‐
nifer;
Maintenance of RCOOS
assets, Data Manage‐
ment Activities, and Edu‐
cation and Outreach
Southeast Coastal
Ocean Observing
Regional Associa‐
tion
06/01/2011
$386,749 to
05/31/2013
PI: Leonard,
Lynn; Co‐PI=
Dorton, Jen‐
nifer; Merritt,
James
Integration of Coastal
Observations and Assets
in the Carolinas in Sup‐
port of RCOOS Develop‐
ment in SECOORA
DoC/NOAA/Coast
al Services Center
(CSC)
11/01/2007
$3,892,218 to
10/31/2012
PI: Ross,
Steve; Co‐PI=
Lophelia II: Continuing
ecological research on
deep‐sea corals and deep
reef habitats in the Gulf
of Mexico
DoI/US Geological
Survey
05/15/2008
$2,017,679 to
11/30/2012
PI: Miller, Ste‐
ven; Co‐PI=
Prager, Ellen
Research and Monitoring
in the Florida Keys Na‐
tional Marine Sanctuary
and Aquarius 2000 Pro‐
gram Support
Emerson Associ‐
ates International
06/01/1998
$1,589,910 to
03/31/2011
PI: Potts,
Thomas; Co‐PI=
4a
4b
4c
01/01/2012
to
12/31/2012
5a
5b
5c
6
7
31
PI: Miller, Ste‐
ven; Co‐PI=
Chiappone,
Mark; Rutten,
Leanne; Swan‐
8 son, Dione
PI: Emslie, Ste‐
ven D; Co‐PI=
Steven Emslie
9
PI: Kieber,
Robert J; Co‐
PI= Robert
Kieber; Gene
Avery; Ralph
Mead; Joan
10 Willey
PI: Baker, Mi‐
chael; Co‐PI=
11
12
PI: Morrison,
John; Co‐PI=
PI: Watanabe,
Wade; Co‐PI=
Dumas, Chris;
Alam, Md Shah
13
Coral Reef Monitoring
and Assessment in the
Florida Keys
DoC/National
Oceanographic
and Atmospheric
Administration
(NOAA)
Proposal with End Date in 2013
Stable isotope analyses
of pygoscelid penguin
National Science
remains from active and
Foundation (NSF)
abandoned colonies in
Antarctica
RUI: Impact of changing
fuel usage on the atmos‐
pheric cycling of ethanol,
optically active organic
compounds and Fe in
rainwater
National Science
Foundation (NSF)
Proposal with End Date in 2012
Characterization of
bycatch associated with
DoC/National
the South Atlantic Snap‐
Oceanographic
per Grouper Bandit Fish‐
and Atmospheric
ery with electronic video
Administration
monitoring, at‐sea ob‐
(NOAA)
servers and biological
sampling
Benthic Dinoflagellate
NC State Universi‐
Migration (BENDiM) Oc‐
ty (NCSU)
currence and Processes
Proposal with End Date in 2011
Controlled breeding.
Larviculture, intensive
US Department of
growout and marketing
Agriculture
of high‐value marine fin‐
(USDA)
fish species for US Agri‐
culture
PI: Dorton,
Southeast Marine
Jennifer; Co‐PI= Weather Portal
DoC/National
Oceanographic
and Atmospheric
Administration
(NOAA)
14
32
08/01/2006
$518,133 to
09/30/2011
$817,804
09/01/2008
to
08/31/2013
$614,480
09/01/2010
to
08/31/2013
08/01/2009
$381,765 to
07/31/2012
08/01/2007
$243,000 to
07/31/2012
08/01/2006
$513,095 to
07/31/2011
10/01/2007
$506,575 to
12/31/2011
Proposal with End Date in 2010
PI: Watanabe,
Wade; Co‐PI=
Alam, Md
Shah; Dumas,
Chris
Commercialization of
black sea bass aquacul‐
ture: nursery, growout
and marketing
DoC/National
Oceanographic and
Atmospheric Admin‐
istration (NOAA)
09/01/2006
$2,044,652 to
08/31/2010
15
PI: Ross, Ste‐
ve; Co‐PI=
16
Trophic studies, crusta‐
cean studies and over‐
all project manage‐
ment at Gulf of Mexico DoI/US Geological
Survey
Lower Continental
Slope chemosynthetic
and hard substrate
com.
Proposal with End Date in 2009
PI: Wright, Jef‐
frey L.; Co‐PI=
Baden, Daniel;
Tomas, Car‐
17 melo
Diverse Chemical Librar‐
ies from Photosynthetic
Marine Microalgae
National Institutes
of Health (NIH)
PI: Naar, Je‐
rome; Co‐PI=
Baden, Daniel;
Satake, M;
Wright, Jeffrey
18 L.
Brevetoxin accumulation
in fish and potential hu‐
man health impacts
DoC/National
Oceanographic
and Atmospheric
Administration
(NOAA)
Szmant, Alina
19
PI: Cahoon,
Lawrence B;
Co‐PI: Laurence
Cahoon, Chris
Halkides,
20 Bongkeun Song
1
Collaborative Proposal:
Coral Reef Genomics: A
genome wide approach
to the study of coral
symbiosis
Microbial anti‐oxidents
from swine waste la‐
goons
10/01/2006
$382,132 to
09/30/2010
09/23/2005
$1,376,469 to
12/31/2009
10/01/2005
$811,164 to
09/30/2009
09/01/2003
University of
to
California
12/31/2008
UNC General Ad‐
ministration
$116,507
Summary Table for Grant Support for 2008 – 2012(5)
Proposal $
Proposal #
2008‐2015
08‐15
Source
%‐$
$74,685,172.35
210
Federal
82%
33
01/01/2008
t0 12/31/08
%‐#
36%
Match
NO
2
3
4
2+3+4
1‐4
$3,480,067.00
$6,763,352.00
$6,693,331.65
$16,936,750.65
$91,621,923.00
100
78
192
370
580
Sea Grant
Regional
Local
No F&A
All Sources
4%
7%
7%
18%
100%
17%
13%
33%
64%
100%
YES
NO
NO
Some
2. Teaching and Instruction (if applicable)
a.) Identify courses taught for degree credit that are directly related to the Activity.
Courses that are directly related to the MS in Marine Science (coded MSC) are listed. In addition, the
gradate courses in Physical Oceanography are listed here because the Department of Physics and Physi‐
cal Oceanography does not currently offer a Master’s degree of their own.
Table D2. Teaching and Instruction for Degree Credit
Dates of‐
Instructor(s) and Brief description of course
Course title,
affiliation(s)
(one sentence)
number, and lev‐ fered
el
MSC 501. Intro‐
duction to
Coastal and Ma‐
rine Science Re‐
search
200820
Willey, CAB
MSC 526. Cruise
or Field Sampling
200910
200920
201020
201110
201120
201210
201310
200820
200910
201010
201020
201120
201210
201220
201310
Willey, CAB
Willey, CAB
Willey, CAB
Willey, CAB
Willey, CAB
Willey, CAB
Willey, CAB
Cahoon, BMB
Finelli, BMB
Finelli, BMB
Cahoon, BMB
Cahoon, BMB
Finelli, BMB
Cahoon, BMB
Finelli, BMB
200910
201010
201110
201210
201310
Willey, CAB
Willey, CAB
Willey, CAB
Willey, CAB
Willey, CAB
BIO 564. Biologi‐
cal Oceanogra‐
phy
CHM 575. Chem‐
ical Oceanogra‐
phy
Scientific proposal and man‐
uscript preparation. Commu‐
nication techniques. Experi‐
mental design and data anal‐
ysis. Computer applications.
Library use. Laboratory safety
Cruise and/or field sampling
not covered by other cours‐
es. Participation in the plan‐
ning and sampling phases of
major marine or environmen‐
tal research programs.
Discussion of the recent
oceanographic literature
concerning nutrient cycling,
distribution and regulation of
oceanic productivity, and ad‐
vances in methodologies
used to study oceanic pro‐
cesses and controlling fac‐
tors.
Sources, distribution, forms
of occurrence, and reactions
of chemical species in
seawater.
Chemistry
of
concentrated
aqueous
34
Enrollment Fig‐
ures
Total/on‐
site/distance ed‐
ucation
200820/01
200910/05
200920/01
201020/02
201110/05
201120/01
201210/01
201310/02
200820/13
200910/10
201010/12
201020/23
201120/18
201210/07
201220/23
201310/13
200910/13
201010/16
201110/06
201210/13
201310/11
solutions. Patterns of global
ocean circulation. Air‐sea and
sediment‐seawater
interactions.
Estuarine
processes and reactions.
Human impact on oceans.
An introduction to the physi‐
cal processes operating with‐
in coastal and estuarine sys‐
tems. The focus of the course
will be on the dynamical de‐
scription of topics such as
gravity waves, surf zone hy‐
drodynamics, storm surge,
tides, estuarine hydraulics,
sediment transport and
morphodynamicic
Study of modern chemical
and physical measurements
of seawater including salinity,
alkalinity, pH, nutrients, and
dissolved oxygen. Several
class periods may also be de‐
voted to working aboard an
oceanographic research ves‐
sel while at sea.
Discovery, structure, and bio‐
logical activity of marine bio‐
active compounds, chemo‐
taxonomy, pharmaceutical
leads, marine biotoxins,
structure, mode of action,
regulation and monitoring,
the producing organisms,
how (biosynthesis) and why
these compounds are made.
PHY 575. (475)
Physical Ocean‐
ography
200820
201020
201120
201220
Morrison, PPO
Morrison, PPO
Morrison, PPO
Morrison, PPO
CHM 576 (PHY
576). Chemical
and Physical
Analysis of Sea‐
water
200910
201010
201110
201210
201310
Kieber, CAB
Kieber, CAB
Kieber, CAB
Kieber, CAB
Kieber, CAB
MSC 579. (CHM
579) Role of the
Oceans in Human
Health
Fall Semes‐
ter: Not
offered for
period of
interest
Kieber, CAB
MSC 591. Di‐
rected Inde‐
pendent Study
200820
200910
200910
200920
201120
201120
201310
200820
200920
201020
201120
Watanabe, CMS
Freshwater,CMS
Song, BMB
Freshwater, CMS
Borrett, BMB
Skrable
Rommel, CAB
Willey, CAB
Willey, CAB
Willey, CAB
Willey, CAB
MSC 595. Gradu‐
ate Seminar
35
Involves investigation,
under the direction of a
faculty member, beyond
what is offered in existing
courses.
Discussion by students, facul‐
ty and guest lecturers of re‐
search ideas and results.
200820/07
201020/14
201120/14
201220/08
200910/06
201010/13
201110/11
201210/11
201310/07
200820/01
200910/01
200910/01
200920/10
201120/01
201120/02
201310/01
200820/14
200920/20
201020/12
201120/11
MSC 599. Thesis
PHY 576 (CHM
576). Chemical
and Physical
Analysis of Sea‐
water
201220
Fall
and
Spring Se‐
mester
200910
201010
201110
201210
Willey, CAB
Marine Science
Graduate
Faculty
201220/10
Bingham, PPO
Bingham, PPO
Bingham, PPO
Bingham, PPO
Bingham, PPO
PHY 577
(PHY477). Obser‐
vational Methods
and Data Analysis
in Physical
Oceanography
Spring Se‐
mester
Bingham, PPO
PHY 578 (PHY
550). Geophysi‐
cal Fluid Dynam‐
ics
Spring Se‐
mester
Dylan McNama‐
ra,
PPO
PHY 579
(PHY479). Ocean
Circulation Sys‐
tems
Fall
Semester
John Morrison,
PPO
36
Study of modern chemical
and physical measurements
of seawater including salinity,
alkalinity, pH, nutrients, and
dissolved oxygen. Several
class periods may also be
devoted to working aboard
an oceanographic research
vessel while at sea.
This course will supply the
student with a working
knowledge of the use and
operation of various physical
oceanographic instruments
and data reduction and
analysis techniques.
The fundamental principles
governing the flow of a
density‐stratified fluid on a
rotating planet, with
applications to the motions
of the ocean and
atmosphere. Equations of
state, compressibility,
Boussinesq approximation.
Geostrophic balance, Rossby
number. Poincare, Kelvin,
Rossby waves, geostrophic
adjustment.
Course focuses on results of
World Ocean Circulation
Experiment (WOCE), a multi‐
national, multi‐decadal
program designed to observe
the global ocean. Explores
large‐scale circulation and
properties of the ocean to lay
the foundation for the
challenge of understanding
the future of the world
oceans and role in climate
change.
200910/06
201010/13
201110/11
201210/11
201120/02
New 2012
New 2012
PHY 580
(PHY480).
Coastal and Estu‐
arine Systems
Spring Se‐
mester
Dylan
McNamara PPO
An introduction to the
physical processes operating
within coastal and estuarine
systems. The focus of the
course will be on the
dynamical description of
topics such as gravity waves,
surf zone hydrodynamics,
storm surge, tides, estuarine
hydraulics, sediment
transport and
morphodynamics.
New 2012
*If courses are known to enroll a high number of on‐site or distance education students from other
universities, please discuss these instances along with number and affiliations of distance education
enrollees.
b.) Identify workshops, continuing education, or other non‐credit bearing instruction to community
that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D3: Non‐Degree Credit Instruction
Workshop Instruc‐ Dates
Instructor(s)
tion title
offered
and
Affiliation(s)
None
Brief description of in‐
struction (1 sentence)
Enrollment Figures
Total/on‐
site/distance edu
c.) Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Profession‐
al Service will be captured in a different section, so please constrain this list to those examples that
serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as science cafes and
K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Dates
Personnel Involved Participants in
Public Service / Out‐
program (e.g. K‐
reach/Engagement program
12 teachers)
name and brief description
(one sentence)
4 times/yr Baden, Morrison,
Continuing Educa‐
Bluefish Society ‐‐
Dionsotes,Keck
tion
CMS’s annual giving program .
All Bluefish Society funds are
used for the Center’s public
outreach efforts
37
Number
of partic‐
ipants
100+
Planet Ocean Seminar Series –
CMS offers 4 distinguished
lecture seminars each aca‐
demic year, featuring promi‐
nent speakers from our own
faculty and other leading re‐
search institutions, from well‐
known environmental organi‐
zations, and from government
agencies.
Marine Quest ‐‐
the official marine science
outreach program for
the University of North Caroli‐
na Wilmington and the Center
for Marine Science providing
young people with opportuni‐
ties to explore, discover and
value our marine habitats.
Marine Quest Summer Aca‐
demic Enrichment
Marine Quest Marine Explor‐
ers
Marine Quest Marine Adven‐
tures
Marine Quest Scouts
Marine Quest Kayak Pack
4 times/yr
Baden, Morrison,
Dionsotes,Keck
Continuing Educa‐
tion
100+
Year
Round
Marine Quest Em‐
ployees
K‐12
Various
May ‐ Au‐
gust
Saturdays
Marine Quest Em‐
ployees
Marine Quest Em‐
ployees
Marine Quest Em‐
ployees
Marine Quest Em‐
ployees
Marine Quest Em‐
ployees
5 to 17
25+
5‐8
25+
9‐12
25+
12‐18
25+
12‐18
25+
Saturdays
Saturdays
Saturdays
d.) Professional Service
Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activity have provid‐
ed to North Carolina or at the regional / national / international level. Include all North Carolina ad‐
visory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit
this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D5. Professional Service
Board or Group name
Dates
UNC Marine Science Council
SAB NOAA working group on
Oceans and Health
Ocean Leadership
National Association of Ma‐
rine Laboratories
2000 – Pre‐
sent
2010‐2011
2007 – pre‐
sent
2010 ‐ pre‐
sent
Activity member name and af‐
filiation
Dan Baden, CMS
Dan Baden, CMS
Dan Baden, CMS (Primary), and
John Morrison, CMS (Alternate)
Dan Baden, CMS (Primary), and
John Morrison, CMS (Alternate)
38
Service provided
Appointed Mem‐
ber
Appointed Mem‐
ber
University Repre‐
sentatives
University Repre‐
sentatives
NSF Regional Class Research
Vessel Advisory Committee
University National Oceano‐
graphic System (UNOLS)
Ocean Science on the Hill
NASA Ocean Color Working
Group
NASA Biodiversity Working
Group
Duke/UNC Oceanographic
Consortia
Program Committee
Duke/UNC Oceanographic
Consortia
Policy Board
US Consortia for Ocean Car‐
bon Biogeochemistry
Southeast Coastal Ocean Ob‐
serving Regional Association
Board of Directors
Southeast Coastal Ocean Ob‐
serving Regional Association
Southeast Coastal Ocean Ob‐
serving Regional Association
Cooperative Institute for
Ocean Exploration, Educa‐
tion, Research and Technolo‐
gy (CIOERT)
Cooperative Institute for
Ocean Exploration, Educa‐
tion, Research and Technolo‐
gy (CIOERT)
Cooperative Institute for
Ocean Exploration, Educa‐
tion, Research and Technolo‐
gy (CIOERT)
Expert Panel to review the
state of Science and Technol‐
ogy in Canada
U.S. Integrated Ocean Ob‐
serving System (IOOS®) Fed‐
eral Advisory Committee
Marine Mammal Stranding
Network
2003 – 2010
John Morrison, CMS
2005 ‐ pre‐
sent
2009 –
present
1995 ‐
present
2001 ‐
present
2000 ‐
present
John Morrison, CMS
2000 ‐
present
John Morrison, CMS
Ex‐Officio Mem‐
ber
2006 – pre‐
sent
2008 ‐ 2014
John Morrison, CMS
Member
Lynn Leonard, CMS
Elected
2007 – pre‐
sent
2007 – pre‐
sent
Lynn Leonard, CMS
Invited
John Morrison, CMS
2008 ‐
Daniel Baden, CMS
Alternate Univer‐
sity Representa‐
tion
Managing Direc‐
tor
2008 –
present
John Morrison, CMS
Invited
2010 –
present
Alina Szmant
Invited
2011
Jeffrey Wright, CMS
Invited
2012‐
present
Lynn Leonard, CMS
Invited
2003 – pre‐
sent
D. Ann Pabst, BMB
Coordinator
John Morrison, CMS
John Morrison, CMS
John Morrison, CMS
John Morrison, CMS
39
Appointed Com‐
mittee Member
Elected Council
Member
Advocate for
Ocean Science
Working Group
Member
Working Group
Member
Chair
E. Outputs and Impacts
1. Publications
a.) List refereed publications directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or
representative publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. You may reference in‐
formation in the REACH NC Appendix in response to this question.
1. Bowler, Chris, Andrew E. Allen, Jonathan H. Badger, Jane Grimwood, Kamel Jabbari, Alan Kuo, Uma
Maheswari, Cindy Martens, Florian Maumus, Robert P. Otillar, Edda Rayko, Asaf Salamov, Klaas
Vandepoele, Bank Beszteri, Ansgar Gruber, Marc Heijde, Michael Katinka, Thomas Mock, Klaus
Valentin, Fréderic Verret, John A. Berges, Colin Brownlee, Jean‐Paul Cadoret, Anthony Chiovitti,
Chang Jae Choi, Sacha Coesel, Alessandra De Martino, J. Chris Detter, Colleen Durkin0, Angela
Falciatore, Jérome Fournet, Miyoshi Haruta, Marie J. J. Huysman, Bethany D. Jenkins, Katerina
Jiroutova, Richard E. Jorgensen0, Yolaine Joubert, Aaron Kaplan, Nils Kröger, Peter G. Kroth, Julie La
Roche, Erica Lindquist, Markus Lommer, Véronique Martin–Jézéquel, Pascal J. Lopez, Susan Lucas,
Manuela Mangogna, Karen McGinnis0, Linda K. Medlin, Anton Montsant, Marie‐Pierre Oudot–Le
Secq, Carolyn Napoli0, Miroslav Obornik, Micaela Schnitzler Parker0, Jean‐Louis Petit, Betina M.
Porcel, Nicole Poulsen, Matthew Robison, Leszek Rychlewski, Tatiana A. Rynearson, Jeremy
Schmutz, Harris Shapiro, Magali Siaut, Michele Stanley, Michael R. Sussman, Alison R. Taylor, Assaf
Vardi,0, Peter von Dassow, Wim Vyverman, Anusuya Willis, Lucjan S. Wyrwicz, Daniel S. Rokhsar,
Jean Weissenbach, E. Virginia Armbrust0, Beverley R. Green, Yves Van de Peer & Igor V. Grigoriev.
The Phaeodactylum genome reveals the evolutionary history of diatom genomes. Nature 2008,
456(7219): 239‐44.
2. Louise K. Blight, David G. Ainley, Stephen F. Ackley, Grant Ballard, Tosca Ballerini, Robert L. Brownell,
Jr., C.‐H. Christina Cheng, Mariachiara Chiantore, Daniel Costa, Malcolm C. Coulter, Paul Dayton, Ar‐
thur L. Devries, Robert Dunbar, Sylvia Earle, Joseph T. Eastman, Steven D. Emslie, Clive W. Evans,
Robert A. Garrott, Stacy Kim, Gerald Kooyman, Amélie Lescroël, Michael Lizotte, Melanie Massaro,
Silvia Olmastroni, Paul J. Ponganis, Joellen Russell, Donald B. Siniff, Walker O. Smith, Jr., Brent S.
Stewart, Ian Stirling, Jay Willis, Peter Wilson, and Eric J. Woehler. Fishing for data in the Ross Sea,
Science 2010, 330, (6009) pp. 1316‐1318.
3. Avery Jr., G.B., J.L. Dickson Brown, J.D. Willey, R.J. Kieber. Assessment of rainwater volatile organic
carbon in southeastern North Carolina, USA. Atmospheric Environment 2009, 43(16): 2678‐2681.
4. Barreto, Felipe S., Michael A. McCartney. Extraordinary AFLP fingerprint similarity despite strong
assortative mating between reef fish color morphospecies. Evolution 2008, 62(1): 226‐233.
5. Dale, Olivia R., Craig R. Tobias, Bongkeun Song. Biogeographical distribution of diverse anaerobic
ammonium oxidizing (anammox) bacteria in Cape Fear River Estuary. Environmental Microbiolo‐
gy 2009, 11(5): 1194‐1207.
6. Fire, Spencer E., Zhihong Wang, Tod A. Leighfield, Steve L. Morton, Wayne E. McFee, William A.
McLellan, R. Wayne Litaker, Patricia A. Tester, Aleta A. Hohn, Gretchen Lovewell, et al. Domoic acid
exposure in pygmy and dwarf sperm whales (Kogia spp.) from southeastern and mid‐Atlantic U.S.
waters. Harmful Algae 2009, 8(5): 658‐664.
40
7. Gartner Jr., John V., Kenneth J. Sulak, Steve W. Ross, Ann Marie Necaise. Persistent near‐bottom
aggregations of mesopelagic animals along the North Carolina and Virginia continental slopes. Ma‐
rine Biology 2008,153(5): 825‐841.
8. Harwell, Heather D., Martin H. Posey, Troy D. Alphin. Landscape aspects of oyster reefs: Effects of
fragmentation on habitat utilization. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 2011,
409(1‐2): 30‐41.
9. Jury, Christopher P., Robert F. Whitehead, Alina M. Szmant. Effects of variations in carbonate chem‐
istry on the calcification rates of Madracis auretenra (= Madracis mirabilis sensu Wells, 1973): Bi‐
carbonate concentrations best predict calcification rates. Global Change Biology 2010,16 (5): 1632‐
1644.
10. Kowalczuk, Piotr, William J. Cooper, Michael J. Durako, Amanda E. Kahn, Michael Gonsior, Heather
Young. Characterization of dissolved organic matter fluorescence in the South Atlantic Bight with
use of PARAFAC model: Relationships between fluorescence and its components, absorption coeffi‐
cients and organic carbon concentrations. Marine Chemistry 2010, 118(1‐2): 22‐36.
11. Lin, Jing, Lian Xie, Leonard J. Pietrafesa, Hongzhou Xu, Wendy Woods, Michael A. Mallin, Michael J.
Durako. Water quality responses to simulated flow and nutrient reductions in the Cape Fear River
Estuary and adjacent coastal region, North Carolina Ecological Modelling 2008, 212(3‐4): 200‐217.
12. McNamara, Dylan E., B.T. Werner. Coupled barrier island‐resort model: 1. Emergent instabilities
induced by strong human‐landscape interactions. Journal of Geophysical Research F: Earth Sur‐
face 2008, 113(1)
13. Mead, Ralph N., Jeremy B. Morgan, G. Brooks Avery Jr., Robert J. Kieber, Aleksandra M. Kirk, Steph‐
an A. Skrabal, Joan D. Willey. Occurrence of the artificial sweetener sucralose in coastal and marine
waters of the United States. Marine Chemistry 2009, 116(1‐4): 13‐17.
14. Pawlik, Joseph R.. The chemical ecology of sponges on Caribbean reefs: Natural products shape
natural systems. BioScience 2011, 61(11): 888‐898.
15. Prince, Emily K., Tracey L. Myers, Jerome Naar, Julia Kubanek. Competing phytoplankton undermines
allelopathy of a bloom‐forming dinoflagellate. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Scienc‐
es 2008, 275(1652): 2733‐2741.
16. Satake, Masayuki, Anna Campbell, Ryan M. Van Wagoner, Andrea J. Bourdelais, Henry Jacocks, Dan‐
iel G. Baden, Jeffrey L. C. Wright. Brevisin: An aberrant polycyclic ether structure from the
dinoflagellate Karenia brevis and its implications for polyether assembl. Journal of Organic Chemis‐
try 2009, 74(3): 989‐994.
17. Sweet, William V., John M. Morrison, Y. Liu, Daniel Kamykowski, Blake A. Schaeffer, Lian Xie, Stuart
Banks. Tropical instability wave interactions within the Galápagos Archipelago. Deep‐Sea Research
Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 2009, 56(8): 1217‐1229.
41
18. Tomas, Carmelo R., Theodore J. Smayda. Red tide blooms of Cochlodinium polykrikoides in a coastal
cove. Harmful Algae 2008, 7(3): 308‐317
19. Van Wagoner, Ryan M., Masayuki Satake, Andrea J. Bourdelais, Daniel G. Baden, Jeffrey L. C. Wright.
Absolute configuration of brevisamide and brevisin: Confirmation of a universal biosynthetic pro‐
cess for Karenia brevis polyethers. Journal of Natural Products 2010, 73(6): 1177‐1179.
20. Voolstra, Christian R., Julia Schnetzer, Leonid Peshkin, Carly J. Randall, Alina M. Szmant, Mónica Me‐
dina. Effects of temperature on gene expression in embryos of the coral Montastraea faveolata.
BMC Genomics 2009, 10
21. Williams, Terrie M., Mary Zavanelli, Melissa A. Miller, Robert A. Goldbeck, Michael Morledge, Dave
Casper, D. Ann Pabst, William McLellan, Lucas P. Cantin, David S. Kliger. Running, swimming and div‐
ing modifies neuroprotecting globins in the mammalian brain. Proceedings of the Royal Society B:
Biological Sciences 2008, 275(1636): 751‐758.
22. White, J. Wilson, Louis W. Botsford, Marissa L. Baskett, Lewis A.K. Barnett, R Jeffrey Barr, Alan Has‐
tings. Linking models with monitoring data for assessing performance of no‐take marine reserves.
Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment 2011, 9(7): 390‐399.
b.) List non‐refereed publications such as journal articles, reviews, conference papers, books and
book chapters directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐
tive publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.
2. Technical Outputs
List any technical outputs such as CDs, software programs, databases, algorithms, and/or measure‐
ment instruments. Include the key participants and their affiliation. There is no time limit on
when these occurred.






Carolinas Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System (Carolina RCOOS)
(http://carolinasrcoos.org/), Lynn Leonard; 2011 ‐ Present
Coastal Ocean Research and Monitoring Program (CORMP); Data Base System
(http://www.cormp.org/); Lynn Leonard; 2000 – Present
Lower Cape Fear River Program (http://uncw.edu/cms/aelab/LCFRP/); James Merrit’
1995 – Present.
Marine Biotechnology in North Carolina (MARBIONC) Harmful Marine Microalgae
(HABS) Reference Collection (http://uncw.edu/cms/ResearchMARBIONCResearch.html);
Carm Tomas, 2003 ‐ Present.
Molecular
Libraries
Small
Molecule
Repository
(MLSMR)
(http://mli.nih.gov/mli/secondary‐menu/mlscn/ml‐small‐molecule‐repository/); Jeffrey
Wright, Carm Tomas, Dan Baden; 2010 ‐ Present
Salinity Processes in the Upper Ocean Regional Study (SPURS) Data Management System
(http://spurs.jpl.nasa.gov/SPURS/); Fred Bingham, 2010 – Present.
42

Southeast Marine Weather Portal (http://secoora.org/data/marineweatherportal); Jen‐
nifer Dorton; 2007 – Present.
See Section on MARBIONC
3. Commercialization and Technology Transfer
List and describe commercialization or the transfer of technology to either the private or the
governmental sector. Technology transfer can include a range of actions including patent
applications, company formations, and/or licensing agreements. There is no time limit on
when these occurred.
See Section on MARBIONC
4. Awards and Honors
Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of
their participation in the Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publica‐
tions for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.
Table E1. Awards and Honors
Award or Honor
William R. Kenan Dis‐
tinguished Professor
of Marine Science
Date
2000
Name
Daniel G. Baden
Frank Hawkins Kenan
Distinguished Profes‐
sor of Biological Sci‐
ences
2000
Richard A. Satterlie
Carl B. Brown Distin‐
guished Professor of
Marine Science
2000
Jeffrey L. Wright
The William E. Sisson
Marine Science En‐
dowment
Endowed
Center for Marine Re‐
search
Agios Isidoros, Louis
& Artemis Cotses,
and Tommy Cotses
Mariculture Fund
Endowed
Center for Marine Re‐
search Aquacul‐
ture/Mariculture Pro‐
gram
43
Brief Description
The William R. Kenan, Jr., Charitable Trust
provided funds to establish this distin‐
guished professorship in memory of Ow‐
en G. Kenan.
This professorship was established by C.
D. Spangler, Jr., and the C. D. Spangler
Foundation in honor of Frank Hawkins
Kenan's extensive and successful efforts
on behalf of higher education in North
Carolina, and deep roots in Wilmington
This professorship was created with a gift
from Carl B. Brown in response to the
challenge grant of the Board of Gover‐
nors provided by the Distinguished Pro‐
fessors Endowment Trust Funds estab‐
lished by the NC General Assembly.
This endowment supports marine science
research activities by the Center for Ma‐
rine Science.
The fund was created by Tommy L.
Cotses in memory of his parents, Louis
and Artemis Cotses and to honor the
Cotses family legacy of supporting educa‐
tion. The fund is intended to provide
support for the study of mariculture at
UNCW.
CMS Undergraduate
Awards
CMS
Fall,
Spring,
and
Summers
CMS awards $1000/student for ~10 stu‐
dents per year to work with Marine Sci‐
ence Faculty.
CMS Pilot Projects
7‐Research: $211,957
1‐Equip: $20,037
2008‐
2009
________________
____
6‐Research: $169,976
2011‐
2012
Mead & Morgan; Tay‐
lor, Alison
Lema,
Song & Narr West‐
gate
Koopman, et al.
___________________
Webb
Lane & Reber McNama‐
ra;
Long
&Freshwater White &
Brander Cahoon & Bai‐
ley
CMS offers competitive awards for facul‐
ty teams to carry out pilot research pro‐
jects on a competitive basis to faculty
embers conducting research which best
support eh mission of the center and rep‐
resent new initiatives. The total proposal
budget should not exceed $25K for 1 in‐
vestigator, $35K for 2, and $45k for 3 or
more investigators.
(Total Amount Awarded has ranged from
$150 – 250K)
F. Other
If there is other information that has not been requested above and is relevant, please include it
here.
When reviewing CMS it is important to remember that CMS is a “support” facility for the Marine Science
Faculty at UNCW. This includes teaching, research and outreach support. Most of the activities in ma‐
rine science occurring at UNCW touch the Center in some way. For clarity and brevity, the reviewers
should refer to individual departments and programs for their references to CMS.
Teaching. The Master of Science in marine science program is unique in that it is administered out of the
Center for Marine Science. Like all graduate programs, it reports to the Graduate School. This program is
run by the CMS Associate Director for Education with guidance from the CMS Education Committee,
which is composed of fourteen academic and research faculty and two graduate students in the various
areas of marine science at UNCW. This program is truly an interdisciplinary program that does not have
ownership by a single department. Almost all of the courses that marine science students take are
taught through the academic science departments, and those departments receive credit for the credit
hours produced. Because almost all faculty have primary affiliation in an academic department, this pro‐
gram does not need to generate credit hours to justify faculty positions, and the current arrangement
benefits departments that contribute to the program. Whereas students can do similar research pro‐
jects in either the marine science program or in one of the departmental programs, the marine science
program is unique in that it is interdisciplinary, and students take courses in at least three different dis‐
ciplines and have committees with faculty members from at least two different academic disciplines.
Faculty advisors for marine science students come from varied backgrounds: oceanography, marine sci‐
ence, aquaculture, biology, chemistry, economics, geography, geology, geophysics, and physics.
44
Research. Besides a small faculty of its own that was hired to fill in programmatic gaps in the other ma‐
rine science programs, a number of faculty from departments on main campus are supported within
CMS with office and laboratory space: Biology and Marine Biology: 13; Chemistry and Biochemistry: 2;
Geography and Geology: 6 and Physical Oceanography: 3. In addition, all marine science faculty have
access to the CMS Core Facilities as well as, a greenhouse with running seawater; a radioisotope labora‐
tory; computer workrooms, cold rooms, and walk‐in freezers; temperature controlled rooms; autoclave
and media preparation room; darkroom; chemical storage and balance rooms; fireproof vault for data
storage; clean room; central analytic facility; sample processing rooms; aquarium room with running
seawater; 7,200 gallon oceanographic test tank with electric overhead hoist; indoor storage; outdoor
storage; shower/locker facilities; and outdoor facility for tanks with running sea water.
Outreach. Besides CMS’s own Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement Programs, we
house and support the Watson College of Education’s Marine Quest Program; the Cameron School of
Business’s Business of Biotechnology (joint program with MARBIONC); North Carolina Sea Grant, North
Carolina National Estuarine Research Reserve; and the Marine Bio‐Technologies Center of Innovation.
45
Section II‐2.Coastal and Marine Science Activities
A. Activity: MARBIONC‐‐‐Marine Biotechnology in North Carolina
B. Activity Narrative
Mission and History
MARBIONC was officially formed in 2004 via funding from the State of North Carolina and the initial
collaboration of key personnel who could implement MARBIONC’s vision:
“…To position North Carolina’s marine biotechnology industry as a key component in reach‐
ing economic and environmental solutions on a global scale…”
MARBIONC is an economic development program that is supported by the state of North Carolina
and is administered by the Center for Marine Science for the University of North Carolina Wilming‐
ton. The program was designed to produce impact in the food, energy, and health sectors.
The initial effort was to support a discovery pipeline of new marine bioactive compounds as leads
for the biotech and pharmaceutical industries. This initiative begins with the collection, identifica‐
tion, and maintenance of a collection of marine microorganisms with biotechnology potential. The‐
se organisms, including marine algae (over 400 clones maintained at all times), bacteria (over 500
different species) and, to a lesser degree, fungi collected from world‐wide sources, form the founda‐
tion for marine natural product discovery resulting in a variety of products used for various aspects
of human health. MARBIONC’s initial efforts also focused on the development of sustainable
sources of marine finfish and shellfish for human consumption, eco‐friendly feeds for marine finfish
and ornamental fish consumption, and technologies capable of detecting or gaining a better under‐
standing of unique biochemical processes.
To accomplish its Mission and Vision, MARBIONC provides a broad scientific infrastructure, primarily
in the form of 1) facilities, 2) sophisticated instrumentation and 3) support and 4) training of scien‐
tific personnel: 1) Soon, the group will be moving to world‐class research facilities in the new
MARBIONC facility (scheduled to open Q1 2013); 2) High tech NMR, LCMCMC, and IRMS core facili‐
ties have been developed as shared resources; 3) MARBIONC has financially supported marine re‐
search scientists at other North Carolina‐based institutions including UNC‐CH’s Institute of Marine
Sciences, East Carolina University and UNC Pembroke. MARBIONC‐derived grant support main‐
tained funded collaborations with Mote Marine Laboratory, University of Miami RSMAS and Medical
School, Lovelace Respiratory Research Institute, Mount Sinai Medical Center Miami Beach, the CDC,
and FL Dept of Health; 4) The MARBIONC Business of Biotechnology program, (the first of its kind in
the nation) is training the next generation of scientific entrepreneurs by combining an MBA degree
in association with UNCW’s Cameron School of Business with a multi‐year post‐doctoral research
fellowship.
MARBIONC’s mission, vision and history continue to be realized in innovative ways, as demonstrated
by the creation of the MARBIONC Development Group, LLC and by the establishment of business
and/or development relationships with diverse commercial entities.
Through successful identification and production of unique or difficult to produce neurotoxins used
in biomedical research, chemical standards for analysis and bioactive molecules from marine micro‐
organisms, MARBIONC created a UNCW associated entity, MARBIONC Development Group, LLC, a
North Carolina registered not‐for‐profit entity, for the wholesale and retail commercialization of
these and other products. A substantial portion of income from these sales is returned to the pro‐
46
ducing laboratory while the remainder supports additional education and R&D activities for future
commercially viable products.
The efforts by MARBIONC and MARBIONC Development Group, LLC have resulted in business and/or
development relationships with commercial entities including:

North Carolina: Ocean Therapeutics (Cary, NC); Aqua Plantations, LLC; World Ocean Solu‐
tions; Carolina Classic Catfish; Duke University; UNC‐CH; Blue Ocean, LLC; IKA Works;
Targacept; UNC Pembroke;

U.S.: Reed Mariculture, CA; Aquatic Eco Systems, FL; Axxora/Enzo, CA; LKT, MN;

International: National Research Council Canada, Prince Edward Island; Research Productivi‐
ty Council, New Brunswick, Canada; Curacao Seaquarium and Submarine Base, Curacao;
CEMBO Center for Marine Biotechnology in Oman, Muscat;

New Translational Public‐Private R&D space: MARBIONC facilitated efforts to create an
environment for the interaction of private companies and marine biotechnology transla‐
tional R&D. MARBIONC was at the forefront of applying for and receiving a $15 million
matching grant from the National Institute of Standards and Technology (U.S. Department
of Commerce) for the construction of a 69,000 square foot building (the MARBIONC Build‐
ing) dedicated to private and public research facilities on UNCW’s Center for Marine Sci‐
ence. A needs analysis revealed that no such space existed in SE North Carolina. The UNCW
proposal was one of the first four proposals funded in the USA.
MARBIONC’s Traits:
The MARBIONC economic development program is distinct, if not unique, in North Carolina. Its
leadership team is composed of a talented staff of individuals having diverse backgrounds in R&D
academics, private business experience, corporate R&D development, and corporate legal experi‐
ence(IP and transactional). The team manages the creation of innovative products and technolo‐
gies, evaluates market potential, devises translational activities, creates and perfects intellectual
property either marketing and selling products through its LLC or out‐licensing products to industrial
partners.
This format is distinguished from those being created at other institutions for several specific rea‐
sons. First, it creates a greater potential to support R&D efforts. Second, it creates business relation‐
ships for the commercialization of technologies. Third, it shifts financial support paradigms to a
combination of federal, state and industrial grants and partnerships. Finally, fourth, it creates busi‐
ness opportunity and economic growth locally, regionally and throughout the State. These oppor‐
tunities do not merely provide partners for existing companies, but also represent either the poten‐
tial for the creation of new industries with newly trained individuals, or the expansion of specific
sectors of existing businesses.
The MARBIONC approach spans the entire life‐cycle of discovery (research), development and com‐
mercialization for marine biotechnology which impacts a broad range of uses and human benefits.
A longer‐term strategy of sharing work space and developing relationships with private entities will
be closer to fruition upon the opening of the aforementioned MARBIONC Building. MARBIONC per‐
sonnel will occupy approximately 40% of the laboratory space, with the remaining space available
for lease to private biotechnology companies which have the potential to collaborate with
MARBIONC and other UNCW research personnel. Our focus is translational R&D, leading from dis‐
covery to commercialization. In this manner, MARBIONC is able to capitalize on University discov‐
ery, guidance towards the proper studies to gather results in support of intellectual property, and/or
47
industry interest and participation.
MARBIONC’s Strategic Importance:
Business of Biotechnology graduates, trained through a combination of lock‐step MBA education
and laboratory‐based translational research, have made an impact in a multitude of industries with
graduates spanning the fields of medicine, academic R&D, entrepreneurship, diagnostics, contract
research and various other fields. These students matriculate with the dual expertise, and are in
high demand both domestically and internationally. Representing the one to two percent of appli‐
cants that are admitted into this program, they are becoming future leaders in their respective areas
of endeavor.
The MARBIONC economic development program and its personnel lead marine biotechnology re‐
search, development and commercialization efforts in North Carolina while forming diverse com‐
mercial partnerships, strategic R&D relationships and economic development opportunities.
As part of our continuing collaborative effort, MARBIONC personnel were key members of the advi‐
sory formation team for a state‐wide marine biotechnology center of innovation (MBCOI). The
MBCOI is a $2.4 million program funded by the North Carolina Biotechnology Center. The Executive
Headquarters of the MBCOI reside in leased space at the Center for Marine Science Center with the
secondary office located in Carteret County with the other university partners at UNCCH, Duke, and
NCSU, One of three members of the Board of Director is Dr. Baden, Executive Principal of
MARBIONC and Director of CMS.
NOTE: The MBCOI provides an additional venue for inter‐institutional collabora‐
tion/value creation in Marine Biotechnology. MBCOI stands independent as a not‐
for‐profit LLC, not administratively affiliated with any university in the UNC system,
but collaborating with all. MARBIONC and MBCOI are NOT related. An Executive
Summary of MBCOI is presented in section F. “other”.
Significant Impacts since 2008:
Research and Discovery
 NIH funded the original discovery research and animal efficacy and toxicology studies for the
development of brevenal;
 A Florida Foundation commitment for $750K to complete the final GLP animal toxicology study
for brevenal is pending;
 Patented world‐wide composition of matter IP for brevenal, a pre‐clinical pharmaceutical candi‐
date for the treatment of cystic fibrosis and COPD. Funding of over $350K for patent preparation
and U.S. and International filing was through a Wilmington‐based CRO/pharmaceutical company,
AAIPharma. Several significant derivative patents were issued for a variety of uses of the drug;
 Filed patent applications and continuing to develop Escortin™ carriers, molecules from a marine
microalgae that, when conjugated with otherwise poorly absorbed cellular imaging agents or bioac‐
tive molecules, actively “escort” the entire conjugate across cell membranes. Future development
could provide significant benefits to cellular‐based biomedical research with broad implications for
the entire pharmaceutical industry, particularly highly cytotoxic and central nervous system drugs;
 Preparing patent application for a novel marine‐derived antiviral compound, that is active
against the equine herpes and encephalitis;
 Creation of high‐throughput fraction library for assay screening
 Further expansion of the chemical compound library
 Completed the first genome sequence of a marine bacterium
48

The graduation of the 7th elite Business of Marine Biotechnology class is May 2013.
Economic Development
 The formation and operation of a commercially viable entity in MARBIONC Development Group,
LLC was achieved;
 Sales through the LLC provided support to laboratories and future translational, development
projects via a Program Income model;
 Transitioned R&D into business related to mariculture: Aqua Plantations, Wilmington, black sea
bass; Blue Ocean, Jacksonville, Flounder; Keith Hare, Warsaw, flounder (this farm is particularly sig‐
nificant as it grows flounder away from the ocean using knowledge from MARBIONC’s mariculture
R&D); Carolina Classic Catfish, Ayden's eco‐friendly mariculture feeds use MARBIONC technology;
 The construction of the MARBIONC Building produced close to 300 architectural, engineering
and construction jobs, with a projected additional 150 permanent local jobs within five years of
completion of the building.
Most Significant Future Challenges:
Funding, today, tomorrow and in the foreseeable future, represents a significant challenge, particu‐
larly using the MARBIONC development model. Our evolving model is based on creating the great‐
est possible market value for any product, process or other technology being developed. Finding
appropriate sources of early‐stage translational funding has been and continues to be challenging.
Consistent with translational development funding the creation and perfection of intellectual prop‐
erty, particularly drafting, filing in the U.S. and entering international National Phase for patents is
also quite challenging. When taken in stages, funding the U.S. and PCT filings would be most benefi‐
cial, permitting additional time for additional development and out‐licensing activities prior to the
requirement for entering the international National Phase (30 months from the original filing date).
For each of the above funding challenges, MARBIONC has been pursuing , and will continue to pur‐
sue, non‐traditional funding sources including, for example, the use of self‐sponsored advance‐
ment/fund raising personnel, the creation of private – public relationships based on MARBIONC cre‐
ated technologies, and pursuit of additional industrial relationships by leveraging existing
knowledge, experience, expertise and resources.
A final future challenge includes the identification and training of the next generation of MARBIONC
program leadership while the present compliment remains fully integrated within the process. This
is a full circle approach to personnel identification, recruitment and training, incremental assump‐
tion of leadership, and transitional human resource development within a concept of permanent in‐
novation.
Future Direction and Sustainability:
We intend to extend the scope of discovery and product development beyond our current focus in‐
cluding bioactive molecules for the pharmaceutical industry, Escortin™ carriers, mariculture and as‐
sociated feeds, eco‐friendly ornamental fish feeds, and biosensors into areas including, for example,
nutrition (including nutraceuticals and functional foods), cosmeceuticals, bio fuels and useful indus‐
trial and other chemicals.
We will also be focusing on expanding the product line for MARBIONC Development Group, LLC with
the intent to be better able to finance future development projects and, possible, assist with the
costs associated with intellectual property creation and perfection.
Consistent with a current draft for a new academic shared Business—marine science position,
49
MARBIONC supports the creation and implementation of cross‐disciplinary positions. The current
draft focuses on a position that would be a member of UNCW’s Cameron School of Business, but
with joint ties to MARBIONC and the Center for Marine Science. The successes achieved by our
Business of Biotechnology personnel need to be expanded to the undergraduate and graduate level,
providing students with a better understanding of science and business, with more options for fu‐
ture employment. We envision similar joint positions in “oceans and human health” (School of
Health and Applied Human Sciences), “science education” (MarineQuest and the Watson College of
Education), and “translational sciences” (Cameron School of Business and College of Arts and Sci‐
ences).
C. Resources
1. Personnel
a.) Faculty and key staff involved with the activity:
Table C1. Personnel
Name
Daniel G. Baden, PhD
Jeffrey LC Wright, PhD
Steven A. Fontana, JD
Steven Eitelman, PhD
Leeanne C Bruin, MBA
Carmelo Tomas , PhD
Wade Watanabe, PhD
Andrea Bourdelais, PhD
Wendy KS Bassett, PhD
Md Shah Alam, PhD MBA
Jennifer R McCall, PhD
Elizabeth J. Skellam, PhD
Patrick Carroll
Susan Niven
Elizabeth Elliott, PhD
Sarah J Karafas
Allison K Stewart
Robert A York
Eve MH Wright
Melissa D Smith
Brandon Thigpen
Rose Mann
David Grange
Title and department/college
WR Kenan Distinguished Professor
CB Brown Distinguished Professor
Sr Technology Develop Officer
Part Time Business consultant
Coordinator of Business Operations
Professor in Biology Marine Biology
Res Professor Center Marine Science
Res Assoc Prof Center Marine Science
Res Assoc Prof Center Marine Science
Res Asst Prof Center Marine science
Visiting Res Asst Prof Center Marine Sci
Visiting Res Asst Prof Center Marine Sci
Research Specialist
Research Specialist
Research Specialist
Research Specialist
Research Specialist
Research Specialist
Research Specialist
Scientific Illustrator
Engineering Technican
Menditto Mann Enterprises
Osprey Enterprises
Role
Executive Principal
Principal
Executive Team
Business Consultant
Business Services Coordinator
Marine Culture Core Leader
Mariculture Group Leader
Bioaasay group leader
Mar Nat Products Group Leader
Mariculture
Business of Marine Biotech
Business of Marine Biotech
Mariculture Technician
Culture Lead
Single Channel Assay technican
Marine Culture Core Technician
Marine Natural Products Tech
Marine Culture Core Technician
Marine Natural Products group
Visual arts/presentationsupport
MARBIONC building technician
Advancement contractor
Research Alliance contractor
b.) current number and general description of undergraduate students, graduate students, and
post‐docs involved with the Activity. Do not list individual students or post‐docs.
Undergraduate students: 12 total‐‐‐1honors, 2 directed independent study, 7 interns/part time, 1
community college, 1 another university (until October)
50
Graduate students: 10 total‐‐‐1 international PhD student from Oslo, 9 MS in marine science
Post‐doctoral students: 3 total‐‐‐2 Business of Marine Biotechnology program and 1 grant‐funded
2. Funding
Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of
revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes
of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011
– June 30, 2012.
Table C2: Revenue
Source
FY10 ($)
Federal
State (not university)
Institution (e.g. University)
Foundation
Total
FY11 ($)
FY12 ($)
2,319,140 3,151,502 4,803,904
49,484
77,033
72,920
1,615,893 1,907,457 2,009,439
0
0
0
4,026,972 5,172,160 6,949,701
FY13 ($)
FY14 ($)
Current
Projected
10,346,766
82,314
270,451
82,584
2,312,959
2,622,027
0
pending
12,977,530
3,102,926
Revenue table description – The revenue table is comprised of FY09/10‐11/12 actual revenues, FY12‐13
actual/projected revenue and FY13‐14 projected revenue. FY10/11 through FY12/13 federal revenues
include ARRA construction grant for the MARBIONC building, total of $15 million. FY 13/14 other reve‐
nue includes initial lease revenue for the building at 80% occupancy.
Table C3: Expenses
Source
Personnel
Programmatic
Physical infrastruc‐
ture
Maintenance and
operation
Equipment (>$5,000)
Other Direct Costs*
Indirect Costs
Total
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
1,686,723
1,994,844
42,500
1,930,218
2,884,679
42,500
255,000
260,770
21,956
0
133,139
4,134,161
0
0
170,291
5,288,458
FY12 ($)
FY13 ($)
FY14 ($)
Current
Projected
1,969,815 1,871,924
1,641,744
4,602,129 10,471,538
538,603
42,500
42,500
42,500
276,101
585,169
895,317
9,334
0
0
0
136,038
71,099
7,035,917 13,042,230
0
0
23,454
3,141,617
Expense table description – The expense table includes actual expenses by category for FY09/10‐
FY12/13, actual/projected expense for FY12/13 and projected expense for FY13/14. Expenses decline as
the MARBIONC building is completed. Annual building operating expenses are included in mainte‐
nance/operation in total by FY13/14.
3. Physical infrastructure
Describe the key physical infrastructure that supports your Activity. Include buildings, boats, spe‐
cialized equipment, land, core facilities, and any other unique capability. Include pending infrastruc‐
ture additions. Please indicate who owns the physical infrastructure and whether it is a shared re‐
source. If shared, by whom?
51
Buildings (All located on the CREST Research Park campus of UNCW)
Existing Buildings
Center for Marine Science: 75,000 sq ft. 34 research laboratories of 453 nominal sq ft each. 34 offices
of approximately 120 sq ft, housing 1 PI, or 2 postdoctoral trainees or 2 PhD students, shared bull‐pen
space (450sq ft) for graduate students on each of two floors, approximately 10 desks each with comput‐
ers. CMS also houses a number of specialized facilities including 4 adjustable experimental temperature
controlled rooms (2 specifically for seawater), 3 specialized constant temperature control rooms for
cultivation of microalgae and other photosynthetic single celled marine creatures, an indoor running
seawater facility composed of three separate rooms totaling 1700 sq ft. The building is shared by Biol‐
ogy and Marine Biology, Chemistry and Biochemistry, Geography and Geology, Physics and Physical
Oceanography, Environmental Studies, Marine Quest, Center support staff, Center Administration, and
leased space to the Marine Biotechnology Center of Innovation, the NC SeaGrant extension office, and
the North Carolina National Estuarine Research Reserve laboratory. The MARBIONC program currently
uses space in this building, but will be moving to their own building in 2013. This will free up 9 laborato‐
ries and offices, and substantial specialty space. This will permit expansion of the marine science activi‐
ties presently on the South College campus and also will provide additional designated visiting scientists
space for other universities, as originally proposed in 2000. Funded by the State of North Carolina in
1998.
Operations Wing: 24,000 sq ft housing machine shop, oceanographic equipment, physical oceanogra‐
phy, dive shop, receiving, offices for Aquarius Reef Base, Remotely operated vehicle personnel, CORMP
ocean observing systems labs and offices, IT and computer repair, Marine Quest offices. The operations
wing is largely a research support activity used by all CREST campus members, with offices as men‐
tioned. Funded by a State Bond Issued in 2008.
Oyster Hatchery: 12,000 sq ft of space for experimental shellfish hatchery best practices. This is a de‐
veloping activity which has economic development potential. The hatchery is home to the shellfish mar‐
iculture group led by Dr. Ami Wilbur. Funded by direct General Assembly allocation in 2009.
Building Under Construction
MARBIONC building: 69,000 sq ft of space. Highest quality marine biotechnology facility on the East
coast. Under construction, 03/2013 expected occupancy. The laboratory is a public‐private partnership
building for Translational research. Corporate leased space and university leased space co‐located. 17
individual labs for corporate partners, about the same number for university partners. Specialized culti‐
vation facilities, infinitely reconfigurable bench space, 24.7.365 power, security. The university partners
in the MARBIONC Building are the personnel listed earlier under personnel. Funded by a Federal NIST
construction grant in partnership with UNCW.
Core Facilities
Core Facilities: Core facilities are built upon an NIH Core Center concept. This concept provides for
large expensive ($500,000 to $1M or more) supervised equipment available to anyone associated with
the activity‐‐‐in this case the Center for Marine Science. The university provides the equipment, and
service contract for major equipment cores. The Center for Marine Science and MARBIONC each share
cores amongst multiple groups. Each Facility Core has an appointed Faculty Leader, and an assigned
technical specialist who may be a technician or a senior staff member. Time on instruments is sched‐
uled based on either an outlook calendar format or by dry erase board calendar associated with individ‐
ual cores and based on their preference. Core Leaders are expected to offer adequate access to all affil‐
52
iated parties. Present Core Facilities include a) NMR spectroscopy, b) liquid chromatography‐mass
spectrometry (4 instruments), c) isotope ratio mass spectrometry, d) nutrient analysis, e) oceanographic
equipment. Access is provided at very low cost, most often for the cost of reagents to run samples or
experiments. Core facilities are presented in more detail in the section II that refers to the Center for
Marine Science as a whole.
D. Research, Teaching, Public and Professional Service
1. Research
Table D1. Research
PI NAME
PROJECT TITLE
INVESTIGATORS
SPONSOR
AWARD
AMOUNT
PROJECT
BEGIN DATE
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$ 1,375,822
7/1/2000
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$ 1,205,311
7/1/2001
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$ 1,409,531
7/1/2002
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$ 1,074,551
7/1/2003
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$ 1,455,424
7/1/2004
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$
(99,856)
7/1/2004
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$
(25,227)
7/1/2004
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$
175,000
7/1/2005
53
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$ 1,447,122
7/1/2006
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$
14,174
7/1/2000
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$ 1,416,710
7/1/2007
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$ 1,425,035
7/1/2008
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$ 1,466,084
7/1/2009
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$ 1,494,310
7/1/2010
Baden, Daniel
Effects of inhaled Florida red tide
brevetoxins
6 institutions, 2 govt
agencies
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$
150,000
7/1/2010
Baden, Daniel
MARBIONC Building: Economic
Development
Baden, Daniel
DoC/National Institute
of Standards and Tech‐
nology (NIST)
$14,979,888
9/1/2009
Baden, Daniel
Effects of Inhaled Florida Red
Tide Brevetoxins
3 institutions
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$
300,000
7/1/2009
Baden, Daniel
Effects of Inhaled Florida Red
Tide Brevetoxins
3 institutions
NIH/National Institute of
Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS)
$
499,999
7/1/2010
Baden, Daniel
Cooperative Institute for Ocean
Exploration and Research 2009‐
2010 Science Plan
Alexander, Aaron;
Dorton, Jennifer;
Shepard, Andrew
Florida Atlantic Universi‐
ty
$
6,000
7/1/2009
Baden, Daniel
Cooperative Institute for Ocean
Exploration and Research 2009‐
2010 Science Plan
Alexander, Aaron;
Dorton, Jennifer;
Shepard, Andrew
Florida Atlantic Universi‐
ty
$
69,000
7/1/2009
Baden, Daniel
Cooperative Institute for Ocean
Exploration and Research 2009‐
2010 Science Plan
Shepard, Andrew
Florida Atlantic Universi‐
ty
$
477,361
7/1/2009
54
Baden, Daniel
Cooperative Institute for Ocean
Exploration and Research 2009‐
2010 Science Plan
Shepard, Andrew;
Szmant, Alina
Florida Atlantic Universi‐
ty
$
792,934
7/1/2009
Baden, Daniel
Cooperative Institute for Ocean
Exploration and Research 2009‐
2010 Science Plan
Horn, Lance; Ross,
Steve; Shepard, An‐
drew
Florida Atlantic Universi‐
ty
$
721,771
7/1/2009
Baden, Daniel
Permanent Innovation Work‐
shop developed by Langdon
Morris
Baden
Burroughs Wellcome
Fund
$
10,000
2009 conf
Baden, Daniel
Minority Predoctoral Fellowship
Program
Perrineau, Elena
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
1,979
5/1/2003
Baden, Daniel
Minority Predoctoral Fellowship
Program
Perrineau, Elena
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
24,437
5/1/2004
Baden, Daniel
Minority Predoctoral Fellowship
Program
Perrineau, Elena
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
27,220
5/1/2005
Baden, Daniel
Minority Predoctoral Fellowship
Program
Perrineau, Elena
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
27,220
5/1/2006
Baden, Daniel
Minority Predoctoral Fellowship
Program
Perrineau, Elena
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
27,220
5/1/2007
Baden, Daniel
Minority Predoctoral Fellowship
Program
Perrineau, Elena
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
27,220
5/1/2008
Bourdelais, An‐
drea
Osmoregulation in
Dinoflagellates
Fowler, Nicholas;
Thompson, Alysha
National Science Foun‐
dation (NSF)
$
82,314
2/1/2012
Bourdelais, An‐
drea
Ladder Frame Polyethers as Drug
Escortins
Elliott, Elizabeth;
Goodman, Allan;
Klinkner, Jennifer
North Carolina Biotech‐
nology Center (NCBC)
$
249,404
1/1/2012
Bourdelais, An‐
drea
Development of high affinity
analogues of brevenal‐novel
molecular probes for the nerv‐
ous system
Baden, Daniel; Good‐
man, Allan; Jacocks,
Henry; Taylor, Alison;
Wolf, Mary
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
216,000
9/5/2010
Bourdelais, An‐
drea
Development of high affinity
analogues of brevenal‐novel
molecular probes for the nerv‐
ous system
Baden, Daniel;
Goodman, Allan;
Jacocks, Henry; Taylor,
Alison; Wolf, Mary
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
211,680
9/5/2010
Naar, Jerome
Ciguatera testing by RBA in Lion‐
fish extracts
Jacocks, Henry
NOAA NOS National
Centers for Coastal
Ocean Science (NCCOS)
$
8,228
6/6/2012
55
NOAA NOS National
Centers for Coastal
Ocean Science (NCCOS)
$
16,772
Red tide field study
Woods Hole Oceano‐
graphic Institution
$
8,000
Naar, Jerome
Development and performance
evaluation of a Monoclonal An‐
tibodies based ELISA for
brevetoxins measurement in
complex matrices.
Florida Fish and Wildlife
Conservation Commis‐
sion/Fish and Wildlife
Research Institute
(FWRI)
$
26,689
Naar, Jerome
Detection, toxicity characteriza‐
tion of brevetoxins metabolites
and validation of the ELISA as an
alternative to the regulatory
mouse bioassay for shellfish
monitoring
DoC/National Oceano‐
graphic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)
$
300,000
8/1/2005
Naar, Jerome
Mitigating the harmful effects of
Florida red tides using
brevetoxin‐specific complexing
agents Part I: Agents' identifica‐
tion, mitigating effects and
strategy development for field
trials and large scale application
Florida Fish and Wildlife
Conservation Commis‐
sion (FFWCC)
$
242,688
7/1/2007
Naar, Jerome
Mitigating the harmful effects of
Florida red tides using
brevetoxin‐specific complexing
agents Part I: Agents' identifica‐
tion, mitigating effects and
strategy development for field
trials and large scale application
Florida Fish and Wildlife
Conservation Commis‐
sion (FFWCC)
$
(36,000)
7/1/2007
Naar, Jerome
Brevetoxin accumulation in fish
and potential human health im‐
pacts
DoC/National Oceano‐
graphic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)
$
699,000
2007
Naar, Jerome
Brevetoxin accumulation in fish:
Toxin and toxicity assessment for
potential human health threat
Florida Department of
Health
$
68,000
9/1/2003
Naar, Jerome
Ciguatera testing by RBA in Lion‐
fish extracts
Naar, Jerome
Jacocks, Henry
Baden, Daniel;
Bourdelais, Andrea;
Wright, Jeffrey L.
Baden, Daniel; Satake,
M; Wright, Jeffrey L.
56
6/6/2012
Naar, Jerome
Brevetoxin accumulation in fish:
Toxin and toxicity assessment for
potential human health threat
Florida Department of
Health
$
112,164
9/1/2003
Naar, Jerome
Brevetoxin accumulation in fish:
Toxin and toxicity assessment for
potential human health threat
Florida Department of
Health
$
160,164
9/1/2003
Naar, Jerome
In field device for the autono‐
mous detection of harmful algal
blooms toxigenic species and
toxins
Lynntech, Inc.
$
20,000
########
Tomas, Carmelo
R
Toxic Algae: Taxonomy, Quanti‐
fication and Early Warning
Carmelo Tomas; Rich‐
ard Dillaman
Norwegian Institute for
Water Research
$
2,133
1/1/2011
Tomas, Carmelo
R
Toxic Algae: Taxonomy, Quanti‐
fication and Early Warning
Carmelo Tomas; Rich‐
ard Dillaman
Norwegian Institute for
Water Research
$
2,670
1/1/2011
Tomas, Carmelo
R
Toxic Algae: Taxonomy, Quanti‐
fication and Early Warning
Carmelo Tomas; Rich‐
ard Dillaman
Norwegian Institute for
Water Research
$
6,000
1/1/2011
Tomas, Carmelo
R
Toxic Algae: Taxonomy, Quanti‐
fication and Early Warning
Carmelo Tomas; Rich‐
ard Dillaman
Norwegian Institute for
Water Research
$
8,609
1/1/2011
Tomas, Carmelo
R
Methodological Procedure Im‐
plementation and Software Tool
Development for the Assess‐
ment of Ecological Status of
Aquatic Ecosystems from the
Analysis of Phytoplakton Guilds
Carmelo Tomas
University of Salento
$
10,000
6/1/2010
Tomas, Carmelo
R
Methodological Procedure Im‐
plementation and Software Tool
Development for the Assess‐
ment of Ecological Status of
Aquatic Ecosystems from the
Analysis of Phytoplakton Guilds
Carmelo Tomas
University of Salento
$
19,884
6/1/2010
Watanabe,
Wade
Practical diet development for
intensive cultivation of red porgy
in the southeastern US using
alternative protein sources
Alam, Md Shah;
DoC/National Oceano‐
graphic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)
$
12,430
8/1/2009
Watanabe,
Wade
Practical diet development for
intensive cultivation of red porgy
in the southeastern US using
alternative protein sources
Alam, Md Shah;
DoC/National Oceano‐
graphic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)
$
136,735
8/1/2009
57
Watanabe,
Wade
Controlled Breeding, Larviculture
and Growout of High‐Value Ma‐
rine Fish Species for US Agricul‐
ture
Alam, Md;
USDA/Coop State Re‐
search, Education Exten‐
sion Service (CSREES)
$
205,920
8/1/2010
Watanabe,
Wade
Pilot commercial scale testing of
promising diets for intensive
cultivation of southern flounder
and black sea bass in NC using an
alternative protein source
Alam, Md;
NCSU/NC Sea Grant
$
45,361
6/1/2010
Watanabe,
Wade
Salt incorporated diets for en‐
hancing growth performance
during intensive cultivation of
black sea bass in NC using low
salinity brackish water.
Alam, Md;
NCSU/NC Sea Grant
$
42,000
4/1/2011
Watanabe,
Wade
Integrated multi‐trophic aqua‐
culture of marine finfish and
salt‐tolerant plants (Salicornia)
for biomitigation of effluent dis‐
charge from recirculating aqua‐
culture systems.
Farnell, Robert; My‐
ers, Amanda
North Carolina State
University (NCSU)
$
19,848
4/1/2012
Watanabe,
Wade
Optimizing All‐Female Southern
Flounder Culture in Low Saline
Waters
Alam, Md;
NCSU/NC Sea Grant
$
23,306
2/1/2010
Watanabe,
Wade
Optimizing All‐Female Southern
Flounder Culture in Low Saline
Waters
Alam, Md
NCSU/NC Sea Grant
$
18,749
2/1/2010
Watanabe,
Wade
The red porgy (Pagnus pagnus):
optimizing prey enrichment and
artificial microdiet applications
for expanded hatchery produc‐
tion of fingerlings.
Alam, Md Shah
NC State University
(NCSU)
$
51,418
1/1/2008
Watanabe,
Wade
Controlled breeding, larviculture,
and growout of high value ma‐
rine fish species for US Agricul‐
ture
Alam, Md;
USDA/Coop State Re‐
search, Education Exten‐
sion Service (CSREES)
$
205,920
########
Watanabe,
Wade
Establishing a pilot hatchery for
production of juveniles to sup‐
port the finfish mariculture in‐
dustry in NC
Dumas, Christopher;
NC Biotechnology Cen‐
ter
$
66,842
9/1/2009
58
Watanabe,
Wade
Controlled breeding.
Larviculture, intensive growout
and marketing of high‐value ma‐
rine finfish species for US Agri‐
culture
Dumas, Chris
US Department of Agri‐
culture (USDA)
$
293,745
8/1/2006
Watanabe,
Wade
Controlled breeding, larviculture
and growout of high value ma‐
rine fish species for US agricul‐
ture
Alam, Md Shah
USDA/Coop State Re‐
search, Education & Ex‐
tension Service (CSREES)
$
219,350
8/1/2008
Watanabe,
Wade
Preparation of SRAC publication
on: New Species Profile: Black
Sea Bass Contact information:
Dr. Michael Masser Department
of Wildlife and Fisheries Sciences
2258 TAMU Texas A&M Univer‐
sity College Station, TX 77843‐
2258 USA Telephone: +1 979‐
845‐7370
Southern Regional Aq‐
uaculture Center
$
2,000
5/1/2009
Watanabe,
Wade
Enhancing commercial aquacul‐
ture of southern flounder in
North Carolina: requisite tools
for brookstock husbandry and
expanded all‐female fingerling
production
Alam, Md Shah
NC State University
(NCSU)
$
22,136
2/1/2008
Watanabe,
Wade
Enhancing commercial aquacul‐
ture of southern flounder in
North Carolina: requisite tools
for brookstock husbandry and
expanded all‐female fingerling
production
Alam, Md Shah;
NC State University
(NCSU)
$
15,024
2/1/2008
Watanabe,
Wade
Enhancing commercial aquacul‐
ture of southern flounder in
North Carolina: requisite tools
for brookstock husbandry and
expanded all‐female fingerling
production
Alam, Md Shah;
NC State University
(NCSU)
$
1,679
2/1/2008
59
Watanabe,
Wade
Enhancing commercial aquacul‐
ture of southern flounder in
North Carolina: requisite tools
for brookstock husbandry and
expanded all‐female fingerling
production
Alam, Md Shah;
NC State University
(NCSU)
$
3,219
2/1/2008
Watanabe,
Wade
Enhancing commercial aquacul‐
ture of southern flounder in
North Carolina: requisite tools
for brookstock husbandry and
expanded all‐female fingerling
production
Alam, Md Shah
NCSU/NC Sea Grant
$
23,395
2/1/2008
Watanabe,
Wade
Enhancing commercial aquacul‐
ture of southern flounder in
North Carolina: requisite tools
for brookstock husbandry and
expanded all‐female fingerling
production
Alam, Md Shah
NCSU/NC Sea Grant
$
4,457
2/1/2008
Watanabe,
Wade
Enhancing commercial aquacul‐
ture of southern flounder in
North Carolina: requisite tools
for brookstock husbandry and
expanded all‐female fingerling
production
Alam, Md Shah;
NCSU/NC Sea Grant
$
18,938
2/1/2008
Watanabe,
Wade
Flounder farming in NC: Devel‐
oping improved strains and en‐
hancing marketability for eco‐
nomic success
NC State University
(NCSU)
$
21,622
6/5/2008
Watanabe,
Wade
Commercialization of black sea
bass aquaculture: nursery,
growout and marketing
Alam, Md Shah; Du‐
mas, Chris
DoC/National Oceano‐
graphic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)
$
400,000
9/1/2006
Watanabe,
Wade
Commercialization of black sea
bass aquaculture: nursery,
growout and marketing
Alam, Md Shah; Du‐
mas, Chris
DoC/National Oceano‐
graphic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)
$
400,000
9/1/2006
Watanabe,
Wade
Commercialization of black sea
bass aquaculture: nursery,
growout and marketing
Alam, Md Shah; Du‐
mas, Chris
DoC/National Oceano‐
graphic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)
$
400,000
9/1/2006
60
Watanabe,
Wade
Commercialization of black sea
bass aquaculture: nursery,
growout and marketing
Alam, Md Shah; Du‐
mas, Chris; Schuster,
Thomas
DoC/National Oceano‐
graphic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)
$
211,163
9/1/2006
Watanabe,
Wade
Commercialization of black sea
bass aquaculture: nursery,
growout and marketing
Alam, Md Shah; Du‐
mas, Chris; Schuster,
Thomas
DoC/National Oceano‐
graphic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)
$
211,163
9/1/2006
Watanabe,
Wade
Commercialization of black sea
bass aquaculture: nursery,
growout and marketing
Alam, Md Shah; Du‐
mas, Chris; Schuster,
Thomas
DoC/National Oceano‐
graphic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)
$
211,163
9/1/2006
Watanabe,
Wade
Commercialization of black sea
bass aquaculture: nursery,
growout and marketing
Alam, Md Shah; Du‐
mas, Chris; Schuster,
Thomas
DoC/National Oceano‐
graphic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)
$
211,163
9/1/2006
Watanabe,
Wade
Commercialization of black sea
bass aquaculture: nursery,
growout and marketing
Alam, Md Shah; Du‐
mas, Chris; Schuster,
Thomas
DoC/National Oceano‐
graphic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)
$
23,463
9/1/2006
Watanabe,
Wade
Practical diet development for
intensive cultivation of southern
flounder in North Carolina using
an alternative protein source
Alam, Md Shah
NC State University
(NCSU)
$
39,964
4/1/2007
Watanabe,
Wade
Optimizing hatchery and nursery
technologies for production of
black sea bass fingerlings for
commercial growout and stock
enhancement projects
NC State University
(NCSU)
$
50,195
5/1/2004
Watanabe,
Wade
Red porgy (Pagrus pagrus): eval‐
uation new species for intensive
mariculture
NC State University
(NCSU)
$
25,976
########
Watanabe,
Wade
Commercial production of
southern flounder: control of sex
reversal and transfer of technol‐
ogy to industry
NC State University
(NCSU)
$
5,995
2/1/2006
Watanabe,
Wade
Commercial production of
southern flounder: control of sex
reversal and transfer of technol‐
ogy to industry
NC State University
(NCSU)
$
9,705
2/1/2006
61
Wright, Jeffrey
chemical and biological studies
on a new antiviral compound
from a cultured marine
dinoflagellate
Frampton, Arthur;
Tomas, Carmelo
NC Biotechnology Cen‐
ter
$
74,961
7/1/2011
Wright, Jeffrey
L.
Diverse Chemical Libraries from
Photosynthetic Marine Microal‐
gae
Baden, Daniel; Tomas,
Carmelo
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
194,530
2006
Wright, Jeffrey
L.
Diverse Chemical Libraries from
Photosynthetic Marine Microal‐
gae
Baden, Daniel; Tomas,
Carmelo
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
106,603
2006
Wright, Jeffrey
L.
Diverse Chemical Libraries from
Photosynthetic Marine Microal‐
gae
Baden, Daniel; Tomas,
Carmelo
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
149,775
2006
Wright, Jeffrey
L.
Diverse Chemical Libraries from
Photosynthetic Marine Microal‐
gae
Baden, Daniel; Tomas,
Carmelo
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
107,403
2006
Wright, Jeffrey
L.
Diverse Chemical Libraries from
Photosynthetic Marine Microal‐
gae
Baden, Daniel; Tomas,
Carmelo
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
128,875
2007
Wright, Jeffrey
L.
Diverse Chemical Libraries from
Photosynthetic Marine Microal‐
gae
Baden, Daniel; Tomas,
Carmelo
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
450,043
2007
Wright, Jeffrey
L.
Diverse Chemical Libraries from
Photosynthetic Marine Microal‐
gae
Baden, Daniel; Tomas,
Carmelo
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
94,951
2007
Wright, Jeffrey
L.
Diverse Chemical Libraries from
Photosynthetic Marine Microal‐
gae
Baden, Daniel; Tomas,
Carmelo
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
76,681
2008
Wright, Jeffrey
L.
Diverse Chemical Libraries from
Photosynthetic Marine Microal‐
gae
Baden, Daniel; Tomas,
Carmelo
National Institutes of
Health (NIH)
$
453,246
2008
Wright, Jeffrey
L.
Developing Future Scientists in
Rural NC Community Colleges
Van Wagoner, Ryan
Brunswick Community
College
$
5,000
7/1/2008
Wright, Jeffrey
L.
Expanding existing surveillance
systems of harmful algal blooms
and toxins
NC Department of
Health and Human Ser‐
vices (NC DHHS)
$
59,993
2008
Wright, Jeffrey
L.
Expanding existing surveillance
systems of harmful algal blooms
and toxins
NC Department of
Health and Human Ser‐
vices (NC DHHS)
$
82,099
2007
2.
Teaching and Instruction (if applicable)
a.) Identify courses taught for degree credit that are directly related to the Activity.
62
Business of Marine Biotechnology Postdoctoral/MBA Program. This program is a 3 year lock step pro‐
gram which includes 3 years of laboratory research in a marine biotechnology laboratory combined with
the Cameron School of Business Professional MBA program. The program averages over 100 applica‐
tions for 2‐4 positions per year, depending upon funding.
Table D2. Teaching and Instruction for Degree Credit
Course title,
Dates of‐
Instructor(s) Brief description of course (one
number, and
fered
and
sentence)
level
affiliation(s)
CHM 211
Spring
Wright
Introductory Organic Chemistry
CHM/MS 579
Fall
Wright
Role of Oceans in Human Health
CHM 491
Fall and
Wright
Directed Individual Study (DIS)
Spring
CHM 599
Entire year Wright
Masters in Chemistry and Ma‐
rine Science
Enrollment Figures
Total/on‐site/distance
education
65‐68
4‐6
2
2
Cameron School
3. Teaching and Instruction (if applicable)
b.) Identify courses taught for Business of Marine Biotechnology Program (as part of the MBA pro‐
gram)
Table D2. Teaching and Instruction for Degree Credit
Course title,
Dates of‐
Instructor(s) Brief description of course (one
Enrollment Figures
number, and
fered
and
sentence)
Total/on‐site/distance
level
affiliation(s)
education
Summer,
R. Porter‐
Development and assessment of
MBA 550
first year
field, UNCW core management skills
33
Managerial
Effectiveness
Survey of statistical methods
Summer,
R.
MBA 510 Sta‐
32
first year
Badarinathi, and techniques
tistical Meth‐
UNCW
ods for Busi‐
ness
MBA 551
Summer,
C. Rodri‐
Evaluate a firm’s strategy and
Management
first year
guez, UNCW the detriments of competitive
30
Strategy
advantage
Analysis of decision making pro‐
MBA 525 Mi‐
Summer,
P.
30
croEconomics
first year
Schuhmann, cesses and economic equilibri‐
um for consumers and individual
UNCW
firms
MBA 540 Mar‐ Fall, first
T. Porter,
Introduction to Principles of
35
keting I
year
UNCW
Marketing
MBA 526 Mac‐ Fall, first
T. Simpson, Analysis of aggregate economic
roEconomics
year
UNCW
activity
31
MBA 505 Fi‐
Fall, first
H. Rockness, Principles and Theory of Finan‐
nancial Ac‐
year
UNCW
cial Accounting and interpreta‐
31
63
counting
MBA 512 In‐
formation Sys‐
tems & Tech‐
nology
MBA 506
Managerial
Accounting
MBA 535 Cor‐
porate Finan‐
cial Manage‐
ment
MBA 536 In‐
vestment
Management
MBA 552 Be‐
havioral Man‐
agement
MBA 541 Mar‐
keting II
MBA 511
Quantitative
Methods
MBA 570 Op‐
erations Man‐
agement
MBA 560 Busi‐
ness Law
Fall, first
year
M. Orr, Ad‐
junct,
UNCW
tion of financial statements
Survey of current technology
and its use to solve business
problems
Spring first
year
D. Mautz,
UNCW
Advanced accounting concepts
applied to business
Spring,
first year
E. Graham,
UNCW
Spring,
first year
D.
Echevarria,
UNCW
J. Magnus,
UNCW
Broad survey of finance con‐
cerned with the money‐
management decisions of the
individual and the firm
Valuation principles for stocks,
bonds, and options
Spring,
first year
Summer,
second
year
Summer,
second
year
Summer,
second
year
Summer,
second
year
F. Spencer,
UNCW
B. Wray,
UNCW
D. Rosen,
UNCW
R. Hanson,
UNCW
An intensive look at leadership,
motivation, and communication
within organizations
Strategic marketing planning
process
Intro to quantitative models and
methods for the solution of
business problems
Basic concepts, theories, and
techniques for the management
of operating systems
Examination of the constitution‐
al, legislative, judicial, regulato‐
ry, and public policy forces ex‐
erted on the business environ‐
ment
Strategic and tactical issues of
info systems and technology are
addressed as they support and
lead business operations
Applied Learning project for re‐
gional small business
MBA 513 In‐
formation
Analysis &
Management
MBA 553 –
Learning Alli‐
ance
MBA 554
Practicum
Fall, se‐
cond year
M. Orr, Ad‐
junct,
UNCW
Fall, se‐
cond year
V. Howe,
UNCW
Fall, se‐
cond year
MBA 555 Or‐
ganizational
Change
MBA 533 Real
Fall, se‐
cond year
J.
Dougherty,
Adjunct,
UNCW
S. Harper,
UNCW
The study of organizational
change
Summer,
E. Graham,
Current topics in real estate and
30
30
30
30
31
29
13
29
30
31
31
Capstone project
30
64
30
Estate Invest‐
ment
MBA 533 En‐
trepreneurship
MBA 533 Pro‐
fessional Ser‐
vices: Growing
& Maintaining
Client Rela‐
tionships
MBA 533
Global Strate‐
gy & Manage‐
ment
MBA 533 Rec‐
ognizing &
Overcoming
Organizational
Defenses
MBA 557
Practicum
MBA 556 Ex‐
ecutive Chal‐
lenge
second
year
Summer,
second
year
Spring,
second
year
UNCW
real estate investment
12
C. Galbraith,
UNCW
Survey of entrepreneurial en‐
terprise types
17
T. Meyer,
UNCW
Issues regarding relationship
management
21
Spring,
second
year
C. Rodri‐
guez, UNCW
Spring,
second
year
R. Tyndall,
UNCW
Spring,
second
year
J.
Dougherty,
Adjunct,
UNCW
V. Howe,
UNCW
Challenges associated with
formulating and implementing
strategies in the global envi‐
ronment.
Examination of organization de‐
fense systems that slow or pre‐
vent effective change and how
to recognize and overcome the‐
se actions in real life settings
Capstone project continued
Spring,
second
year
12
15
31
Set of situation and issues that
executives face as leaders of
organizations.
32
*If courses are known to enroll a high number of on‐site or distance education students from other
universities, please discuss these instances along with number and affiliations of distance education
enrollees.
c.) Identify workshops, continuing education, or other non‐credit bearing instruction to community
that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D3: Non‐Degree Credit Instruction
Workshop/Instruction Dates of‐
title
fered
Summer Brunswick
Community College
Faculty Internship
Bigelow NCMA
Marine Biological La‐
2012
Instructor(s)
and
Affiliation(s)
Wright,
Strangman
UNCW
Tomas
UNCW
Tomas
65
Brief description of
65ctive65ttion (1 sentence)
In depth laboratory training
in chromatography, data
analysis
Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates
Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates
Enrollment Figures
Total/on‐
site/distance edu
1
Maine, 18 students
12 days
Plymouth UK, 20
boratory
University of Salento
University of Copenhagen
Washington DC
2011
Washington DC
04/2010
OSHER LL learning
2010,
2011
Dubai UAE 2nd World
Pharma Devel Conf
2009
UNCW
Tomas
UNCW
Tomas
UNCW
Baden
UNCW
Baden
UNCW
Fontana,
Eitelman
UNCW
Fontana
UNCW
students 14 days
Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates Lecce Italy 22 stu‐
dents, 10 days
Systematics of Harmful Algae Denmark, 26 stu‐
dents, 7 days
Effects of Inhaled Toxins
48 congressional
staffers
Oceans and Human Health
NIH Centers from 4
regions of the USA
50
Pharmaceuticals and ex‐
penses, marine biotechnolo‐
gy development
Brevenal and CF
500
d.) Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Profession‐
al Service will be captured in a different section, so please constrain this list to those examples that
serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as science cafes and
K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Dates
Personnel Involved Participants in
Public Service / Out‐
program (e.g. K‐12
reach/Engagement pro‐
gram name and brief de‐
teachers)
scription (one sentence)
Planet Ocean Lectures
4 annual Wright, Baden
Public at large
Permanent Innovation
04/2010 Langdon Morris
State personnel
Clin. Continuing Education
03/2011 Baden
Sarasota MD
Economic Dev Conference
08/2012 Baden
Local business
Kiwanis Club
Wright
Local community
Landfall Association
Wright
Local community
Hamline University MN
05/2012 Baden
IP development
German Executive MBA
04/2012 Baden, Wright
foreign visitors
lecture
Curacao promotional 66Ac‐ 01/2012 Adriaan Schrier and Faculty/ admin at
tivities
Dan Baden
universities in FL
Gordon Conference on Ma‐ 06/2011 Dan Baden, Andrea Peer scientists
rine Natural Products
Bourdelais
Cape Fear Econ Devel
2010
Fontana
public
Wilmington Econ Devel
2009
Fontana
public
Number of partic‐
ipants
135
132
70
246
30‐40
50‐60
150
22
5 visits, 40 partici‐
pants
140
25
22
e.) Professional Service
Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activity have provid‐
ed to North Carolina or at the regional / national / international level. Include all North Carolina ad‐
66
visory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit
this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D5. Professional Service
Board or Group name
Dates
US Congress staffers
Marine Biotech BOD
MBCOI development
CORE executive team
Helped transition CORE
to COL, new legal
Science Advisory Board
Working Group
Council of Canadian
Academies Expert Panel
Canada Foundation for
Innovation
NURP Center Directors
Meeting
Consortium for Ocean
Leadership member
Aquarius ATAR OSHA
NIH EAC meetings
NC Governors Innovation
Council
MSEP Carteret County
UNC Strategic Retreat of
Marine Science
Ireland Peer Review for
Grants Celtic Tiger
NC Biotech meetings,
seminars, get‐togethers
NC Biotechnology visit to
Sweden
NC Dept of Commerce
visit to Cuba
04/2011
2011‐
2008‐2011
2007‐2008
2009
2011,2012
2011
12/2011
Activity member name and affilia‐
tion
Baden CORE/Ocean Leadership
Baden UNCW
Baden, Wright, UNCW
Baden UNCW
Service provided
Baden UNCW, For NOAA on oceans
and health
Wright, Review state of Science
and Technology in Canada
Wright, Review CFI Funded pro‐
grams at UPEI
Baden, UNCW for NOAA NURP
Expertise
Education
Expertise
Development of COI
Treasurer for CORE
Expertise
Expertise
Directorship
10/2008
2x annual
04/2011
Annual
March
2000‐2011
10/2010
Baden, Morrison UNCW
Member
Baden, UNCW
Baden Program Director,
Bourdelais, Goodman, Niven
Frequent
since 2008
11/2009
Baden, Morrison from UNCW at‐
tend on occasion
Baden, Morrison UNCW
Administrator
Complex management
of field and lab pro‐
grams.
Education presentation
on marine biotechnol‐
ogy
invitees
10/2009
Baden UNCW
2008‐
present
2008
Baden, Wright, Fontana, Eitelman,
Bourdelais
Baden, together with selected NC
Dept of Commerce
Baden, Szmant, together with se‐
lected NC Dept of Commerce
2013(plan)
Baden from UNCW
E. Outputs and Impacts
1. Publications (MARBIONC personnel underlined)
67
Strategist member
Reviewer, challenger
opponent (site visits)
Participant, multiple
visits
Key note speaker on
Marine Biotechnology
Economic development
a.) List refereed publications directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or
representative publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. You may reference in‐
formation in the REACH NC Appendix in response to this question. (20 listed of 50)

Priester C, Braude JP, Morton LC, Kinsey ST, Watanabe WO, Dillaman RM (2012) Ring Bands in
Fish Skelatal Muscle: Reorienting the Myofibrils and Microtubules Cytoskeleton with a Single
Cell. J. Morphology DOI: 10.1002/jmor.20055 online early version.

McCall JR, Jacocks HM, Baden DG, Bourdelais AJ (2012) Development of a Competitive Fluores‐
cence Binding Assay for Brevetoxoins. Harmful Algae 19, 85‐91.

Laycock MV, Anderson DM, Naar J, Goodman A, Easy DJ, Donovan MA, Aifeng L, Quilliam MA,
Jamali EA, Alshihi R (2012). Laboratory Desalination Experiments with Some Algal Toxins. Desal‐
ination 293 05: 1‐6.

Deventer MV, Atwood K, Vargo GA, Flewelling LJ, Landsberg JH, Naar J, Stanek D (2012) Karenia
brevis red tides and brevetoxin contaminated fish: A high Risk Factor for Florida’s Scavenging
Shorbirds? Botanica Marina 55:1, 31‐37.

Fontana S (2011) Technology Development of an Alternative to Traditional Technology Transfer
Models. IEEE Computer – COMPUTER 44:4, 30‐36.

Bean, Judy A; Fleming, Lora E; Kirkpatrick, Barbara; Backer, Lorraine C; Nierenberg, Kate; Reich,
Andrew; Cheng, Yung Sung; Wanner, Adam; Benson, Janet; Naar, Jerome; Pierce, Richard; Abra‐
ham, William M; Kirkpatrick, Gary; Hollenbeck, Julie; Zaias, Julia; Mendes, Eliana; Baden, Daniel
G. (2011) Florida Red Tide Toxins (Brevetoxins) and Longitudinal Respiratory Effects in Asthmat‐
ics. Harmful Algae 10 / 744‐748.

Van Wagoner RM, Misner I, Tomas CR, Wright JLC (2011) Occurrence of 12‐methylgymnodimiine
in a spirolide‐producing dinoflagellate Alexandrium peruvianum and the biogeneic implications.
Tet Lett 52:33, 4243‐4246.

Walsh JJ, Tomas CR, Steidinger KA, Lenes JM, Chen FR, Weisberg RH, Zheng L, Landsberg JH,
Vargo GA, Heil CA (2011) Imprudent fishing harvests and consequent trophic cascades on the
West Florida shelf over the last half century: A harbinger of human dealths from paralytic shell‐
fish poisoning along the southeastern United States, in response to oligotrophication? Cont
Shelf Res 31:9, 891‐911.

Kuranaga, Takefumi; Ohtani, Naohito; Tsutsumi, Ryosuke; Baden, Daniel G; Wright, Jeffrey L C;
Satake, Masayuki; Tachibana, Kazuo. (2011) Total synthesis of (‐)‐brevisin: a concise synthesis of
a new marine polycyclic ether. Org Lett 13 / 696‐9.

Benson, Janet M; Wolf, Molly L; Kajon, Adriana; Tibbetts, Brad M; Bourdelais, Andrea J; Baden,
Daniel G; March, Thomas H (2011) Brevetoxin inhalation alters the pulmonary response to influ‐
enza A in the male F344 rat. J Toxicol Environ Health A 74: 313‐24.

Lopez‐Legentil S, Song B, DeTure M, Baden DG. (2010) Characterization and Localization of a Hy‐
brid Non‐ribosomal Peptide Synthetase and Polyketide Synthase Gene from the Toxic
Dinoflagellate Karenia brevis. Marine Biotechnology 12: 32‐41.

Ohtani N, Tsutsumi R, Kuranaga T, Shirai T, Wright JLC, Baden DG, Satake M, Tachibana, K. Syn‐
thesis of the Abc Ring Fragment of Brevisin, a New Dinoflagellate Polycyclic Ether. Heterocycles
80:825‐830.
68

Tsutsumi R, Kuranaga T, Wright JLC, Baden DG, Ito E, Satake M, Tachibana K. (2010) An improved
synthesis of (‐)‐brevisamide, a marine monocyclic ether amide of dinoflagellate origin. Tetrahe‐
dron 66: 6675‐6782.

VanWagoner RM, Satake M, Bourdelais A, Baden, DG, Wright JLC. (2010) Absolute Configuration
of Brevisamide and Brevisin: Confirmation of a Universal Biosynthetic Process for Karenia brevis
Polyethers. J Nat Prod 73: 1177‐1179.

Errera RM, Bourdelais AJ, Drennan MA, Dodd EB, Henrichs DW, Campbell L (2010) Variations in
brevetoxion and brevenal content among clonal cultures of Karenia brevis may influence bloom
toxicity. Toxicon 55:2, 195‐203.

VanWagoner RM, Deeds JR, Tatters AO, Tomas C, Wright JLC (2010) Structure and Relative Po‐
tency of Several Karlotoxins from Karlodinium veneficum. J Nat Prod. 73:8, 1360‐1365.

Truxel LT, Bourdelais AJ, Jacocks H, Abraham WA, Baden DG (2010) Characterization of
Tamulamides A and B, Polyethers Isolated from the Marine Dinoflagellate Karensa brevis. J Nat
Prod 73:4, 536‐540.

George J, Dravid SM, Prakash A, Xie J, Peterson J, Jabba SV, Baden DG, Murray TF. (2009) Sodium
Channel Activation Augments NMDA Receptor Function and Promotes Neurite Outgrowth in
Immature Cerebrocortical NeuronsJ Neuroscience 29: 3288‐3301.

Satake, M, Campbell A, VanWagoner RM, Bourdelais AJ, Jacocks, H, Baden, DG., Wright JL.
(2009) Brevesin: an aberrant polycyclic ether structure from the dinoflagellate Karenia brevis
and its implications for polyether assembly. J Org chem. 74: 989‐994.

Cao Z,George J, Gerwick WH, Baden DG, Rainier JD, Murray TF. (2008) . Influence of lipid‐
soluble gating modifier toxins on sodium influx in neocortical neurons. JPET 326, 604‐613.
b.) List non‐refereed publications such as journal articles, reviews, conference papers, books and
book chapters directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐
tive publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.





Daniel Baden (2008) MARBIONC: Unleashing the Potential of NC’s Marine Biodiversity. Impact
Magazine 1:1, 14‐15.
Steve Fontana (2009) Transferring to the New Paradigm of Technology Development. Impact
Magazine
2:2, 14‐15.
Stephen Eitelman (2009) Health, Food and Energy: Answers From the Ocean. Impact Magazine
2:1, 16‐17.
Jeffrey Wright (2008) MARBIONC: New Wave Science. Impact Magazine 1:2, 8‐9.
Ted Davis (2009)Blue Thumbs: NC’s Aquaculture Industry. Impact Magazine 2:3, 4‐6.
2. Technical Outputs
List any technical outputs such as CDs, software programs, databases, algorithms, and/or measure‐
ment instruments. Include the key participants and their affiliation. There is no time limit on
when these occurred.

CISME: Coral in situ Metabolism instrument, for underwater non‐invasive measurement of coral
metabolism. Device is designed for single diver use, for repeat measurements in changing
oceans climates, to study the effects of climate change and ocean acidification. Measures pH,
69







pO2 and investigating use of pCO2 as well. Szmant, Whitehead, Baden UNCW; Mazel, Murphy
from PSI inc in Boston. 4 year collaboration funded by NOAA CIOERT.
Fluorescent Assay for Toxins in Seafood: Overcomes limitation of radioactive assays or enzyme
linked assays. Sensitiviein the nanogram per mL range. McCall, Bourdelais, Jacocks UNCW.
Brevenal: Potential drug for treatment of Cystic Fibrosis. Finishing pre‐clinical work by 2nd Q of
2013. Several patents. Baden, Bourdelais, Fontana UNCW.
Brevisin: Potential drug carrier for other patented drugs with limited membrane permeability.
Entering preclinical toxicology and experimental phase. Patent pending. Bourdelais, Wright, Ba‐
den, UNCW
Drug for treatment of Equine encephalitis. Toxicology phase, IP pending submission. Wright,
Frampton, Strangman UNCW.
Fractionated microorganisms into 96‐well microtiter plates for use by drug discovery teams.
Wright UNCW
Culture collections comprised of algae, bacteria, fungi, other microbes. Tomas, Wright, Baden
UNCW.
Training course materials for C. Tomas
o 2012 November 12‐30 APC 10, 10th Advanced International Phytoplankton Course on
Identification and Taxonomy of Marine Phytoplankton. University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen,
Denmark. (My teaching assignment is for the week of 12‐17 Nov.) 12 international partici‐
pants.from Australia ‐2, Greece ‐1, Hong Kong ‐1, France ‐1, USA ‐2, UK‐1, New Zealand‐1, Den‐
mark ‐1, Argentina ‐1, Ireland ‐1.
2012 October 8‐19, Lagoonal Phytoplankton: Its Taxonomy, Morphometrics and Pigment Finger
Prints, University of Salento, Lecce, Italy. – 16 participants from the following countries UK ‐1;
Turkey ‐1; Brazil ‐1, Bulgaria ‐2; Italy 10.
2012 July 9‐20 2nd International Marine Phytoplankton Identification Course at the Marine
Biological Association, Plymouth, UK. 18 Participants, Saudi Arabia ‐1; Zambia ‐2; Ghana ‐1;
South Africa ‐1; Portugal ‐2; Namibia ‐1, Estonia 1; Argentina ‐1; Italy 1; USA 1; UK ‐6.
2012 June 10‐16 Algal Culturing Techniques. NCMA formerly CCMP National Culture Collec‐
tion, Bigelow, Maine. 14 Participants, Canada ‐4; Taiwan ‐1; USA – 9.
2011 December 12‐17. EPA Gulf of Mexico Alliance, Harmful Algal Bloom Taxonomy Training
Workshop, Keys Marine Laboratory, Layton, Florida. 14 Students and Professional staff at vari‐
ous US agencies, Universities and State Monitoring programs. States Represented; MS ‐3; LA ‐3;
AL ‐2 FL ‐4; TX ‐2;
2011 February 5‐12, EPA Gulf of Mexico Alliance Harmful Algal Bloom Taxonomy Workshop
State of Yucatan, Merida, Mexico, 22 Mexican National Scientists who were employed at State
Public Health Laboratories and Universities. 16 participants from various state health and moni‐
toring agencies.
2011 February 14‐18, EPA Gulf of Mexico Alliance Harmful Algal Bloom Taxonomy Workshop,
Chetumal, Quintana Roo Mexico, 19 Mexican National Scientist who were employed at State
Public Health Laboratories and Universities. 21 participants including 7 from Tamaulipas where
the previous workshop had to be cancelled due to violence due to drug violence.
70
2011 June 5‐11 Algal Culturing Techniques. National Culture Collection of Marine Phytoplank‐
ton (CCMP), Bigelow Laboratories of Marine Sciences, Bigelow, Maine. 15 Participants: USA ‐9;
Canada ‐1; Spain ‐1; Saudi Arabia ‐1; Netherlands ‐1.
2009 December 7‐11, Binational Mexico USA Course‐Workshop on the taxonomy of Harmful Al‐
gal Blooms, Villahermosa, Tabasco, Mexico. 20 particpants from various Mexican Public Health
and Environmental Monitoring Agencies.
2009 November 30‐December 4, Binational Mexico USA Course‐Workshop on the taxonomy of
Harmful Algal Blooms, Campeche, Mexico. Participants ‐18 Mexican Citizens from Public Health
and Environmental Monitoring Agencies.
2009 July 6‐17 1st International Marine Phytoplankton Identification Course at the Marine Bio‐
logical Association, Plymouth, UK. Co sponsored by SAHFOS – Sir Alister Hardy Society for Ocean
Studies. 20 Participants. Countries represented: France ‐3;
2008 April 5‐26 9th Advanced International Phytoplankton Course on Identification and Taxon‐
omy of Marine Phytoplankton, Zoological Station, Naples, Italy. 20 Participants; Countries repre‐
sented: Jordan ‐1; Israel ‐1; Italy ‐1; Ireland ‐1; Croatia ‐1; Chile ‐1; France ‐1; Finland ‐2; Turkey ‐
1; Morocco ‐1; India ‐1; China, ‐1; Spain ‐1; USA ‐1; Germany ‐1; Canada ‐1; Uraguay ‐1; Argen‐
tine ‐1; Ukraine ‐1.
3. Commercialization and Technology Transfer
List and describe commercialization or the transfer of technology to either the private or the
governmental sector. Technology transfer can include a range of actions including patent
applications, company formations, and/or licensing agreements. There is no time limit on
when these occurred.
Patent applica‐
tion number
Description
Published or
Awarded
Or patent
Fused Pentacyclic Polyethers – Disclosed are polycyclic polyether com‐
US7,202,271B2 pounds of formula I and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such
compounds.
Polyether Brevetoxin Derivatives as a Treatment for Cystic Fibrosis,
Mucociliary Dysfunction, and Pulmonary Diseases ‐ Disclosed are com‐
US7,399,782B2 pounds that are derivatives of brevetoxin, or PbTx, pharmaceutical
formulations comprising the compounds, and methods of regulating
mucus transport in a cell, treating mucociliary dysfunction and diseases
related to decreased mucus transport, wherein the compounds are of
71
04‐10‐07
07‐15‐2008
the Formula (I), and Formula (III):
Fused Pentacyclic Polyethers – Disclosed are polycyclic polyether com‐
US7,638,500B2 pounds of formula I and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such
compounds. (Divisonal)
12‐29‐2009
20090018184
Polyether Brevetoxin Derivatives as a Treatment for Cystic Fibrosis,
Mucociliary Dysfunction, and Pulmonary Diseases ‐ Disclosed are com‐
pounds that are derivatives of brevetoxin, or PbTx, pharmaceutical
formulations comprising the compounds, and methods of regulating 01‐15‐2009
mucus transport in a cell, treating mucociliary dysfunction and diseases
related to decreased mucus transport, wherein the compounds are of
the Formula (I), and Formula (III): (Divisional)
20100099643
Fused Pentacyclic Polyethers ‐ Disclosed are polycyclic polyether com‐
pounds of formula I and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such 04‐22‐2010
compounds. (Divisonal)
20110009479
Stimulating Neuronal Growth Using Brevetoxins ‐ Disclosed are meth‐
ods of treating neurodegenerative diseases or disorders in a subject in
need of such treatment. The methods comprise administering to a sub‐
ject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of
brevetoxin or brevetoxin derivatives. Included in the diseases and dis‐
orders are Alzheimer's Disease, Huntington's Disease, Parkinson's Dis‐
ease, Multiple sclerosis (MS), Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS/Lou 01‐13‐2011
Gehrig's Disease) and other Motor Neuron Diseases, Prion Diseases,
Frontotemporal Dementia (FTD), and CNS dysfunctions such as schizo‐
phrenia,
depression,
and
epilepsy.
Also
included
are
neurodegenerations resulting from stroke, heart attack, head and spi‐
nal cord trauma, traumatic brain injury, bleeding in the brain and other
injuries to the central nervous system (CNS).
20120077778
Ladder‐Frame Polyether Conjugates ‐ Disclosed are compounds that are
conjugates of ladder frame polyether compounds and biologically ac‐
tive compounds or research compounds, pharmaceutical formulations 03‐29‐2012
comprising the conjugates, and methods of transporting the conjugates
across biological membranes.
4. Awards and Honors
72
Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of
their participation in the Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant for the period of January 1,
2008 – present.
Table E1. Awards and Honors
Award or Honor
Date
Name
Kenan Endowed
2007‐
Baden
chair
present
Carl Brown En‐
2000‐
Wright
dowed Chair
present
Brief Description
WR Kenan Trust $1 M professorship
Carl B. Brown $500k professorship
F. Other
MARBIONC personnel have made presentations to more than 20 companies, investment groups, and
partners for the placement of brevenal for CF treatment, brevisin for equine encephalitis, beta
naphthoyl brevetoxin for treatment of inhaled toxic particles, building information meetings for poten‐
tial tenants in MARBIONC.
Marine Bio‐Technologies Center of Innovation (An affiliated but separate corporation).
North Carolina is recognized for its outstanding academic research institutions, supportive state gov‐
ernment and agencies, and health/bioscience industry drivers whose innovation has successfully con‐
tributed to the economy. For the past five years, North Carolina institutions involved in marine biotech‐
nologies have worked with the North Carolina Biotechnology Center (NCBC) to design and implement a
Marine biotechnology Center of Innovation based on a collaborative model established by NCBC. UNCW
led the development, with the active participation of Duke University, UNC Chapel Hill, North Carolina
State University, and the NCBC. The newly funded Marine Bio‐Technologies Center of Innovation
(MBCOI) will explore opportunities to develop new food, fuel, health, and other products from the
state’s rich Atlantic coast. Dr. Debra Mosca is CEO of this independent not‐for‐profit Limited Liability
Corporation. Dr. Mike McKenna of Navigator Life Sciences is Chairman of the Board, with Dr. Daniel
Baden from UNCW as a member of the Board, and Attorneys Eric Mills and Gerry Hancock as additional
members of the Board.
Vision: Considerable untapped potential exists in North Carolina for harvesting human, environmental,
and economic benefits from successful development and commercialization of Marine Bio‐Technology
opportunities. Among other things, MBCOI’s vision is to:
 Serve as the focal point for the commercialization of Marine Bio‐Technologies in North Carolina;
 Engage public and private organizations in educational, scientific, and charitable purposes to ac‐
celerate the development and commercialization of Marine Bio‐Technologies; and
 Bring together marine based research, services, and innovation to meet the needs of the COI’s
customers and partners domestically and internationally.
Mission: MBCOI’s mission is to serve as a catalyst for commercialization of North Carolina’s Marine “Bio‐
Technologies” to drive company creation and job growth for North Carolina.
Goals: In order to achieve its mission, the MBCOI has identified the following goals as critical to success:
 Organization: Establish infrastructure to support mission;
 Resources: Identify Marine Bio‐Technology resources in North Carolina (researchers, technolo‐
gies, companies) that most closely match industry needs;
73


Revenue: Become a self‐sustaining entity;
Presence: Establish the MBCOI as the “go to” center for information, collaboration, and com‐
mercialization of Marine Bio‐technologies.
Section II‐3. Coastal and Marine Science Activities
A.
Activity: DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY AND MARINE BIOLOGY
B. Activity Narrative
Describe the mission and history of the Activity.
The Department of Biology and Marine Biology is the academic home for teaching and research in the
life sciences with expertise spanning all levels of organization from molecules to ecosystems. Faculty
and students collaborate in solving theoretical and applied questions in all fields of life science, with par‐
ticular emphasis on the marine biology of oceanic, estuarine, and coastal plain habitats. Founded in
1952 as the Department of Biology in Wilmington College, the department capitalized on the rich coastal
resources of the region and began the first academic program in marine science at UNCW, the BS in Ma‐
rine Biology in 1972. These efforts expanded as the department fostered links with the Institute of Ma‐
rine Biomedical Research (the predecessor to the Center for Marine Science). As expertise and scholar‐
ship in marine biology grew, the department established its first graduate program, the Master of Sci‐
ence degree in Marine Biology, in 1980. A Master of Science degree in Biology was added in 1989. Dur‐
ing this same time period, faculty from the Department of Biology and Marine Biology led the Universi‐
ty’s effort to create an interdisciplinary Marine Science Program. In 1988, in recognition of the growing
expertise in coastal marine science, the Institute for Marine Biomedical Research was renamed the Cen‐
ter for Marine Science Research (CMSR). Collaboration between the Department of Biology and Marine
Biology, CMSR, and other departments, led to the establishment in 1998 of an interdisciplinary Master
of Science degree in Marine Science. With the development of the MS in Marine Science, CMSR was
renamed the Center for Marine Science to more accurately reflect its dual mission in teaching and re‐
search. Construction of a new marine science facility was also begun in 1998 and completed in 2000. In
2002, with more than 30 research active faculty members, a PhD in Marine Biology was initiated; in
2007 we graduated our first PhD student. The department officially changed its name from the Depart‐
ment of Biological Sciences to the Department of Biology and Marine Biology in 2005 to more accurately
reflect our strengths in Marine Biology. Currently, there are 300 students pursuing a BS in Marine Biolo‐
gy, 34 students pursuing an MS in Marine Biology, and 20 doctoral students pursuing the PhD in Marine
Biology. Faculty members in the Department of Biology and Marine Biology are also currently supervis‐
ing 12 graduate students pursuing MS degrees in Marine Science; traditionally faculty in the department
supervise one‐third to one‐half of the students enrolled in the MS in Marine Science program.
Academic programs within the Department of Biology and Marine Biology are led by 39 fulltime, tenure
track faculty members (34 of whom pursue marine related research), and an additional 12 non‐tenure
track faculty and research associates. The faculty generates $1‐$2M in new extramural research funding
and publishes more than 60 papers in peer reviewed journals each year. In addition to this level of
scholarship, our faculty and staff have epitomized UNCW’s commitment to providing the highest quality
education for our students, and we achieve that goal by providing students with outstanding classroom
instruction and unparalleled opportunities to participate in original research and applied learning. All
undergraduate students participate in an experience that challenges them to apply their coursework to
74
the professional practice of Marine Biology. The majority of BS in Marine Biology students gain this ex‐
perience by working side‐by‐side with faculty members in the department during Directed Independent
Study (DIS, BIO 491) or an Honors Thesis Project (BIO 499). Similarly, all of our graduate degrees (MS
Marine Biology, MS Biology, MS Marine Science, PhD Marine Biology) are thesis/dissertation based, and
every student must produce original research as the basis for their degree. To meet this demand, 186
graduate and undergraduate students enrolled in independent research during the Fall 2012 semester;
an accomplishment that is greatly facilitated by our location on the coast and ready access to a variety
of coastal and marine habitats.
Mission Statement of the Department: Modern Biology increasingly impacts the non‐scientific world,
facilitating solutions to technological, environmental, ethical, philosophical and political issues that are
important to society. The Department of Biology and Marine Biology at UNCW strives to train the next
generation of scientists and educators, and prepare all students to make sound judgments based on a
solid foundation of biological principles. The department provides an environment in which excellent
teaching coupled with diverse research opportunities encourage our faculty to become leaders in their
discipline. Our teaching emphasizes current theories of biological science, knowledge of basic investiga‐
tive skills, and methods of critical inquiry. Our research programs, in both applied and basic aspects of
discovery, value investigations of biological phenomena that impact the quality of life in our region and
beyond. We lend our professional expertise to all endeavors that work for the improvement of the hu‐
man condition and our environment. We believe the importance of modern biological principles must
transcend the university classroom and enable our students to contribute as global citizens.
Discuss what makes this Activity unique, competitive, compelling, and/or of strategic importance.
UNCW is North Carolina’s coastal university, and is uniquely situated within the UNC System to provide
its entire university community with access to resources in the coastal zone. Our faculty and students
have unfettered access to coastal plain, estuarine, and oceanic habitats for teaching and research. Such
proximity to coastal habitats permits students and faculty to spend their time and money in the field
rather than travelling to it. This access also facilitated our efforts to initiate the first marine related de‐
gree programs at all levels at UNCW (BS‐Marine Biology, 1972; MS‐Marine Biology, 1980; PhD‐Marine
Biology, 2002) at UNCW.
The Department of Biology and Marine Biology believes in the transformative power of human interac‐
tions among all participants in the community of scholars. This emphasis on collegial interaction is the
basis for our pursuit of excellence in teaching, research, and service. As a comprehensive university,
UNCW is student focused with a primary mission of providing the best experience for our undergraduate
and graduate students. As a research‐active department, Biology and Marine Biology operationalizes
the student‐centric mission of the University by having our faculty directly interact with students in the
classroom, laboratory, and field settings. Our program excels because the reinforcing nature of our re‐
search activity and our student‐centric tradition provides the personal interactions of a small teaching
college with the research activity of a larger university.
A foundation of the student experience in our department is applied learning, usually completed through
independent research carried out in faculty research labs and in the field. This emphasis on applied
learning grows from a core belief that science is dynamic and participatory, and that a true understand‐
ing of science comes through engaging in the process of discovery. This commitment to applied learning
also crosses the boundaries of our department; our faculty members work in collaboration with col‐
leagues in the arts, as well as in STEM departments throughout UNCW, the nation, and the international
community. Students in our department are pursuing wide ranging research including the development
of anti‐cancer therapies from marine natural products, climate change induced variation in biogeochem‐
istry, optimal design of marine protected areas, best practices in aquaculture, fisheries management,
75
and marine mammal conservation. Even within our BS and MS Biology programs, many students work
towards careers in marine science, although usually in cross‐over disciplines such as molecular biology,
cell biology, and genetics.
Students engaged in our programs are trained in advanced techniques for marine biological research. By
successfully pursuing extramural research funding, faculty members establish research laboratories that
are equipped to provide research experiences that are competitive at national and international levels.
For example, our microscopy facility houses transmission and scanning electron microscopes, confocal
microscopes, several special purpose light microscopes, and workstations for image processing and data
analysis. Students of all levels receive training in the use of these instruments so that they are able to
design experiments and collect data. Similarly, the recently (2011) opened Oriole Burevitch Laboratory,
which houses facilities for marine mammal necropsies, was built with the primary mission to provide a
venue for undergraduate and graduate training in large animal anatomy. Other specialized equipment
includes that used for cell and molecular biology (PCR, gel electrophoresis, gene sequencing), analyzing
samples from the marine environment (fluorometers, spectrophotometers, elemental analyzers), and
marine field research (current meters, CTDs, seines and plankton nets).
Identify the most significant impact(s) of the program on research, education, and/or society (includ‐
ing direct contributions to policy or management decisions) since January 1, 2008.
Our faculty members are leaders in their respective fields, and contribute to economic development and
coastal policy through both their teaching, scholarly contributions, and by service on advisory and man‐
agement boards. Because of our coastal location, marine biology is a traditional strength within the
university that has resulted in the development of a strong research‐based service to the region, the
state, and the nation.
We graduate 65 to 85 Marine Biology undergraduate majors per year, 10 to 20 MS students per year,
and 3 to 4 PhD students per year. The majority of BS and MS graduates stay in NC to pursue careers in
both the public and private sectors, while PhD graduates enter academic careers in NC and elsewhere.
Our faculty members are committed to the belief that an educated workforce is the key to future eco‐
nomic prosperity. Evidence for this commitment to high quality teaching is found in the faculty’s pursuit
of professional development to enhance their teaching; most attend workshops and symposia that focus
on best practices in teaching and mentorship each year. In addition to this general engagement, several
faculty members are involved with scholarly efforts in pedagogy. Dr. Tim Ballard (Associate Professor,
Anatomy and Physiology) and Dr. Larry Cahoon (Professor, Biological Oceanography) are current and
past AAAS Biosci Ed Net (BEN) Scholars; chosen from a national applicant pool based on their excellence
in teaching and their potential to contribute to an online repository of peer‐reviewed teaching materi‐
als. Dr. Christopher Finelli (Associate Professor, Biological Oceanography) is a team leader for the Facul‐
ty Institutes Reforming Science Teaching (FIRST IV) program; a National Science Foundation funded dis‐
semination network for which he works with colleagues from across the US to mentor 100 postdoctoral
fellows in the best practices in student centered learning.
In addition to the impact of our teaching and mentoring programs, several research programs are nota‐
ble for their contribution to scholarship and public engagement.
The Marine Mammal Stranding Program (MMSP) is led by Dr. Ann Pabst (Professor, Vertebrate Anatomy
and Physiology) and Mr. Bill McLellan (Research Associate and Coordinator, NC Marine Mammal Strand‐
ing Program). This program involves students in the monitoring of and response to marine mammal
strandings along the NC coast. Student volunteers are trained in all aspects of stranding response, in‐
cluding basic marine mammal biology, work with endangered species, proper and safe collection of
samples from deceased animals, and the application of proper techniques for dealing with live animals.
As marine mammal strandings are of interest to the public, the Marine Mammal Stranding Program is
76
often the face of marine biology within the public sphere. In addition to coordinating responses to
stranding events and interacting with the public, the MMSP is responsible for compiling data that is used
to detect trends in marine mammal injuries, as well as to inform policy to mitigate such incidences. Per‐
sonnel from the MMSP have provided data necessary to develop policies that mitigate marine mammal
injury due to entanglement in fishing gear, maintain protected migration corridors in heavy shipping
lanes, and develop conservation plans for some of the most severely endangered species around the
world.
The Department of Biology and Marine Biology maintains an active program in oyster biology, including
oyster reef restoration and shellfish aquaculture. Oysters are prized for both their economic value as a
harvested resource and for their contribution to coastal habitat and water quality, and several faculty
members and researchers (Alphin, Carroll, Cahoon, Finelli, Mallin, Posey, Song, Wilbur) are engaged in
research to address these societal needs. The Shellfish Research Hatchery, located on the campus of the
Center for Marine Science, is led by Dr. Ami Wilbur (Associate Professor, Shellfish Genetics) and charged
with developing robust, economically viable strains of oyster through selective breeding for desired
traits (fast growth, disease resistance). Ultimately, these strains will be used to seed restored reefs,
provide animals for put and take fisheries, and encourage aquaculture along the coast. Similar work is
conducted at the hatchery to foster the aquaculture of scallops. The expertise acquired through field
research is used to inform fisheries and coastal development policies. Both Dr. Martin Posey (Professor,
Benthic Ecology) and Mr. Troy Alphin (Research Associate, Benthic Ecology) serve on statewide and re‐
gional resource management advisory panels that produce recommendations for fisheries and aquacul‐
ture resource use and sustainability, while Dr. Cahoon and Dr. Michael Mallin (Research Professor, Estu‐
arine Ecology) serve on statewide and regional boards relating to water quality goals and coastal devel‐
opment. Again, because oysters are of great interest to the general public and because restoration ef‐
forts often involve many volunteers, these faculty members and their students are engaged with the
general public and are ambassadors for the excellent work of our university.
Several faculty members of Biology and Marine Biology participate in research and advisory work that
directly impacts fisheries management of finfish resources. Both Dr. Fred Scharf (Professor, Fisheries
Biology) and Dr. Tom Lankford (Associate Professor, Fisheries Biology) conduct research in southeastern
NC on economically important species such as red drum and flounder. Their research on habitat use,
effects of beach nourishment on fish populations, diet, and migration patterns is critical to ensuring the
sustainability of these resources. Both Dr. Lankford and Dr. Scharf serve on state and regional advisory
boards that help create management policy. Dr. Amanda Williard (Associate Professor, Physiology) spe‐
cializes in the biology of sea turtles, and in the interactions of sea turtles with commercial fisheries. Her
work helps to mitigate the occurrence of fisheries related sea turtle injury, and she serves on advisory
boards charged with monitoring such instances. Dr. Williard and Dr. David Webster (Professor, Verte‐
brate Ecology) coordinate volunteer efforts to monitor sea turtle nesting sites and contribute data to
management of these endangered species. Moreover, in his capacity as Commissioner for the Coastal
Resources Commission, Dr. Webster is actively engaged in making economic development policy for
coastal NC. In all of these cases, our scientists are working closely with the public, commercial fisher‐
men, conservation groups, and policy makers to ensure that policy is based on sound science.
Provide a description of the most significant challenges that will be faced by the Activity in the next
year, and in the next five years.
It is clear that the most significant long‐term (five year) challenge facing our department is the changing
landscape of higher education that includes increased enrollments, reduced state and federal funding,
growth of online instruction, and increased accountability. These changes touch every aspect of teach‐
ing, research, and service in the department. Increased enrollments, online teaching, and reduced fund‐
ing directly impact the “small college” atmosphere of our classes and our ability to provide meaningful
77
applied learning experiences. Faculty and staff reductions, as well as new accountability measures, have
increased the workload for remaining faculty and staff such that the synergism of our teaching and re‐
search programs, as well as our ability to provide expert analysis and advisory support to state and fed‐
eral regulators, are compromised. Such changes, however, also provide opportunities to examine our
programs and plan a course of action. For example, the Department of Biology and Marine Biology is
actively seeking ways to increase revenues through grant writing, commercialization of research prod‐
ucts, and alumni giving. We are thoughtfully increasing enrollment in our undergraduate and graduate
programs to maximize funding while preserving the personal interactions that are central to our pro‐
grams. We are also examining how to increase the number of online courses and student enrollment in
online courses. Because faculty members in the Department of Biology and Marine Biology feel strongly
that our interactions with students in the classroom are critical to maintaining an excellent student ex‐
perience, our approach is deliberate and targeted at courses for which student learning outcomes are
amenable to this type of instruction.
In the near term, the primary challenge facing the Department of Biology and Marine Biology is provid‐
ing sufficient resources, especially space, for faculty to pursue their scholarly work. As the Department
of Biology and Marine Biology has grown in research activity, lab space has become critically short. To
sustain both the level of extramural funding and the level of student involvement in research requires
adequate space and access to research infrastructure. Such needs are becoming acute at this stage in
our development as research active faculty are hired or return from administrative reassignments. For
example, we’ll be hiring eight new faculty members over the next two years to replace retiring faculty,
and at least three faculty members with administrative reassignments will be returning to the depart‐
ment. Our department currently has two lab spaces available on campus for these faculty members, the
remaining space will need to come from planned renovations or by increasing our presence at the Cen‐
ter for Marine Science. Similarly, funding for faculty startup costs and research infrastructure is neces‐
sary to adequately support new and existing faculty, as well as to remain competitive with peer and as‐
pirational institutions.
Include a succinct description of the future directions for, and sustainability of, the Activity in the next
year and in the next five years. Include modifications to personnel, programs, funding, or major infra‐
structure.
The future of the Department of Biology and Marine Biology is bright. Despite the challenges outlined
above, we continue to attract excellent students and faculty to our programs. Our coastal setting and
an ever growing interest in the coastal zone for economic development, tourism, and natural resource
exploitation ensures that our graduates will continue to be in high demand.
Over the next two years, the Department of Biology and Marine Biology will hire at least 8 new faculty
members. Despite resource challenges, we have an unprecedented opportunity to hire new faculty
members who are at the forefront of their respective fields, and who we expect to bring exciting new
research fields and ideas to our department. This significant alteration (20%) in our faculty makeup will
create opportunities to offer new courses, develop new areas of expertise, and engage new community
partners.
One of our great strengths is our faculty’s ability work together to secure funding needed to purchase
advanced research tools that permit our students to study marine organisms at multiple levels of organ‐
ization. We are, thus, excited by the acquisition of a new digital transmission electron microscope. A
group of faculty, led by Dr. Richard Dillaman, successfully competed for a National Science Foundation
Major Research Instrumentation Grant. This grant will support the purchase and installation of this new
TEM, which represents a significant advance in usability and imaging capability. We will continue to tar‐
get these types of solicitations
78
The Department of Biology and Marine Biology has a 60 year history of growth and excellence, and
leadership in the marine science community at all levels. We will continue this tradition as we have al‐
ways done, by emphasizing our coastal location, engaging students in meaningful ways, and providing
expert service to our region, our State, and our Nation.
79
C.
Resources
1. Personnel
a.) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include current faculty searches that are underway or
expected). Expand the below table as necessary.
Table C1. Personnel
Name
Title and department/college
Role
Alphin, Troy D.
Research Associate, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology;
Graduate Faculty
Benthic Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 480 (Methods in Biological Field Re‐
search), 485 (Special Topics: Benthic Ecology), and BIOL 495 (Applied Learning
Lab), electives in the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.
Arbogast, Brian
Associate Professor, Depart‐
ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐
ology; Graduate Faculty
Conservation Biologist; Instructor for BIO 466 (Conservation Biology) a re‐
quired course for the Marine Conservation Option within the BS in Marine Bi‐
ology. Conducts and supervises research.
Baden, Daniel G.
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology, Director
of the Center for Marine Science
Marine Natural Products, Harmful Algal Blooms. Conducts and supervises re‐
search. Administers Center for Marine Science.
Bailey, J. Craig
Associate Professor, Depart‐
ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐
ology; Graduate Faculty
Marine Phycologist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversity)
and BIO 313 (Phycology with lab), required courses in the BS in Marine Biology
and BIO 605 (Evolution and Diversity), an elective for the PhD in Marine Biolo‐
gy. Conducts and supervises research.
Ballard, Timothy A.
Associate Professor, Depart‐
ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐
ology
Anatomist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells), a required
course in the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 316 (Embryology with lab) an elec‐
tive in the BS in Marine Biology.
Baumgarner, Bradley
Lecturer and Research Associ‐
ate, Department of Biology and
Marine Biology; Graduate Facul‐
ty
Biochemist; Teaches BIOL 465 (Biochemistry Lab) and BIO 485 (Special Topics:
Biochemical Analyses), electives for the BS in Marine Biology and BIO 603
(Physiology and Biochemistry) an elective for the PhD in Marine Biology. Con‐
ducts and supervises research.
Borrett, Stuart
Associate Professor, Depart‐
ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐
ology; Graduate Faculty
Ecosystem Network Modeler; Instructor for BIO 366 (Ecology) and BIOL 366
(Ecology Lab) required courses for the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 534 (Ad‐
vanced Ecology) a required course for the MS in Marine Biology and BIO 602
80
(Ecology) an elective for the PhD in Marine Biology.
Brander, Susanne
Research Assistant Professor,
Department of Biology and Ma‐
rine Biology; Graduate Faculty
Environmental Endocrinologist; Teaches BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells),
a required course for the BS in Marine Biology; and BIO 459 (Endocrinology) an
elective for the BS in Marine Biology; Conducts and supervises research.
Brewer, Steven
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology.
Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 366 (Ecology with lab), a required course for the
BS in Marine Biology.
Bussman, Eleanor
Receptionist, Department of
Biology and Marine Biology
First point of contact for current and prospective students; routes inquiries to
cognizant faculty and staff; schedules visits for prospective students and fami‐
lies.
Cahoon, Lawrence B.
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
Biological Oceanographer; Teaches BIO 460 (Limnology with lab), an elective
for the BS in Marine Biology; BIO 564 (Biological Oceanography with lab), a
required course for the MS in Marine Biology and the MS in Marine Science;
and BIO 601 (Oceanography and Environmental Science), a required course for
the PhD in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.
Carroll, John
Postdoctoral Research Associ‐
ate, Department of Biology and
Marine Biology
Shellfish Ecologist; Conducts experimental research on the ecology of com‐
mercially valuable shellfish species, notably bay scallops and oysters. Con‐
ducts and supervises research.
Chadwick, Tracie
Graduate Secretary and Admin‐
istrative Associate, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
Responsible for communicating with current and prospective graduate stu‐
dents; coordinates application process for MS and PhD programs in Marine
Biology; coordinates graduate student functions; administers personnel and
other paperwork for the graduate programs in marine biology.
Chandler, Gregory
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology;
Plant Taxonomist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversity), a
required course for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 475 (Plant Taxonomy), an
elective for the BS in Marine Biology.
Clavijo, Ileana E.
Associate Professor, Depart‐
ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐
ology
Reef Fish Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 170 (Biology of the Sea), a general edu‐
cation marine biology course for non‐majors; BIO 362 (Marine Biology with
lab), a required course for the BS in marine biology, and BIO 566 (Behavioral
Ecology of Reef Fish), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and
supervises research.
Costidis, Alex
Research Associate, Department
Marine Mammal Anatomist and Physiologist; Conducts research on the mor‐
81
of Biology and Marine Biology
phology and physiology of the vasculature of the heads of marine mammals;
Assists with Marine Mammal Stranding Program; Conducts and supervises re‐
search.
Covi, Joseph
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology;
Graduate Faculty
Invertebrate physiologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells), a
required course for the BS in Marine Biology; BIO 602 (Ecology), an elective for
the PhD in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.
Cronin, Debbie
Administrative Associate, De‐
partment of Biology and Marine
Biology
Responsible for coordinating faculty and student travel related to teaching and
research; generates travel authorizations; routes appropriate paperwork for
approval; submits documentation for proper payment and reimbursement for
travel expenses; coordinates purchasing for instructional and research needs.
Cummings, Erin
Marine Mammal Observer, De‐
partment of Biology and Marine
Biology
Responsible for aerial surveys of marine mammal populations along the
southeastern US coast; collects and compiles sighting data.
Dillaman, Richard
Professor and Director of the
Microscopy Facility; Department
of Biology and Marine Biology;
Graduate Faculty
Crustacean Cell Biologist and Microscopist; Oversees the UNCW Microscopy
Facility; coordinates use of the facility; writes grant proposals for new equip‐
ment; trains faculty, staff, and students in microscopy techniques; Instructor
for BIO 412 (Histology), an elective for the BS in marine biology, and BIO 515
(Electron Microscopy) an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and
supervises research.
Dodd, Diane
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
Geneticist; Instructor for BIO 335 (Genetics with lab) a required course for the
BS in Marine Biology.
Durako, Michael J.
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
Seagrass Phsiological Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 312 (Marine Botany with lab)
and BIO 340 (Plant Physiology with lab), required courses for the BS in marine
biology, and BIO 594 (Critique of Scientific Literature), an elective for the MS in
Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.
Emslie, Steven D.
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
Ornithologist; Instructor for BIO 366 (Ecology with lab), a required course for
the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 456 (Ornithology with lab) an elective for
the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.
Finelli, Christopher M.
Department Chair and Associate
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
Biological Oceanographer; Instructor for BIO 362 (Marine Biology with lab), a
required course for the BS in marine biology; BIO 564 (Biological Oceanogra‐
82
gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
phy with lab), a required course for the MS in Marine Biology and the MS in
Marine Science; BIO 601 (Oceanography and Envrionmental Science), a re‐
quired course for the PhD in Marine Biology. Administers Department Policies
and Procedures; schedules faculty teaching. Conducts and supervises re‐
search.
Frampton, Arthur
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology;
Graduate Faculty
Virologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells), a required
course for the BS in marine biology. Conducts and supervises research.
Gay, Mark E.
Research Associate, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
Microscopy Technician; Responsible for the day to day operation of microsco‐
py facility; maintenance and operation of light, confocal, and electron micro‐
scopes, as well as supporting equipment. Trains faculty, staff, and students in
the proper use of microscopy equipment.
Gilley, L. Michelle
Lecturer, Department of Biology
and Marine Biology
Vertebrate Anatomist and Physiologist; Instructor for BIO 315 (Comparative
Vertebrate Anatomy with lab), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Con‐
ducts and supervises research.
Hosier, Paul E.
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
Coastal Plant Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 487 (Introduction to Coastal Man‐
agement), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology; BIO 561 (Barrier Island
Ecology), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises
research.
Kinsey, Steven T.
Professor and Graduate Coordi‐
nator, Department of Biology
and Marine Biology; Graduate
Faculty
Biochemist; Instructor for BIO 465 (Biochemistry with lab), an elective for BS in
marine biology. Administers all aspects of MS and PhD in Marine Biology.
Conducts and supervises research.
Koopman, Heather
Associate Professor, Depart‐
ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐
ology; Graduate Faculty
Animal Physiologist; Instructor for BIO 345 (Animal Physiology with lab), a re‐
quired course for the BS in Marine Biology; and BIO 549 (Advanced Topics in
Physiology) an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises
research.
Lankford, Thomas E.
Associate Professor, Depart‐
ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐
ology; Graduate Faculty
Ichthyologist; Instructor for BIO 357 (Ichthyology with lab), a required course
for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.
83
Leitch, Lori
Administrative Associate, De‐
partment of Biology and Marine
Biology
Responsible for coordinating purchasing associated with instruction and grant
funded research in marine biology. General knowledge of purchasing systems
and regulations; routes appropriate paperwork for approval and reimburse‐
ment.
Lema, Sean
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
Behavioral Endocrinologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells),
a required course for the BS in Marine Biology; and BIO 368 (Behavioral Ecolo‐
gy), BIO 459 (Endocrinology), elective courses for the BS in Marine Biology;
Conducts and supervises research.
Long, Zachary
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology;
Graduate Faculty
Coastal Plant Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiver‐
sity), BIO 366 (Ecology with lab), required courses for the BS in Marine Biology;
and BIO 485 (Special Topics: Coastal Plant Ecology), BIO 480 (Field Studies:
Tropical Ecology in Bermuda), elective courses for the BS in Marine Biology.
Conducts and supervises research.
Mallin, Michael
Research Professor, Center for
Marine Science and Department
of Biology and Marine Biology;
Graduate Faculty
Estuarine Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 560 (Estuarine Ecology) and BIO 568
(River Ecology), electives for the MS in Marine Biology and MS and Marine Sci‐
ence. Conducts and supervises research.
McAlarney, Ryan
Research Specialist, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
Responsible for aerial surveys of marine mammal populations along the
southeastern US coast; collects and compiles sighting data.
McCartney, Michael A.
Associate Professor, Depart‐
ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐
ology; Graduate Faculty
Population Geneticist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversi‐
ty), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology; BIO 430 (Evolutionary Biol‐
ogy) an elective for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 530 (Advanced Topics in
Evolutionary Biology), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology, and BIO 605
(Evolution and Diversity), an elective for the PhD in Marine Biology. Conducts
and supervises research.
McLellan, William A.
Research Associate, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology;
Graduate Faculty
Marine Mammal Anatomist: Coordinator for the Marine Mammal Stranding
Program; Anatomy and physiology of marine mammals; performs and coordi‐
nates necropsies and response to marine mammal strandings; trains students
and colleagues in necropsy techniques; participates in marine mammal policy
creation and enforcement. Conducts and supervises research.
84
Messer, Jennifer
Greenhouse Manager, Depart‐
ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐
ology
Horticulturist; Responsible for upkeep and maintenance of the Kresge Green‐
house; growth and propagation of plant specimens used in support of teach‐
ing and research in marine biology.
Moore, Leslie
Laboratory Coordinator, De‐
partment of Biology and Marine
Biology
Responsible for curriculum development, purchasing, and management of
teaching labs for core courses in marine biology.
Pabst, D. Ann
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
Vertebrate Anatomist; Instructor for BIO 315 (Comparative Vertebrate Anato‐
my with lab) and BIO 358 (Marine Mammals), electives for the BS in Marine
Biology. Coordinator of the Marine Mammal Stranding Program; coordinates
response to stranding events; trains students and public in stranding response
techniques; conducts and supervises research.
Pawlik, Joseph R.
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
Chemical Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversity)
and BIO 318 (Invertebrate Zoology with lab), required courses for the BS in
marine biology. Conducts and supervises research.
Posey, Martin H.
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
Benthic Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 366 (Ecology), a required course for the BS
in Marine Biology, and BIO 534 (Advanced Topics in Ecology), an elective for
the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.
Priester, Carolina
Lecturer, Department of Biology
and Marine Biology
Crustacean physiologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells), a
required course for the BS in Marine Biology.
Pyott, Sonja
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology;
Graduate Faculty
Cellular Neurophysiologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells),
a required course for the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 604 (Cellular and Mo‐
lecular Biology), an elective for the PhD in Marine Biology. Conducts and su‐
pervises research.
Roer, Robert D.
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology and
Dean, Graduate School; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
Crustacean Physiologist; Instructor for BIO 501 (Research Methods), a required
course for the MS in Marine Biology. Responsible for the development and
growth of graduate programs at UNCW. Conducts and supervises research.
Rommel, Sentinel
Research Associate, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
Vertebrate Anatomist; Instructor for BIO 315 (Comparative Vertebrate Anato‐
my with lab). Conducts and supervises research.
85
Russell, Carol
Administrative Specialist, De‐
partment of Biology and Marine
Biology
Responsible for budgeting, personnel matters, and course scheduling in the
Department of Biology and Marine Biology.
Satterlie, Richard A.
Keenan Distinguished Professor
of Marine Science, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology ;
Graduate Faculty
Invertebrate Neurophysiologist; Instructor for BIO 485 (Special Topics: Neuro‐
biology), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises
research.
Scharf, Frederick
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
Fisheries Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversity),
a required course for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 458 (Fisheries Biology with
lab), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 515 (Biostatistics with
lab), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises re‐
search.
Schuettpelz, Eric
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology;
Graduate Faculty
Plant Taxonomist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversity), a
required course for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 475 (Plant Taxonomy), an
elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.
Shafer, Thomas H.
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
Invertebrate Developmental Biologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory
Biology: Cells) and BIO 325 (Cell and Molecular Biology), required courses for
the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 440 (Developmental Biology with lab) an
elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.
Sizemore, Ronald K.
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
Microbiologist; Instructor for BIO 425 (Microbiology with lab), an elective for
BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.
Smylia, Jerzy
Research Associate, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
Polar biologist; Conducts ecological research on Antarctic fauna, particularly
penguins and invertebrates associated with penguin colonies.
Song, Bongkeun
Associate Professor, Depart‐
ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐
ology; Graduate Faculty
Microbiologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells), a required
course for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 425 (Microbiology with lab), an elec‐
tive for the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 526 (Advanced Topics in Microbiolo‐
gy), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises re‐
search.
Szmant, Alina
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
Coral Reef Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversity),
86
gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
a required course for the BS in Marine Biology. BIO 463 (Coral Reef Ecology
with field experience in Curacao), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology.
Conducts and supervises research.
Taylor, Alison
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
Phytoplankton Cell Biologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology:
Cells), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 480 (Field Studies:
Tropical Ecology in Bermuda), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 519
(Advanced Topics in Cell and Molecular Biology), an elective for the MS in Ma‐
rine Biology, BIO 604 (Cellular and Molecular Biology), an elective course for
the PhD in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.
Tomas, Carmelo R.
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐
ate Faculty
Phytoplankton Taxonomist; Instructor for BIO 478 (Global Environmental Prob‐
lems), an elective course for the BS in marine biology, and BIO 578 (Biology of
Harmful Algae), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and super‐
vises research.
van Tuinen, Marcel
Associate Professor, Depart‐
ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐
ology; Graduate Faculty
Population Geneticist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversi‐
ty), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology; BIO 315 (Comparative Ver‐
tebrate Anatomy with lab), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 530
(Advanced Topics in Evolutionary Biology), an elective for the MS in Marine
Biology. Conducts and supervises research.
Watanabe, Wade
Research Professor, Center for
Marine Science and Department
of Biology and Marine Biology;
Graduate Faculty
Fin Fish Aquaculture; Instructor for BIO 486 (Advanced Topics in Mariculture),
an elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.
Webster, W. David
Professor, Department of Biolo‐
gy and Marine Biology and
Assosciate Dean, College of Arts
and Sciences; Graduate Faculty
Mammologist; Instructor for BIO 452 (Mammology), an elective for the BS in
Marine Biology. Coordinator of the Figure Eight Island Sea Turtle Monitoring
Program. Conducts and supervises research.
Westgate, Andrew
Research Associate, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
Ocean Ecologist; Conducts research on the migration patterns of large pelagic
vertebrates, particularly whales and sharks. Responsible for construction and
deployment of oceanographic field gear, data collection and analysis, as well
as laboratory analysis of collected samples. Conducts and supervises re‐
search.
87
White, J. Wilson
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology;
Graduate Faculty
Marine Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 362 (Marine Biology with lab) and BIO 366
(Ecology with lab), required courses for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts
and supervises research.
Wilbur, Ami E.
Associate Professor, Depart‐
ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐
ology and Director, Shellfish Re‐
search Hatchery; Graduate Fac‐
ulty
Shellfish Geneticist; Instructor for BIO 318 (Invertebrate Zoology with lab), a
required course for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 354 (Mariculture), an elec‐
tive course for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 530 (Advanced Topics in Evolu‐
tionary Biology), an elective course for the MS in Marine Biology. Oversees
shellfish aquaculture research, education and outreach.
Williard, Amanda
Southwood
Associate Professor, Depart‐
ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐
ology; Graduate Faculty
Animal Physiology; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biolgy: Cells), B IO 345
(Animal Physiology with lab),required courses for the BS in Marine Biology;
BIO 454 (Herpetology), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Coordinator
of the Karen Beasley Sea Turtle Rescue Hospital Internship Program. Conducts
and supervises research.
Coastal and Marine Biolo‐
gist
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
New hire 2012‐2013; Will contribute to undergraduate and graduate teaching
and research in marine biology
Coastal and Marine Biolo‐
gist
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
New hire 2012‐2013; Will contribute to undergraduate and graduate teaching
and research in marine biology
Coastal and Marine Biolo‐
gist
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
New hire 2012‐2013; Will contribute to undergraduate and graduate teaching
and research in marine biology
Microbiologist
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
New hire 2012‐2013; Will contribute to undergraduate and graduate teaching
and research in marine biology
Microbiologist
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
New hire 2012‐2013; Will contribute to undergraduate and graduate teaching
and research in marine biology
Microscopist
Lecturer, Department of Biology
and Marine Biology
New hire 2013‐2014; Will contribute to undergraduate teaching and applied
learning in marine biology
TBA
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
New hire 2012‐2013; Will contribute to undergraduate and graduate teaching
and research in marine biology
TBA
Assistant Professor, Department
of Biology and Marine Biology
New hire 2012‐2013; Will contribute to undergraduate and graduate teaching
and research in marine biology
88
b.)
Provide current number and general description of undergraduate students, graduate students,
and post‐docs involved with the Activity. Do not list individual students or post‐docs.
Degree Program
BS – Marine Biology
MS – Marine Biology
MS – Marine Science
PhD – Marine Biology
Postdoctoral Research‐
ers
Departmental de‐
mographics
Year Estab‐
lished
Enrollment
Fall 2012
Description
First marine offering at UNCW. Comprehensive under‐
graduate program for the study biology of marine organ‐
isms; spanning cell & molecular biology, organismal biolo‐
gy, ecology, and ecosystem modeling. Includes both the‐
1972
300
oretical and applied science, including aquaculture, con‐
servation, and fisheries science. Includes a formal Marine
Conservation Option. 85% of students who graduated in
2011‐2012 entering as freshmen graduated in 4 years.
That proportion has been steady since at least 2009.
First marine graduate program at UNCW. Comprehensive
advanced study of the biology of marine organisms;
spanning cell & molecular biology, organismal biology,
ecology, and ecosystem modeling. Includes both theoret‐
1980
35
ical and applied science, including aquaculture, conserva‐
tion, and fisheries science. Average time to degree is 2.5
years, with 65% graduating within 3 years (n=243 gradu‐
ates)
Interdisciplinary advanced study of the physical, chemical,
biological, and geological aspects of ocean processes.
1998
12
Faculty in the Department of Biology and Marine Biology
are active participants in this program.
First doctoral program at UNCW. Research‐based pro‐
gram for the advanced study of the biology of marine
2002
22
organisms; spanning cell & molecular biology, organismal
biology, ecology, and ecosystem modeling. Average time
to degree is 4.5 years (n=13 graduates)
A small number of postdoctoral researchers work in the
department. Primarily supported on grant funds, some
receive partial support for teaching in the department.
NA
5
Postdoctoral researchers are encouraged to participate in
departmental activities and are mentored for career de‐
velopment.
The Department of Biology and Marine Biology student population is 68% female and
23% underrepresented minorities. Both the proportion of female students and the
proportion of minority students have been steadily increasing for the past several
years. 85% of BS in Marine Biology students entering the program as freshmen gradu‐
ate in 4 years.
89
2.
Funding
Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of reve‐
nues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes of this
table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011 – June 30,
2012.
Table C2: Revenue
Source
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
Federal
$973,235
$986,975
State (not incl. University)
$184,826
$246,257
Institution (e.g. University)
FY12 ($)
FY13 ($)
Current
$1,172,873 $1,172,873
$100,201
$100,201
$6,061,846 $6,472,798 $5,359,373 $5,395,098
$8,609
$8,609
FY14 ($)
Projected
$1,172,873
$100,201
$5,342,227
Foundation
$0
$8,670
$8,609
Other
$2,161,967
$884,459
$1,256,200 $1,230,936
$1,226,872
Total
$9,381,873 $8,599,159 $7,897,256 $7,907,717
$7,850,782
Revenues for the Department of Biology and Marine Biology include direct state appropriation (primarily
for faculty and staff salary and instructional expenses), grant funding (state, federal, and foundation),
cost‐share funds (as required by certain funding agencies), donations (from alumni, parents, faculty, and
others), and refunded overhead generated by external grants and contracts. Projections are based on a
flat funding model.
Table C3: Expenses
Source
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
FY12 ($)
FY13 ($)
Current
FY14 ($)
Projected
Personnel
$6,373,971
$6,662,116
$5,773,012
$5,841,574
$5,788,702
Programmatic
$1,122,780
$1,665,745
$1,092,335
$1,064,433
$1,065,257
Physical infrastruc‐
ture
$120,848
$26,015
$146,566
$25,000
$25,000
Maintenance and
operation
$79,125
$81,387
$89,570
$89,570
$89,570
Equipment (>$5,000)
$145,412
$264,862
$155,490
$137,366
$137,366
Other Direct Costs
$521,334
$582,653
$431,531
$431,531
$431,531
Total
$8,363,470
$9,282,778
$7,688,504
$7,589,474
$7,537,426
Expenses for the Department of Biology and Marine Biology include faculty and staff salary (including
cost‐share required by some funding agencies), instructional costs, graduate student support, mainte‐
nance contracts for major research instrumentation, new equipment purchases, and faculty develop‐
ment and travel costs. Projections are based on current year expenditures.
90
3.
Physical infrastructure
Describe the key physical infrastructure that supports your Activity. Include buildings, boats, specialized equipment, land, core facilities, and
any other unique capability. Include pending infrastructure additions. Please indicate who owns the physical infrastructure and whether it is a
shared resource. If shared, by whom?
Facility
Dobo Hall
Friday Hall
Microscopy Center
Description
The Department of Biology and Marine Biology occupies 28259 ft2 of office
and lab (both teaching and research) space in this modern science building.
An additional 4000 ft2 of common classroom space is also available. Com‐
pressed air, gas, deionized water, wireless and wired internet, and fume
hoods are available.
The Department of Biology and Marine Biology occupies 25907 ft2 of office
and lab (both teaching and research) in this recently renovated (2008)
building. An additional 2000 ft2 of common classroom space is also availa‐
ble. Compressed air, gas, deionized water, wireless and wired internet,
and fume hoods are available. Several research labs are equipped as wet
lab space (epoxy floors with drains; corrosion proof furnishings). Shared
wet lab space with 600 gallon filtered and sterilized seawater is available.
A 2000 ft2 microscopy suite located in Dobo Hall houses Transmission Elec‐
tron Microscope, Scanning Electron Microscope, two confocal microscopes,
several light microscopes with varying configurations, and all supporting
equipment for sample prep. In addition, the suite includes a dark room
and several computer workstations for image analysis.
Owner
State of NC/UNCW
Disposition
Shared with Department of
Chemistry and Biochemistry
State of NC/UNCW
Shared with Office of Summer
School (600 ft2)
State of NC/UNCW
Although supported primarily
for the use of faculty and stu‐
dents in the Department of
Biology and Marine Biology,
all equipment is shared and
available to students and re‐
searchers throughout the uni‐
versity.
CMS is generally a shared fa‐
cility, but these labs are pri‐
marily occupied by faculty and
students of the Department of
Biology and Marine Biology
Although supported primarily
for the use of faculty and stu‐
dents in the Department of
Biology and Marine Biology,
the greenhouse is shared and
Center for Marine Science
The Department of Biology and Marine Biology occupies 9 research labs
(5000 ft2) and faculty offices (1044 ft2) at the Center for Marine Science.
State of NC/UNCW
Kresge Greenhouse
Built in 1975 to promote a hands‐on classroom environment for teaching
and research. The modern 2250 ft2 greenhouse supports teaching, as well
as student and faculty and research at UNCW. The greenhouse maintains a
diverse collection of botanical specimens, including marine plants and phy‐
toplankton culture capability, coming from many areas of the world that
State of NC/UNCW
91
demonstrate the diversity of plant life. Use is coordinated through the
Greenhouse Manager
Oriole Burevitch Laborato‐
ry
Research Flume
Natural History Collections
Building completed in 2011 holds two large bays (1107 ft2) for support of
field research. Center bay is primarily dedicated for marine mammal re‐
search and access is restricted. The second bay is general use. The air
conditioned bays have hot and cold water hose connections and floor
drains. Outdoor parking area includes drive‐through washdown area. Use
is coordinated through Department Chair and Marine Mammal Stranding
Coordinator.
Housed in Friday Hall, the research flume is a water channel with a 4.0 m
(L) x 0.75 m (W) x 35 cm (D) working section capable of producing flows up
to 0.4 m s‐1. Can be used with smooth acrylic floor, or with sediment up to
15 cm deep. Outfitted with a Dantek Particle Image Velocimter for quanti‐
fying full flow field at rates up to 7.5 Hz. The flume is housed in shared wet
lab space. A 500 gallon seawater tank trailer is available for transporting
sea water from off‐campus facilities.
State of NC/UNCW
David J. Sieren Herbarium: The David J. Sieren Herbarium, which is housed
on the third floor of Friday Hall, includes a wide assortment of algae, fungi,
and plants indigenous to southeastern North Carolina and, to a lesser ex‐
tent, other phytogeographic regions of the World. With about 25,000
specimens, it is impressive in terms of its scope and diversity of plants from
southeastern North Carolina, second only to the holdings at the herbarium
at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. The David J. Sieren Her‐
barium also includes over 2,500 digital images that have been archived
using iLumina and worldCAT and that, in the near future, will be available
to the public through the department’s webpage.
Vertebrate Collections: The Vertebrate Collections also is housed on the
third floor of Friday Hall. The Collection includes 25,000 fish, 500 amphibi‐
ans, 500 reptiles, 2000 birds, and 15,000 mammals. The fish collection is
particularly impressive in its scope of freshwater and marine fishes from
eastern North Carolina. The mammal collection houses the largest North
Carolina mammal collection, representing all physiographic regions and
State of NC/UNCW
92
State of NC/UNCW
available to students and re‐
searchers throughout the uni‐
versity.
Although supported primarily
for the use of faculty and stu‐
dents in the Department of
Biology and Marine Biology,
the OBL is shared and availa‐
ble to students and research‐
ers throughout the university.
This is an interdisciplinary
resource purchased with
funds from UNCW granted to
a group of faculty from the
Departments of Biology and
Marine Biology, Geography
and Geology, and Physics and
Physical Oceanography. All
equipment is shared and
available to students and re‐
searchers throughout the uni‐
versity.
Although supported primarily
for the use of faculty and stu‐
dents in the Department of
Biology and Marine Biology,
the collections are generally
available to the academic
community worldwide.
Ev‐Henwood
Broadfoot Property
Longterm Ecosystem Re‐
serve
Tidal Research Lease
Longleaf Pine – Wiregrass
Forest Reserve
sub‐regions, and it contains series of several taxa indigenous to eastern
North Carolina, some of them undescribed, not found in other North Amer‐
ican museum collections. There are several fish, bird, and mammal dis‐
plays in Friday Hall.
Ev‐Henwood consists of about 107 acres on Town Creek, NC, which is ap‐
proximately 20 miles west of Wilmington in Brunswick County. This site is
comprised of a mixture of coastal uplands dominated by second‐growth
hardwood and pine forest and several abandoned fields in various stages of
ecological succession, abundant bottomlands of hardwood and cypress‐
gum forests, and a few acres of beech forest, a relatively rare community in
southeastern North Carolina. The wetland habitats (about 65 acres) are in
easement with the North Carolina Coastal Land Trust.
The Broadfoot Property is located on the southeast corner of Pages Creek,
at its confluence with the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway (AIWW), approx‐
imately 6 miles northeast of the UNCW campus. This site, which consists of
disturbed uplands and tidal marshes offers excellent examples of salt
marsh, shrublands, and adjacent coastal uplands, and the site provides
immediate access to the AIWW and nearby tidally‐influenced creeks.
750 acres of unimproved freshwater bottomland hardwood forest bor‐
dered by Cowpen Rd, US 420, and the Northeast Cape Fear River. Particu‐
lar importance for monitoring effects of climate change and sea level rise.
Long term monitoring data available. Minimal improvements. Van and
boat access.
The Tidal Shellfish Site is located in Masonboro Sound approximately 5
miles southeast of the UNCW campus. This intertidal site is submerged at
high tide and exposed at low tide, providing undergraduate and graduate
students an excellent opportunity to study benthic marine life; several un‐
dergraduate and graduate research projects have been conducted here.
The Forest Sanctuary is located immediately north of the Wagner Hall Park‐
ing Lot (Lot T), bounded by Walton Drive to the east, Cahill Drive to the
south, Reynolds Drive to the west, and an unnamed fire‐lane to the north.
This area, which has been periodically maintained with control burns in the
past, has been used for many years by undergraduate students enrolled in
the department’s Ecology class. It has not been burned recently, however,
as dormitories and a new Education Building have been built on adjacent
property.
93
State of NC/UNCW
Common access for UNCW
faculty and students.
State of NC/UNCW
Although used primarily by
the Department of Biology
and Marine Biology, the area
can be accessed by UNCW
faculty and students.
State of NC/UNCW
Although used primarily by
the Department of Biology
and Marine Biology, the area
can be accessed by UNCW
faculty and students.
Although used primarily by
the Department of Biology
and Marine Biology, the area
can be accessed by UNCW
faculty and students.
Common access for UNCW
faculty and students.
State of NC/UNCW
State of NC/UNCW
Molecular Biology
The Department maintains a full complement of equipment for molecular
biology, including PCR, gene sequencing, immunoassays, & electrophoresis.
State of NC/UNCW
Field Research
Acoustic Doppler flow meters, CTD multiprobes, plankton nets, seines,
portable particle size analyzer, pulse amplitude modulated fluorometers,
chlorophyll fluorometers, spectrophotometers, and other field gear is
available within the department.
State of NC/UNCW
94
Shared equipment, as well as
investigator specific equip‐
ment, is housed and main‐
tained in the Department. All
equipment is generally availa‐
ble for use with consent of
investigator.
Shared equipment, as well as
investigator specific equip‐
ment, is housed and main‐
tained in the Department. All
equipment is generally availa‐
ble for use with consent of
investigator.
D.
Research, Teaching, Public and Professional Service
1. Research
In the below table, list currently funded research projects (extramural and intramural). Include title, investigators, dollar amount, and time
frame. You may reference information in the REACH NC Appendix in response to this question.
Table D1. Research
Developing Tools for the Growth of the North Carolina Shellfish Industry: Site Condition Assessment
and Economic Impacts
Alphin
Developing an Approach to Monitoring Potential
Endocrine Disruption in Callinectes spidus
Bacterial Consortia in Swine Waste Lagoons: The
Role of Puorple Phototrophic Bacteria and Anaerobic Oxidation (Annamox) in Odor Control and Natural Product Synthesis
Evaluating the Invasive Seaweed, Gracilaria
vermiculophyll, as a Source of Plant Growth Promoter Compounds
Cahoon
Vulnerability of Coastal Sewage Collection Systems
to Inundation
Vulnerability of Coastal Sewage Collection Systems
to Inundation
Arteriovenous patterns in beaked whales
MRI: Acquisition of a FEI Tecnai G2 Spirit Bio TWIN
Transmission Electron Microscope
Measure photosynthetic efficiencies of turtle grass
using the diving-PAM fluorescence technique
NC Sea Grant
2/1/2010
2/28/2013
206,296.00
Brander
NC Sea Grant
9/1/2012
1/31/2013
5,000.00
Cahoon
NC Pork Council
7/1/2011
12/31/2012
25,000.00
NC Sea Grant
10/21/2011
12/31/2012
5,060.00
Cahoon
NC Sea Grant
2/1/2012
1/31/2013
2,900.00
Cahoon
NC Sea Grant
2/1/2012
1/31/2013
11,505.00
Office of Naval Research
NSF
6/1/2012
9/15/2012
9/30/2014
8/31/2013
98,419.00
631,505.00
Durako
Fish & Wildlife Research
Institute
8/16/2010
6/30/2012
125,000.00
Conduct Study on Salinity Tolerance Threshold for
Johnson's Seagrass (Halophila Johnsonii)
Durako
NOAA‐National Marine
Fisheries
9/1/2011
5/31/2013
29,470.00
Measuring Photosynthetic Characteristics of
Turtlegrass for the South Florida Fisheries Habitat
Assessment Program
Durako
Fish & Wildlife Research
Institute
7/30/2012
6/30/2013
60,000.00
Stable Isotope Analyses of Pygoscelid Penguin
Remains from Active and Abandoned Colonies in
Antarctica
Emslie
Polito
NSF
9/1/2008
8/31/2013
503,195.00
Enhancement of the Natural History Collections at
the University of North Carolina Wilmington
To Seed or Not to Seed: The Value of Seeding
Restored Oyster Reefs for Ecosystem Function
To Seed or Not to Seed: The Value of Seeding
Restored Oyster Reefs for Ecosystem Function
Emslie
Lankford
Webster
NSF
9/1/2009
8/31/2012
314,609.00
Finelli
Posey
Wilbur
NC Sea Grant
2/1/2010
1/31/2013
99,980.00
Finelli
Posey
Alphin
NC Sea Grant
2/1/2010
1/31/2013
20,000.00
Costidis
Dillaman
Posey
Toothman
Tomas
Kinsey
Taylor
van
Tuinen
Wilbur
95
Frampton
Collaberative Research: Are muscle fibers just the
right size?
Linking Variation in Egg Quality to Hatching Success and Larval Survival in Blue Crabs
Nitrogen Solubility in Adipose Tissues of Diving
Animals: Implications for Human Divers and for
Modeling Diving Physiology
Kinsey
Dillaman
Koopman
Posey
Alphin
Westgate
Koopman
NSF
8/1/2007
7/31/2012
466,186.00
NC Sea Grant
5/1/2010
6/30/2012
18,935.00
Office of Naval Research
4/1/2012
3/31/2015
75,866.00
7/19/2010
12/31/2012
11,525.00
8/1/2010
7/31/2013
99,890.00
NOAA‐National Marine
Fisheries
9/23/2011
9/22/2012
14,972.00
New England Aquarium
1/1/2012
12/31/2012
15,147.00
NOAA
8/1/2009
7/31/2012
99,930.00
UNC Wilmington Pilot Study to organize past manatee sightings and to collect future manatee sightings data from NC
McLellan
Pabst
US Fish and Wildlife Service
Response to and Necropsy of Stranded Large
Whales in North Carolina and Virginia
Services for the development, assembly and distribution of Large Whale Euthanasia Kits
McLellan
Pabst
NOAA‐NURP
Weak Hooks Interactions with Cetacean Tissue:
Tests of Various Hook Designs and Strengths
Building Stranding Capacity in Northern North Carolina
Enhancing Stranding Response in Northern North
Carolina
U.S. Navy Mitigation and Monitoring of Marine Resources continued
U.S. Navy Mitigation and Monitoring of Marine Resources continued
Response to and coordination of Marine Mammal
Stranding in North Carolina
McLellan
Pabst
Pabst
McLellan
Pabst
McLellan
NOAA‐NURP
8/1/2010
7/31/2013
99,890.00
Pabst
McLellan
Duke University
5/1/2011
4/30/2013
362,183.00
Pabst
McLellan
Duke University
5/1/2011
4/30/2013
384,608.84
Pabst
McLellan
NOAA‐National Marine
Fisheries
9/1/2011
8/31/2013
95,745.00
Providing Necropsy Training Workshops for the
Southeast and Mid-Atlantic and Stranding Response
for North Carolina
Pabst
McLellan
NOAA
9/1/2012
8/31/2013
98,765.00
Chemical ecology of sponges on Caribbean coral
reefs
Sponges on Florida Coral Reefs: Anthropogenic
threats and demographic changes
Neuromuscular Control of Directional Swimming in
Cubomedusae
Updating Size and Age at Maturity Schedules for
Southern Flounder Through Examination of Reproductive Tissue and Otoligh Microchemistry
Pawlik
8/15/2010
7/31/2014
435,000.00
1/1/2011
10/6/2012
74,864.00
8/15/2009
7/31/2013
400,181.00
The Physiological Basis of Winter-Induced Stress
and Mortality
Updating Size and Age at Maturity Schedules for
Southern Flounder Through Examination fo Reproductive Tissue and Otoligh Microchemistry
Scharf
McLellan
Pawlik
Rommel
NSF
Finelli
UNCW
Satterlie
NSF
Scharf
NC Sea Grant
8/1/2009
9/30/2012
94,442.00
NC Sea Grant
2/1/2010
12/31/2012
66,338.00
NC Sea Grant
8/1/2010
9/30/2012
47,221.00
Williard
Scharf
96
Stock Structure of Southern Flounder in NC and US
South Atlantic waters
Assessing Error Rates and Efficiency of a two Stage
Approach to Determine the Sex and Maturity stage
of Black Sea Bass
Scharf
McCartney
NC DENR
7/1/2010
6/30/2013
281,508.00
Scharf
Klibansky
Partnership for Mid Atlantic
Fisheries Science
6/1/2011
12/31/2012
68,724.00
A Comprehensive Evaluation of Biological and Ecological Factors Influencing the Sustainable Management of Large Pelagic Fishes in North Carolina
Waters
Scharf
NC Sea Grant
2/1/2012
1/31/2013
12,500.00
A Comprehensive Evaluation of Biological and Ecological Factors Influencing the Sustainable Management of Large Pelagic Fishes in North Carolina
Waters
Scharf
NC Sea Grant
2/1/2012
1/31/2013
33,450.00
Evaluation of an accurate and non-lethal tool to
assess maturity of North Carolina southern flounder
An acoustic tagging study to evaluate migration
dynamics and within-estuary habitat use of souther
flounder (Paralichthys lethostigma) in North Carolina
Collaborative Research: MSB: Impact of sea level
rise on sedimentary nitrogen removal processes in
tidal freshwater ecosystems
Scharf
NC Sea Grant
2/1/2012
1/31/2013
4,700.00
7/1/2012
8/15/2013
161,874.00
Scharf
White
NC DENR
Song
Borrett
NSF
10/1/2010
9/30/2013
500,227.00
Collaborative Research: MSB: Impact of sea level
rise on sedimentary nitrogen removal processes in
tidal freshwater ecosystems
Song
Borrett
NSF
10/1/2010
9/30/2013
7,500.00
Collaborative Research: Microbial Regulation of
Greenhouse gas N2O Emission from Intertidal Oyster Reefs
Song
NSF
9/1/2012
8/31/2015
116,232.00
Collaborative Research: Microbial Regulation of
Greenhouse gas N2O Emission from Intertidal Oyster Reefs
Song
NSF
9/1/2012
8/31/2015
216,224.00
Collaborative Research: ETBC: Implication of
ANAMMOX community structure and microbial
interaciton in estuarine N removal processes
Song
NC Sea Grant
6/1/2009
5/31/2013
515,800.00
Visiting Senior Fellowship of the Marine Biological
Association of the UK
Taylor
Marine Biological Assoc of
the United Kingdom
6/1/2007
12/31/2012
85,692.00
Ecological Functions of Algal Neurotoxins - do they
interact with Ion Channels and Cellular Signaling in
Non-toxic Phytoplankton Species?
Taylor
NSF
2/15/2010
1/31/2014
299,752.00
Ecological Functions of Algal Neurotoxins - do they
interact with Ion Channels and Cellular Signaling in
Non-toxic Phytoplankton Species?
Taylor
NSF
2/15/2010
1/31/2014
8,500.00
Methodological Procedure Implentation
Tomas
Univ of Salento
6/1/2010
12/31/2012
29,884.00
Tobias
97
Toxic Algae: Taxonomy, Quantification and Early
Warning
Tomas
Ancient DNA Analysis of Alaska Mammals and Fish
Survey for Threatened and Endangered Species on
Figure Eight Island NC
van Tuinen
Webster
Western Washington Univ
Figure "8" Beach Home‐
owners Assoc
Using marine mammal strandings and and observer
data to estimate life history parameters and assess
demographic impacts of marine fisheries on
odontocete populations in the northwestern Atlantic
Ocean
Westgate
Duke University
Spatial Approaches to Managing Ontogenetically
Migrating Fishes
Spatial Approaches to Managing Ontogentically
Migrating Fishes Graduate Student
Evaluation of Genetic Differentiation and Disease
Status of North Carolina Populations of the Eastern
Oyster, Crassostrea virginica
White
1/1/2011
12/31/2013
19,412.43
8/25/2010
6/1/2000
12/21/2013
4/30/2013
12,340.00
203,227.00
6/2/2010
7/31/2012
29,304.00
NC Sea Grant
9/15/2011
12/31/2012
26,994.00
White
NC Sea Grant
2/1/2012
1/31/2013
18,000.00
Wilbur
NC Sea Grant
1/6/2009
1/31/2013
65,650.00
Timing and Pathways of Fall Migrationfor Juvenile
Green Sea Turtles in Back, Core and Pamlico
Sounds, NC
Williard
NC Sea Grant
8/1/2009
6/30/2013
44,590.00
Assessment of Diamondback Terrapin Presence and
Abundance in Bogue Sound, North Carolina
Williard
NC Sea Grant
3/1/2012
3/31/2013
21,882.00
2.
Dillaman
Norwegian Institute for
Water Research
Teaching and Instruction (if applicable)
a.) Identify courses taught for degree credit that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D2. Teaching
Course number and title
BIO 170:
Biology of the Sea
BIO 201*:
Principles of Biology:
Cells
BIO 201 Lab:
Semesters
offered
Spring
Each year
Fa/Sp/Sum
Each year
Fa/Sp/Sum
Each year
Instructor(s)
Ileana Clavijo
Steven McMurray
Ballard, Brander, Covi, Culbertson,
Dunn, Frampton, Kahn, Lema,
Mintzes, Priester, Pyott, Shafer,
Song, Stapleton, Taylor, Williard
Moore (Coordinator); Graduate
Teaching Assistants
98
Course description
Non‐majors course on the biology of
marine systems
Principles of biology at the cellular
level. Required core course for all
marine biology majors
Laboratory methods in cellular and
molecular biology. Required core
course for all marine biology majors
Total enrollment
(xˉ = semester avg)
324
(xˉ = 54)
5429
(Fall xˉ = 724)
(Spring xˉ = 319)
(Summer xˉ = 54)
5429
(Fall: 31 sections of 24)
(Spr: 14 sections of 24)
(Sum: 3 sections of 24)
BIO 202*:
Principles of Biology: Bi‐
odiversity
Fa/Sp/Sum
Each year
Bailey, Chandler, Loh, Long,
McCartney, Melroy, Pawlik,
Scharf, Schuettpelz, Szmant, Van
Tuinen
Moore (Coordinator); Graduate
Teaching Assistants
BIO 202 Lab:
Fa/Sp/Sum
Each year
BIO 291:
Introductory research
Fa/Sp/Sum
Each year
BIO 312*:
Marine Botany
Sp/Sum
Each year
BIO 312:
Marine Botany Lab
Sp/Sum
Each year
Durako
BIO 313*:
Marine Phycology
Fa/Sp
Each year
Bailey
BIO 313:
Marine Phycology Lab
Fa/Sp
Each year
Bailey
BIO 315*:
Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy
BIO 315 Lab:
Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy Lab
BIO 316*:
Vertebrate Embryology
Fa/Sp
Each year
Pabst, Rommel, Van Tuinen
Fa/Sp
Each year
Pabst, Rommel, Van Tuinen
Sp/Sum
Each year
Ballard
Brander, Clavijo, Lema, Satterlie,
Song, Szmant, Taylor, Van Tuinen,
Williard
Durako
99
Study of biodiversity of living organ‐
isms. Required core course for all
majors. Required core course for all
marine biology majors
Laboratory examination of biological
diversity, form and function of organ‐
isms. Required core course for all
marine biology majors
Supervised research for freshmen
and sophmores
2776
(Fall xˉ = 282)
(Spring xˉ = 233)
(Summer xˉ = 49)
5429
(Fall: 12 sections of 24)
(Spr: 10 sections of 24)
(Sum: 2 sections of 24)
28
(xˉ =3)
Introduction to coastal marine plant
communities. Optional core course
for all marine biology majors
Lab and field studies of coastal plants
and plant communities. Optional
core course for all marine biology
majors
Introduction to phytoplankton and
benthic marine algae. Optional core
course for all marine biology majors
Lab and field studies of phytoplank‐
ton and benthic marine algae. Op‐
tional core course for all marine biol‐
ogy majors
Comparative morphology and
phylogenetics of vertebrates. Elec‐
tive course for marine biology majors
Laboratory study of comparative
morphology of vertebrates. Elective
course for marine biology majors
Principles of embryonic development
of vertebrates. Elective course for
marine biology majors
192
(Spring xˉ = 23)
(Summer xˉ = 20)
192
(Spr: 1 section of 24)
(Sum: 1 section of 24)
140
(xˉ = 20)
140
(Fall: 1 section of 20)
(Spr: 1 section of 20)
186
(xˉ = 23)
186
(Fall: 1 section of 24)
(Spr: 1 section of 24)
153
(xˉ = 26)
BIO 316 Lab:
Embryology Lab
Sp/Sum
Each year
Ballard
BIO 318*:
Invertebrate Zoology
Fa/Sp
Each year
Pawlik
BIO 318 Lab:
Invertebrate Zoology Lab
Fa/Sp
Each year
Pawlik
BIO 325*:
Molecular Biology of the
Cell
BIOL 325:
Molecular Biology of the
Cell laboratory
BIO 335*:
Genetics
Spring
Each year
Shafer
Spring
Each year
Shafer, Stapleton
Fa/Sp
Each year
Baumgarner, Dodd
BIOL 335:
Genetics laboratory
Fa/Sp
Each year
Dodd (Coordinator). Graduate
teaching assistants
BIO 340*:
Plant Physiology
Fall
Each year
Durako, Stapleton
BIO 340 Lab:
Plant Physiology Lab
Fall
Each year
Durako, Stapleton
BIO 345*:
Animal Physiology
Fa/Sp/Sum
Each year
Ballard, Koopman, Williard
BIOL 345:
Animal Physiology labor‐
atory
Fa/Sp/Sum
Each year
Koopman, Williard (Coordinators).
Graduate teaching assistants
100
Laboratory examination of embryonic
development. Elective course for ma‐
rine biology majors
Survey of invertebrate animals. Op‐
tional core course for all marine biol‐
ogy majors
Survey of invertebrate animals. Op‐
tional core course for all marine biol‐
ogy majors
Chemical and Physical properties of
cells. Optional core course for all
marine biology majors
Experiments to examine basic cell
function. Optional core course for all
marine biology majors
Principles of heredity; required core
for all majors. Required core course
for all marine biology majors
Demonstration of basic heredity
principles. Required core course for
all marine biology majors
Survey of plant function at molecular
and cellular level. Optional core
course for all marine biology majors
Laboratory methods and examination
of plant function at molecular and
cellular level. Optional core course
for all marine biology majors
Comparative study of physiological
processes in animals. Optional core
course for all marine biology majors
Techniques to collect physiological
data. Optional core course for all ma‐
rine biology majors
153
(Spr: 1 section of 24)
(Sum: 1 section of 24)
277
(xˉ = 28)
277
(Fall: 2 sections of 24)
(Spr: 2 sections of 24)
254
(xˉ = 51)
84
(Spr: 1 section of 24)
1940
(Fall xˉ = 188)
(Spr xˉ = 188)
1614
(Fall: 8 sections of 24)
(Spr: 8 sections of 24)
70
(xˉ = 18)
70
(Fall: 1 section of 24)
1125
(Fa/Sp xˉ = 99)
(Sum xˉ = 28)
829
(Fall: 4 sections of 24)
(Spr: 4 sections of 24)
BIO 356:
Vertebrate Natural Histo‐
ry
BIO 357*:
Ichthyology
Sp
2011
Muzyczek
Fa/Sp
Each year
Lankford
BIOL 357:
Ichthyology laboratory
Fa/Sp
Each year
Lankford
BIO 358:
Marine Mammals
Fall
Each year
Pabst
BIO 362*:
Marine Biology
Fa/Sp
Each year
Clavijo, Finelli, White
BIO 362 Lab:
Marine Biology Lab
Fa/Sp
Each year
Clavijo, Finelli, White (Coordina‐
tors). Graduate Teaching Assis‐
tants
BIO 366*:
Ecology
Fa/Sp/Sum
Each year
Borrett, Brewer, Emslie, Long,
Posey, White
BIOL 366:
Ecology laboratory
Fa/Sp/Sum
Each year
Emslie, Borrett, Long (Coordina‐
tors). Graduate teaching assis‐
tants
BIO 368:
Behavioral Ecology
Sp 2009
Fa 2010
Lema
BIO 380:
Mariculture
Fall
Each year
Wilbur
Vertebrate life history and systemat‐
ics. . Elective course for marine biolo‐
gy majors
Survey of systematic and natural his‐
tory of fishes. Optional core course
for all marine biology majors
Laboratory examination of anatomy
and taxonomy of fishes. Optional
core course for all marine biology
majors
Study of pinniped and cetacean biol‐
ogy. Elective course for marine biolo‐
gy majors
Introduction to marine organisms
and environments. Required core
course for all marine biology majors
Laboratory and field studies of ma‐
rine organisms and environments.
Required core course for all marine
biology majors
Fundamental ecological principles of
organisms and their environments.
Required core course for all marine
biology majors
Introduction to ecological sampling
techniques. Required core course
for all marine biology majors
Ecology and evolution of behavior.
Elective course for marine biology
majors
Principles of fish and shellfish pro‐
duction. Elective course for marine
biology majors
101
(Sum xˉ = 18)
19
(xˉ = 19)
586
(xˉ = 59)
413
(Fall: 2 sections of 24)
(Spr: 2 sections of 24)
348
(xˉ = 87)
578
(xˉ = 58)
578
(Fall: 2 sections of 24)
(Spr: 3 sections of 24)
1760
(Fa/Sp xˉ = 157)
(Sum xˉ = 38)
1456
(Fa/Sp xˉ = 130)
(Sum xˉ = 31)
139
(xˉ = 70)
100
(xˉ = 25)
BIO 415*:
Histology
Spring
Each Year
Dillaman
BIO 415 Lab:
Histology Lab
Spring
Each Year
Dillaman
BIO 425*:
Microbiology
Fa/Sp
Each year
Sizemore, Song
BIOL 425:
Microbiology laboratory
Fa/Sp
Each year
Sizemore, Song (Coordinators).
Graduate teaching assistants
BIO 430:
Evolutionary Biology
Fall
Each year
McCartney
BIO 440+:
Developmental Biology
Fall 2008
Shafer
BIOL 440:
Developmental biology
lab
BIO 454*:
Herpetology
Fall
2008
Shafer
Spring
2012
Williard
BIO 454 Lab:
Herpetology Lab
Spring
2012
Williard
BIO 456*:
Ornithology
BIO 456 Lab:
Ornithology Lb
Fall
Each year
Fall
Each year
Emslie
Emslie
102
Principles of histological sectioning
and staining, microscopy for biology
and marine biology research. . Elec‐
tive course for marine biology majors
Practice of histological sectioning and
staining, microscopy for biology and
marine biology research. . Elective
course for marine biology majors
Study of microorganisms with focus
on bacteria and viruses. Elective
course for marine biology majors
Techniques to identify microorgan‐
isms. Elective course for marine biol‐
ogy majors
Study of biological change and biodi‐
versity. Elective course for marine
biology majors
Mechanisms controlling animal em‐
bryology. Elective course for marine
biology majors
Methods of descriptive embryology.
Elective course for marine biology
majors
Study of reptiles and amphibians.
Elective course for marine biology
majors
Field and laboratory study of reptiles
and amphibians. Elective course for
marine biology majors
Avian biology and evolution. Elective
course for marine biology majors
Field and laboratory examination of
avian biology and evolution. Elective
course for marine biology majors
50
(xˉ = 10)
50
(Spr: 1 section of 12)
576
(xˉ = 58)
117
(Fall: 2 sections of 24)
(Spr: 1 section of 24)
291
(xˉ = 49)
29
(xˉ = 29)
6
(Fall: 1 section of 6)
24
(xˉ = 24)
24
(Spr: 1 section of 24)
37
(xˉ = 12)
37
(Fall: 1 section of 12)
BIO 458+:
Fisheries Biology
Fall
Each year
Scharf
BIOL 458:
Fisheries biology labora‐
tory
BIO 459:
Endocrinology
Fall
Each year
Scharf
Fall
Each year
Brander, Lema
BIO 460+:
Limnology
Fall
Each year
Cahoon
BIOL 460:
Limnology laboratory
Fall
Each year
Cahoon
BIO 462:
Deep Sea Biology
Spring
2011
Zelnio
BIO 463+:
Coral Reef Ecology
Spring
Each year
Szmant
BIOL 463:
Coral reef ecology labor‐
atory
Spring
2011
Szmant
BIO 465:
Biochemistry
Fall
Each year
Kinsey
BIOL 465:
Biochemistry laboratory
BIO 466:
Conservation Biology
Fall
Each year
Fall
Each year
Baumgarner, Kinsey
BIO 475*:
Fall
Principles of fisheries science and
population dynamics. Elective course
for marine biology majors
Techniques to collect fisheries biolog‐
ical data. Elective course for marine
biology majors
Study of endocrine system of verte‐
brates. Elective course for marine
biology majors
Biological characteristics of freshwa‐
ter systems. Elective course for ma‐
rine biology majors
Techniques to investigate water qual‐
ity. Elective course for marine biology
majors
Study of the deep sea biosphere.
Elective course for marine biology
majors
Ecology and physiology of coral reef
organisms. Elective course for marine
biology majors
Field study of coral reef organisms.
Requires foreign travel to Curacao. .
Elective course for marine biology
majors
Chemical properties and structure of
macromolecules. Elective course for
marine biology majors
Techniques for biochemistry. Elective
course for marine biology majors
Study of the conservation of biologi‐
cal diversity. Elective course for ma‐
rine biology majors
Systematics of vascular plants. Elec‐
Arbogast
Chandler, Schuettpelz
103
91
(xˉ = 23)
27
(Fall: 1 section of 15)
210
(xˉ = 53)
91
(xˉ = 23)
44
(Fall: 1 section of 12)
95
(xˉ = 95)
31
(xˉ = 10)
3
(Spr: 1 section of 3)
445
(xˉ = 89)
111
(Fall: 2 section of 24)
294
(xˉ = 59)
41
Plant Taxonomy
BIO 475 Lab:
Plant Taxonomy Lab
Each year
Fall
Each year
BIO 478:
Global Environmental
Problems
BIO 480:
Field Studies in Biology
Fall
Each year
Tomas
Fa/Sp
Each year
Emslie, Long, Posey, Scharf,
Sizemore, Szmant, Taylor
BIO 484: Methods in Bio‐
logical Research
Fall
Each year
Alphin
BIO 485:
Special Topics in Ad‐
vanced Biology
Fa/Sp
Each year
Alphin, Hosier, Long, McCartney,
Posey, Satterlie, Song, Szmant,
Tomas, Williard
BIO 486: Advanced Top‐
ics in Mariculture
Spring
Each year
Watanabe
BIO 487:
Introduction to Coastal
Management
Spring
Each year
Hosier
BIO 488:
Forensic Environmental
Science
BIO 491:
Directed Individual Study
Spring
2009
Cahoon
Fa/Sp/Sum
Each year
All faculty participate during most
semesters
BIO 495:
Senior Seminar
BIOL 495:
Applied learning seminar
Fa/Sp
Each year
Fall
Each year
All faculty participate on a rotating
schedule
Alphin, Posey
Chandler, Schuettpelz
104
tive course for marine biology majors
Lab and field study of vascular plant
taxonomy and systematics. Elective
course for marine biology majors
Study of the causes and effects of
major environmental problems. Elec‐
tive course for marine biology majors
Research oriented field course for
advanced students. Elective course
for marine biology majors
Introduction to experimental design
and data analysis. Elective course for
marine biology majors
Study of selected topics in more de‐
tail than covered in regular course
offerings. Elective course for marine
biology majors
Study of advanced topics in maricul‐
ture. Elective course for marine biol‐
ogy majors
Study of the human impact on
coastal environments and their
preservation. Elective course for ma‐
rine biology majors
Techniques for investigating envi‐
ronmental problems. Elective course
for marine biology majors
Faculty supervised investigation of
topical areas. Elective course for ma‐
rine biology majors
Required for all majors; focus on stu‐
dent presentations
Hands‐on laboratory or field work
with faculty. Elective course for ma‐
(xˉ = 14)
41
(Fall: 1 section of 20)
161
(xˉ = 40)
88
(xˉ = 5)
56
(xˉ = 11)
350
(xˉ = 35)
44
(xˉ = 9)
70
(xˉ = 23)
13
(xˉ = 13)
716
(Fa/Sp xˉ = 62)
(Sum xˉ = 19)
762
(xˉ = 76)
31
(Fall: 1 section of 12)
BIO 498: Internship in
Biological Science
Fa/Sp/Sum
Each year
All faculty participate periodically
BIO 499:
Honors work in Biology
BIO 501:
Methods in Scientific Re‐
search
Fa/Sp
Each year
Fall
Each Year
All research active faculty partici‐
pate during most semesters
Roer
BIO 512*:
Electron Microscopy
Fall
Each year
Dillaman
BIOL 512:
Electron Microscopy Lab
Fall
Each year
Dillaman
BIO 515*:
Biostatistics
Spring
2013
Scharf
BIOL 515:
Biostatics Laboratory
Spring
2013
Scharf
BIO 519*:
Advanced Topics in Cellu‐
lar and Molecular Biology
BIO 519 Lab:
Advanced Topics in Cellu‐
lar and Molecular Biology
Spring
Each year
Taylor
Spring
Each year
Taylor
105
rine biology majors
Practical field experiences as part of a
structured program
Faculty‐mentored independent re‐
search
Scientific manuscript preparation and
communication techniques: manu‐
script format, graphics, design of ex‐
periments, library use, oral presenta‐
tion, and writing techniques. Re‐
quired core course for all marine bi‐
ology majors
Principles and use of electron micros‐
copy for biology and marine biology
research. Elective course for MS in
marine biology.
Practical methods of electron micros‐
copy for biology and marine biology
research. Elective course for MS in
marine biology.
Principles of experimental design and
data analysis used in biological re‐
search. Elective course for MS in ma‐
rine biology.
Methods of data analysis using com‐
puter based statistical packages. Elec‐
tive course for MS in marine biology.
Study of cellular receptors and mem‐
brane dynamics. Optional core course
for MS in marine biology.
Laboratory study of cellular receptors
and membrane dynamics. Optional
core course for MS in marine biology.
95
(Fa/Sp xˉ = 8)
(Sum xˉ = 4)
263
(xˉ = 26)
75
(xˉ = 15)
50
(xˉ = 10)
50
(Fall: 1 section of 10)
30
(xˉ = 30)
12
(Spr: 1 section of 12)
26
(xˉ = 9)
26
(Spr: 1 section of 12)
Lab
BIO 526:
Advanced Topics in Mi‐
crobiology
BIO 526 Lab:
Advanced Topics in Mi‐
crobiology Lab
Spring
2008 and
2011
Spring
2008 and
2011
Song
BIO 530+:
Advanced Topics in Evo‐
lutionary Biology
Fall
Each year
McCartney, Van Tuinen, Wilbur
BIOL 530:
Advanced topics in evolu‐
tionary biology lab
BIO 534*:
Advanced Topics in Ecol‐
ogy
BIOL 534:
Advanced topics in ecol‐
ogy lab
BIO 549*:
Advanced Topics in Phys‐
iology
BIO 549 Lab:
Advanced Topics in Phys‐
iology Lab
BIO 560*:
Estuarine Biology
Fall
Each year
McCartney, Van Tuinen
Fall
Each year
Arbogast, Borrett, Posey
Fall
Each year
Arbogast, Borrett
Fall
Each year
Koopman
Fall
Each year
Koopman
Spring
2009,
2010, 2012
Spring
2009,
2010, 2012
Mallin
BIO 560 Lab:
Estuarine Biology Lab
Song
Mallin
106
Study of the morphology and ecology
of microorganisms. Elective course
for MS in marine biology.
Laboratory study of the genomics,
morphology, and ecology of microor‐
ganisms. Elective course for MS in
marine biology.
Study of adaptation from a micro‐
and macro‐evolutionary perspective.
Elective course for MS in marine bi‐
ology.
Analysis of new and existing data sets
in evolution. Elective course for MS in
marine biology.
Study of population and community
ecology. Optional core course for MS
in marine biology
Analysis and interpretation of ecolog‐
ical data. Optional core course for MS
in marine biology
Study of emergent techniques in
physiology. Optional core course for
MS in marine biology
Laboratory techniques in physiology.
Optional core course for MS in ma‐
rine biology
Biological properties of estuaries.
Optional core course for MS in ma‐
rine biology
Field and laboratory studies of the
biological properties of estuaries.
Optional core course for MS in ma‐
rine biology
15
(xˉ = 8)
15
(Spr: 1 section of 10)
22
(xˉ = 7)
21
(Fall: 1 section of 10)
73
(xˉ = 12)
52
(Fall: 1 section of 10)
16
(xˉ = 5)
16
(Fall: 1 section of 5)
34
(xˉ = 11)
34
(Spr: 1 section of 12)
BIO 561*:
Barrier Island Ecology
Fall
Each year
Hosier
BIO 561 Lab:
Barrier Island Ecology Lab
Fall
Each year
Hosier
BIO 564*:
Biological Oceanography
Fa/Sp
Each year
Cahoon, Finelli
BIOL 564:
Biological oceanography
lab
BIO 566:
Behavioral Ecology of
Reef Fishes
BIO 568:
River Ecology
Fa/Sp
Each year
Cahoon, Finelli
Spring
Each year
Clavijo
Spring
2008 and
2011
Spring
Each year
Mallin
BIO 578:
Biology of Harmful Algae
Tomas
BIO 580:
Field Studies in Biology
BIO 585:
Special Topics in Ad‐
vanced Biology
Fall
Each year
Fa/Sp
Each year
Koopman, Williard
BIO 591:
Directed Individual Study
Fa/Sp
Each year
All faculty participate during most
semesters
BIO 601:
Oceanography and Envi‐
ronmental Science
Once per
year
Cahoon, Finelli
Baumgarner, Brander, Dillaman,
Emslie, Koopman, Pabst, Satterlie,
Scharf, Song, Szmant, Tomas
107
Survey of vegetation and ecology of
barrier islands. Elective course for MS
in marine biology.
Field studies of vegetation and ecolo‐
gy of barrier islands. Elective course
for MS in marine biology.
Study of oceanographic processes
and productivity. Required core
course for all marine biology majors
Techniques to collect and analyze
oceanographic data. Required core
course for all marine biology majors
Ecological study of reef fishes and
their environments. Elective course
for MS in marine biology.
Biology and ecology of riverine sys‐
tems. Elective course for MS in ma‐
rine biology.
Taxonomy and ecology of marine mi‐
croalgae. Elective course for MS in
marine biology.
Research‐oriented field course. Elec‐
tive course for MS in marine biology.
Study of selected topics in more de‐
tail than covered in regular course
offerings. Elective course for MS in
marine biology.
Faculty supervised investigation of
topical areas. Elective course for MS
in marine biology.
Emergent topics and methods in bio‐
logical oceanography. Required core
course for all PhD students in marine
biology.
23
(xˉ = 6)
23
(Fall: 1 section of 8)
139
(xˉ = 15)
62
(Fall: 1 section of 12)
(Spr: 1 section of 12)
25
(xˉ = 5)
26
(xˉ = 13)
25
(xˉ = 5)
4
(xˉ = 1)
158
(xˉ = 16)
192
(xˉ = 19)
48
(xˉ = 8)
BIO 602:
Ecology
Once per
year
Borrett, Long, Szmant, Covi
BIO 603:
Physiology and Biochem‐
istry
Once per
year
Kinsey, Baumgarner
BIO 604:
Cellular and Molecular
Biology
BIO 605:
Evolution and Diversity
Once per
year
Pyott, Taylor
Once per
year
Arbogast, Bailey, McCartney
b.)
Emergent topics and methods in
ecology. Optional core course for PhD
in marine biology
Emergent topics and methods in
physiology and biochemistry. Option‐
al core course for PhD in marine biol‐
ogy
Emergent topics and methods in cel‐
lular and molecular biology. Optional
core course for PhD in marine biology
Emergent topics and methods in evo‐
lution. Optional core course for PhD
in marine biology
29
(xˉ = 7)
12
(xˉ = 6)
1
(xˉ = 1)
39
(xˉ = 6)
Identify workshops, continuing education, or other non‐credit bearing instruction to community that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D3: Non‐Degree Credit Instruction
Workshop/Instruction Dates of‐
title
fered
Instructor(s)
Brief description of instruction (1 sentence)
and
Enrollment Figures
Total/on‐site/distance
edu
Affiliation(s)
Neonatal Dolphin
Necropsy Workshop
June 2012
Pabst,
McLellan
Hosted colleagues from Virginia Aquarium, the North Caro‐
lina Wildlife Resources Commission, the North Carolina
Aquarium at Roanoke Island, the North Carolina Division of
Marine Fisheries, North Carolina State University for an in‐
tensive stranding workshop to investigate dolphin devel‐
opment and health in the Oriole Burevitch Laboratory. In‐
volved UNCW graduate and undergraduate students.
25
Cetacean Diet Analy‐
sis Workshop
January
2012
Pabst,
McLellan
Hosted colleagues from Virginia Aquarium, the North Caro‐
lina Division of Marine Fisheries, North Carolina State Uni‐
versity, the North Carolina Maritime Museum, NOAA NOS
(Charleston Lab), and Bowdoin College. Experts in diet
25
108
analysis joined stranding colleagues for an intensive work‐
shop on diet analyses methods in the Oriole Burevitch La‐
boratory.
R‐Tutorial
July 2011
Borrett
Organized a tutorial workshop for international group of
ecological network researchers to share information about
statistical tools in the R programming language.
20
Marine Mammal Nec‐
ropsy Workshop
May 2008
Pabst,
McLellan
Invited lectures, open discussions, necropsy demonstrations
at meeting of International Whaling Commission, Santiago,
Chile
50
Cell Physiology Work‐
shop (Plymouth UK)
September Taylor
2011
Invited lecture at Cell Physiology Workshop at Marine Bio‐
logical Association of the UK, Plymouth, UK.
25
Gordon Conference
on Marine Microbes
June 2012
Taylor
Invited lecture on marine phytoplankton physiology.
200
Faculty Institutes Re‐
forming Science
Teaching
2008‐2012
Finelli
Led annual development workshops to train postdoctoral
fellows in best practices of scientific and learner centered
teaching. NSF funded dissemination network.
20 postdoctoral fellows
per year at 5 regional
sites (100 total).
109
c.)
Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Professional Service will be captured in a different sec‐
tion, so please constrain this list to those examples that serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as sci‐
ence cafes and K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Public Service / Out‐
reach/Engagement pro‐
gram name and brief de‐
scription (one sentence)
Dates
Personnel Involved
Harbour Porpoise Release
Program, Grand Manan,
New Brunswick, Canada
1991‐
Present
Fisherman, community stakeholders
Dr. Heather
Koopman, Depart‐
ment of Biology
and Marine Biology.
39th Annual Benthic Ecolo‐
gy Meetings
March
Dr. Joseph Pawlik,
Dr. Martin Posey,
Dr. Ami Wilbur, Dr.
Chris Finelli, Dr.
Michael Durako,
Mr. Troy Alphin
International gathering of faculty, students, and other re‐
searchers interested in marine benthic ecology.
700
Annual Southeast and Mid‐
Atlantic Marine Mammal
Symposium (SEAMAMMS)
April 2009
Dr. Ann Pabst, Mr.
William McLellan,
Dr. Sentinel Rom‐
mel, Dr. Heather
Koopman
Faculty and students engaged in marine mammal research
along the Atlantic Coast of the US.
100
Annual Meeting of North
Carolina State Stranding
Partners
2009,
2010,
2011,
2012
Dr. Ann Pabst, Mr.
William McLellan
UNCW Marine Mammal Stranding Program, Virginia Aquar‐
ium Staff, NC Wildlife Resources Commission, NC Aquari‐
um, NC Division of Marine Fisheries, NCSU, NC Maritime
Museum, National Park Service.
25
Annual Meeting of the Ear‐
ly Life History Section of
American Fisheries Society
2001
Dr. Fred Scharf
Hosted an international conference on the early life history
of fin fish, with emphasis on exploited species, manage‐
ment, and fisheries biology
150
2010
Participants in program (e.g. K‐12 teachers)
110
Number of par‐
ticipants
100
Microscopy Instruction and
Demonstration
August
2012
Dr. Alison Taylor
Provided general workshop on microscopy techniques for
pre‐college students involved with UNCW’s Marine Quest
Program
25
NC Sea Grant Fisheries Fo‐
rum
March
2009
Dr. Amanda
Southwood Williard
Provided general interest lecture to fisherman, fisheries
biologists, and resource managers; Health status, post‐
release behavior, and survivability of sea turtles incidental‐
ly captured in the gillnet fishery of the lower Cape Fear
River
50
NC Center for Public Policy
Research
September Dr. Larry Cahoon
2011
Demand for water vs. Water quality, drought and climate
change
50
Leadership Wilmington
2011
Dr. Larry Cahoon
Sewage Management: A challenge for New Hanover Coun‐
ty
50
Public Symposium – Serial
Environmental Catastophes
in the Northern Gulf of
Mexico: Are there lessons
for the Cape Fear Region
April 2012
Dr. Chris Finelli, Dr.
Stuart Borrett, Dr.
Larry Cahoon, Dr.
Ann Pabst, Mr. Wil‐
liam McLellan, Dr.
Fred Scharf
Hosted public lecture by Mike Tidwell, a noted environ‐
mental writer, followed by a panel discussion of local
stakeholders and resource managers.
100
Public Symposium – Global
Climate Change
April 2011
Dr. Larry Cahoon
Hosted public lecture by Dr. Tyler Volk, a recognized expert
in the field of global climate change. Lecture followed by a
panel discussion of climate change science and policy.
150
Public Seminar – Environ‐
mental Sustainability
November
2009
Dr. Stuart Borrett
Organized and led a tour of the Wilmington Northside
Waste Water Treatment Plant.
20
Public Seminar – Marine
Mammal Stranding Science
November
2008
Dr. Ann Pabst
Delivered an invited lecture on marine mammal biology
and stranding science; Brotman Coastal Biology Lecture
Series, University of North Florida.
100
Public Seminar – The Cape
Fear River in Human and
Ecological Contexts
October
2011
Dr. Larry Cahoon
Guest speaker for the Cape Fear River Watch.
50
111
Public Seminar – Marine
Mammals of the Mid‐
Atlantic
March
2009
Dr. Ann Pabst
Invited guest speaker for the Southport (NC) Sail and Pow‐
er Squadron, an advocacy group for safe boating and relat‐
ed marine issues.
50
Panel Discussion – State
and regional fisheries man‐
agement issues
2008
Dr. Martin Posey
Served as an expert panelist in a moderated discussion of
state and regional fisheries management issues, especially
with respect to shellfish fisheries, aquaculture, and resto‐
ration. Hosted by the Cape Fear Museum
50
Invited Speaker, Cape Fear
Museum of History and
Science
2008
Dr. Ann Pabst
Provided lecture for general public on “North Carolina’s
Endangered Whales”.
50
Public Seminar – Phyto‐
plankton Physiology
June 2008
Dr. Alison Taylor
Provided an international invited (by IFM‐Geomar) seminar 100
on marine science as part of Kiel Week Science and Cultural
Festival.
Media consultation
2008‐
Present
Mr. Troy Alphin, Dr.
Larry Cahoon, Dr.
Chris Finelli, Dr. Art
Frampton, Dr. Mar‐
tin Posey, Dr. Ann
Pabst, Dr. Alina
Szmant, Dr. Alison
Taylor
Many faculty in the department provide interviews and
supplementary information to media companies for fea‐
ture stories related to marine science. Media outlets in‐
clude Wilmington Starnews (newspaper), Raleigh News
and Observer (newspaper), National Public Radio, British
Broadcasting Company, local television stations (WWAY,
WECT, WILM, Carolina14), Discovery Channel.
100’s
K12 Student Engagement
through senior projects,
research, interviews, and
job shadow
2008‐
Present
Mr. Troy Alphin, Dr.
Susanne Brander,
Dr. Larry Cahoon,
Dr. Chris Finelli, Dr.
Art Frampton, Dr.
Heather Koopman,
Dr. Sean Lema, Dr.
Martin Posey, Dr.
Alina Szmant, Dr.
Alison Taylor
Many faculty in the department participate in K12 activities
as part of their annual responsibilities.
100’s
112
d.)
Professional Service
Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activity have provided to North Carolina or at the regional / na‐
tional / international level. Include all North Carolina advisory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards.
Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D5. Professional Service
Board or Group name
Dates
Activity member
name and affiliation
Service provided
1
NC Nongame Wildlife
Advisory Committee –
NC Wildlife Resources
Commission
2009‐Present
Dr. Brian Arbogast,
Department of Biol‐
ogy and Marine Bi‐
ology
To assess the conservation status of North Carolina's native
mammals and to update the status if needed
2
Board Member – Cape
Fear Museum of Sci‐
ence and History
2010‐Present
Dr. Stuart Borrett,
Department of Biol‐
ogy and Marine Bi‐
ology
3
Water Quality Sub‐
group, National Ma‐
rine Fisheries Cape
Fear Working Group
2011‐Present
Dr. Larry Cahoon,
Department of Biol‐
ogy and Marine Bi‐
ology
Provides guidance and information, discussant, scientific ex‐
pertise, regarding water quality issues of the Cape Fear River
and impacts on fisheries management.
4
NC General Assembly
Legislative Study Sub‐
committee on Off‐
shore Energy Devel‐
opment
2009‐2010
Dr. Larry Cahoon,
Department of Biol‐
ogy and Marine Bi‐
ology
Participate in discussions of NC energy policy for coastal region
5
Halophila johnsonii
Species Recovery
Team, National Ma‐
rine Fisheries Service
1996‐Present
Dr. Michael Durako,
Department of Biol‐
ogy and Marine Bi‐
ology
Prepare species recovery plan for threatened seagrass
Halophila johnsonii
6
Board of Directors,
1991‐Present
Dr. Heather
Thw GMWSRS is a small non profit dedicated to research and
113
Advisory board for museum operations and programs, espe‐
cially with regard to coastal and watershed issues.
Grand Manan Whale
and Seabird Research
Station, Grand Manan,
New Brunswick CAN
Koopman, Depart‐
ment of Biology and
Marine Biology
education to promote conservation in the Bay of Fundy, Canada.
7
NC Wildlife Resources
Commission
2007‐Present
Dr. Heather
Koopman, Depart‐
ment of Biology and
Marine Biology
Scientific and policy advisor.
8
Advisor, World Wild‐
life Fund
2012‐Present
Dr. Ann Pabst, De‐
partment of Biology
and Marine Biology
Participate in international meeting to conserve the Irrawaddy
dolphin in the Mekong River
9
Scientific Advisory
Committee, Society
for Marine
Mammology
2004‐2011
Dr. Ann Pabst, De‐
partment of Biology
and Marine Biology
Advise society and public on marine mammal science and poli‐
cy objectives
10
NC Division of Marine
Fisheries, Crustacean
Fisheries Advisory
Committee
1999‐Present
Dr. Martin Posey,
Department of Biol‐
ogy and Marine Bi‐
ology
Review fisheries management plans for shrimp, crabs and other crustacean fisheries; make recommendations on fisheriesrelated issues as needed.
11
Committee Chair, NC
Division of Marine
Fisheries, Blue Crab
Fisheries Advisory
Committee
2008‐Present
Dr. Martin Posey,
Department of Biol‐
ogy and Marine Bi‐
ology
Scientific and policy advisory on management and protection
of the blue crab fishery in NC.
12
NC Division of Marine
Fisheries, Oyster
Steering Committee
2008‐2011
Dr. Martin Posey,
Dept of Biology and
Marine Biology
Development and protection of oyster fisheries in NC, including
aquaculture and restoration of wild stocks.
13
Executive Committee,
Marine Fisheries Sec‐
tion, American Fisher‐
ies Society
2003‐2010
Dr. Fred Scharf, De‐
partment of Biology
and Marine Biology
Policy guidance and scientific steering for international society
of fisheries researchers.
114
14
NC Division of Marine
Fisheries, Regional
Advisory Committee
2004‐Present
Dr. Fred Scharf, De‐
partment of Biology
and Marine Biology
Advise on regional fisheries issues
15
Committee Chair, NC
Division of Marine
Fisheries Red Drum
Advisory Committee
2007‐2008
Dr. Fred Scharf, De‐
partment of Biology
and Marine Biology
Advise on development of red drum fishery management plan
16
National Science
Foundation, EPSCOR
Science Advisory
Committee for the
University of The Vir‐
gin Islands
2005‐2008
Dr. Alina Szmant,
Department of Biol‐
ogy and Marine Bi‐
ology
Review program progress. Advise on programmatic and man‐
agement issues. Review proposlas for internal funding. Bi‐
annual site visits.
17
Committee Chair, NC
Division of Marine
Fisheries, Bay Scallop
Advisory Committee
2010‐Present
Dr. Ami Wilbur, De‐
partment of Biology
and Marine Biology
Review proposed changes to fisheries management plan for
bay scallops
18
NC Coastal Resources
Commission
2008‐Present
Dr. W. David Web‐
ster
Establishes policies for the N.C. Coastal Management Program
and adopts implementing rules for both CAMA and the N.C.
Dredge and Fill Act. The commission designates areas of envi‐
ronmental concern, adopts rules and policies for coastal de‐
velopment within those areas, and certifies local land‐use
plans
19
NC National Estuarine
Research Reserve.
2009‐Present
Dr. Amanda
Southwood Williard
Local Advisory board for the National Estuarine Research Reserve System funded by National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration. contribute to discussion and decisions
regarding management of Masonboro Island Reserve.
20
Associate or Contrib‐
uting Editor
2008‐Present
Arbogast, Cahoon,
Finelli, Pawlik, Pos‐
ey, Stapleton,
Szmant, White,
Williard
Journal of Mammology, ISRN Oceanography, Journal of NC
Academy of Sciences, Journal of Coastal Management , Lim‐
nology and Oceanography, Marine Ecology Progress Series,
Journal of Shellfish Research, Journal of Experimental Marine
Biology and Ecology, Frontiers in Plant Genetics and Genomics,
115
Coral Reefs, New Phytologist, Ecological Applications,
Herpetolgical Conservation and Biology, Chelonian Conserva‐
tion and Biology, Testudinaria: International Journal of Sea
Turtle Nature History and Ecology.
116
E.
Outputs and Impacts
1. Publications
a.) List refereed publications directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or
representative publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. You may reference in‐
formation in the REACH NC Appendix in response to this question.
1.
Hines, D. E., Lisa, J. A., Song, B., Tobias, C. R., Borrett, S. R. (2012). A network model shows
the importance of coupled processes in the microbial N cycle in the Cape Fear River Estuary. Estuarine,
Coastal and Shelf Science / Elsevier, 20, 45-75.
2.
Cahoon, L. B., Flood, J. (2011). Risks to Coastal Wastewater Collection Systems from Sea Level
Rise and Climate Change. Journal of Coastal Research, 27, 652-660.
3.
Priester, C., Morton, L., Watanabe, W., Kinsey, S. T., Dillaman, R. M. (2011). Growth patterns
and nuclear distribution in white muscle fibers from black sea bass, Centropristis striata: evidence for the
influence of diffusion. Journal of Experimental Biology, 214, 1230-1239.
4.
Jimenez, A. G., Kinsey, S. T., Dillaman, R. M., Kapraun, D. F. (2010). Nuclear DNA content variation associated with muscle fiber hypertrophic growth in decapod crustaceans. Genome, 53, 161-171.
5.
Koopman, H. N., Zahorodny, Z. P. (2009). Life history constrains biochemical development in the
highly specialized Odontocete echolocation system. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, B, 275,
2327-2334.
6.
Long, Z., Bruno, J. F., Duffy, J. E. (2011). Food chain length and omnivory determine the stability
of a marine subtidal food web. Journal of Animal Ecology, 80, 586-594.
7.
Balmer, B. C., Schwacke, L. H., Wells, R. S., George, R. C., Hogue, J., Kucklick, J., Lane, S. M.,
Martinez, A., McLellan, W. A., Rosel, P. E., Rowles, T. K., Sparks, K., Speakman, T., Zolman, E. S.,
Pabst, D. A. (2011). Relationship between persistent organic pollutants (POPs) and ranging patterns in
common bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops truncatus) from coastal Georgia, USA. Science of the Total Environment, 409, 2094-2101.
8.
Etnier, S. A., McLellan, W. A., Blum, J. E., Pabst, D. A. (2008). Ontogenetic changes in the structural stiffness of the tailstock of bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops truncatus). Journal of Experimental Biology,
211, 3205-3213.
9.
McMurray, S. E., Henkel, T. P., Pawlik, J. R. (2010). Demographics of increasing populations of
the giant barrel sponge Xestospongia muta in the Florida Keys. Ecology, 91, 560-570.
10.
Harwell, H., Posey, M. H., Alphin, T. (2011). Landscape aspects of oyster reefs: effects of fragmentation on habitat utilization. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 409, 30-41.
11.
Gillum, Z. D., Facendola, J. J., Scharf, F. S. (2012). Consumption and gastric evacuation in juvenile red drum Sciaenops ocellatus (Linnaeus): Estimation of prey type effects and validation of field-based
daily ration estimates. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 413, 21-29.
12.
Bowler, C., Allen, A. E., Jane, G. H., Taylor, A. (2008). The Phaeodactylum genome reveals the
evolutionary history of diatom genomes. Nature, 456, 239-244. doi:10.1038/nature07410
13.
Taylor, A. (2009). A fast Na+/Ca2+- based action potential in a marine diatom. PLoS ONE, 4(3),
e4966. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0004966.
14.
White, J., Samhouri, J. F. (2011). Oceanographic coupling across three trophic levels shapes
source-sink dynamics in marine metacommunities. Oikos, 120, 1151-1164.
15.
Echevarria, M., Naar, J., Tomas, C. R., Pawlik, J. R. (2011). Effects of Karenia brevis on clearance rates and bioaccumulation of brevetoxins in benthic suspension feeding invertebrates. Aquatic Toxicology, 106-107, 85-94.
117
16.
Hemond, E. M., Wilbur, A. E. (2011). Evidence of Population Structure and Selection Between
Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico Populations of Bay Scallop, Argopecten irradians. Marine Ecology Progress
Series, 423, 131-142.
17.
Bert, T. M., Arnold, W. S., McMillen-Jackson, A. L., Wilbur, A. E., Crawford, C. (2011). Natural
and anthropogenic forces shape the population genetics and recent evolutionary history of eastern USA
bay scallops (Argopecten irradians). Journal of Shellfish Research, 30(3), 583-608.
18.
Casey, J. F., Garner, J., Garner, S., Southwood, A. L. (2010). Diel foraging behavior of gravid
leatherback sea turtles in deep waters of the Caribbean Sea. The Journal of Experimental Biology,
213(23), 3961-3971. jeb.biologists.org/
19.
Finelli, C., Clarke, R. D., Robinson, H. E., Buskey, E. J. (2009). Water flow controls the distribution and feeding behavior of two co-occurring coral reef fishes: I. Field measurements. Coral Reefs, 28,
461-473.
20.
Satterlie, R. A. (2011). Do Jellyfish Have Central Nervous Systems? Journal of Experimental Biology, 214, 1215-1223.
b.)
List non‐refereed publications such as journal articles, reviews, conference papers, books and
book chapters directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publi‐
cations for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.
1.
Brander, S. (in press). Thinking outside the box: Considerations in the assessment of risk to fishes from endocrine disrupting compounds. Elsevier.
2.
Cahoon, L. B., Dumas, C. F. (2011). Preface to “Making the Connection: Translating Science into
Effective Coastal Policy”. Coastal Management Journal.
3.
Pawlik, J. R. (2012). Redwoods of the reef. International Innovation, 38-39.
4.
Culbertson, J., Crawford, M., Brinker, E., Posey, M. H., Leonard, L., Alphin, T., Avery, G., Hackney, C. (2009). Monitoring effects of a potential increased tidal range in the Cape Fear ecosystem due to
deepening Wilmington Harbor, North Carolina. Year 8. (pp. 461 p.). Reort to U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.
5.
Song, B., Tobias, C. R. (2011). Molecular and stable isotope methods to detect and measure anaerobic ammonium oxidation (anammox) in aquatic ecosystems. In research on nitrification and related
processes (vol. 496, pp. 63-89). Methods in Enzymology.
6.
Taylor, A., Echevarria, M. (2011). Marine Algae Neurotoxins- Pandora’s Box or Panacea? The
Biochemist, 33, 14-18. www.biochemist.org/bio/03303/0014/033030014.pdf
7.
Tomas, C. R. (2010). In Robert G. Sheathe (Ed.), Marine Phytoplankton: Selected
Microphytoplankton Species from the North Sea around Helgoland and Sylt. (3rd ed., vol. 46, pp. 622625). Hoboken, NJ: Journal of Phycology. www.blackwellpublishing.com/jpy
8.
Southwood, A. L. In J Wyneken, K Lohmann, J Musick (Ed.), Physiology as Integrated Systems in
The Biology of Sea Turtles. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
9.
Bridewell, W., Borrett, S. R., Langley, P. (2009). Innovative construction of explanatory scientific
models. NY: Tools for Innovation, Oxford University Press.
10.
Borrett, S. R., Christian, R. R., Ulanowicz, R. E. (2012). In A.H. El-Shaarawi and W.H. Piegorsch
(Ed.), Network Ecology, Encyclopedia of Environmetrics (2nd edition). John Wiley & Sons.
11. Lema, S. C. (2008). The phenotypic plasticity of Death Valley’s pupfish. American Scientist, 96,
28-38.
118
12. Turano, M., Posey, M. H., Alphin, T. (2012). North Carolina's shellfish industry: site conditions
and economic impacts (vol. UNC-SG-12-01, pp. 6). North Carolina SeaGrant Publication.
13. Culbertson, J., Crawford, M., Brinker, E., Posey, M. H., Leonard, L., Alphin, T., Avery, G., Hackney, C. (2009). Monitoring effects of a potential increased tidal range in the Cape Fear ecosystem
due to deepening Wilmington Harbor, North Carolina. Year 8. (pp. 461 p.). Reort to U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers.
2.
Technical Outputs
List any technical outputs such as CDs, software programs, databases, algorithms, and/or measurement
instruments. Include the key participants and their affiliation. There is no time limit on when these
occurred.
1. M.K. Lau, S.R. Borrett, and D.E. Hines (2012). enaR: Tools for ecological network analysis. R
package, version 0.99
2.
Ronconi, R., Swaim, Z., Lane, H., Hunnewell, R., Westgate, A., Koopman, H. N. (2010). New
hoop-net techniques for capturing birds at sea and comparison with other capture methods. Marine Ornithology., 38, 23-29.
3.
Fischer, D. T., White, J., Botsford, L. W., Largier, J. L., Kaplan, D. M. (2011). A GIS-based tool for
representing larval dispersal for marine reserve selection. The Professional Geographer, 63, 489-513.
4.
Wilbur, A. E., Ford, S. E., Gauthier, J. D., Gomez-Chiarri, M. Use of a quantitative PCR assay to
determine prevalence and intensity of MSX (Haplosporidium nelsoni) in North Carolina and Rhode Island
oysters (Crassostrea virginica). Diseases of Aquatic Organisms.
5.
Zea, S., Henkel, T.P., and Pawlik, J.R. 2009. The Sponge Guide: a picture guide to Caribbean
sponges. Available online at www.spongeguide.org. Accessed on: 2012-10-09 .
3.
Awards and Honors
Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of their
participation in the Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publications for the
period of January 1, 2008 – present.
Table E1. Awards and Honors
Award or Honor
Date
Name
Brief Description
Senior Visiting
Fellowship – Ma‐
rine Biological
Association of
the UK
July 2009‐
Present
Dr. Alison Taylor
Kathleen Drew‐
Maker Prize,
British
Phycological So‐
ciety
January
10, 2008
Dr. Alison Taylor
President – Soci‐
January
Dr. Richard Satterlie
119
ety for Integra‐
tive and Com‐
parative Biology
2009‐
December
2010
James F. Merritt
Million Dollar
Club
2011,
2012
Dr. Ann Stapleton, Dr. David
Webster
Distinguished
Science Alumnus
2011
Dr. Christopher Finelli
Invited Keynote
Speaker – Ther‐
mal biology of
marine and es‐
tuarine turtles:
from biochemis‐
try to behavior
2009
Dr. Amanda Southwood
Williard
Discere Aude
Award for Out‐
standing Student
Mentorship
2008‐
Present
Dr. Stuart Borrett, Dr. Ann
Stapleton, Dr. Alina Szmant,
Dr. Diane Dodd, Dr. Art
Frampton
UNCW Graduate
Mentor Award
2008‐
Present
Dr. Larry Cahoon, Dr. Martin
Posey,
Elected Member‐ 2008
at‐large
F.
Dr. Marcel van Tuinen
Invited to give keynote address to NC
Graduate Student Symposium at East
Carolina University.
Leadership position within the Society of
Avian Paleontology and Evolution.
Other
If there is other information that has not been requested above and is relevant, please include it here.
120
Section II‐4. Coastal and Marine Science Activities
A. Activity: DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY
B. Activity Narrative
Describe the mission and history of the Activity.
With an undergraduate enrollment of over 200 majors and more than 80 graduate students, the chemis‐
try program at the University of North Carolina Wilmington is one of the largest and most prolific in the
nation. In the past three years, we have awarded 127 ACS certified Bachelor of Science degrees, 72
Bachelor of Arts degrees, and 39 Master of Science degrees. These statistics consistently place the de‐
partment in the top 3 to 4 % of the over 600 accredited chemistry programs in the US, and third in North
Carolina. In 2011‐ 2012 the chemistry faculty published 42 articles in peer reviewed journals (with 20
student coauthors), chaired 59 thesis/dissertation committees, sat on an additional 83 committees in a
non‐chairing role, and engaged a total of 51 undergraduates and 36 graduate students in research. The
department currently enjoys over $3.1 M in new and continuing grant support, and maintains over $4M
in state of the art equipment (http://www.uncw.edu/chem/instrumentation.html) in Dobo Hall and the
Center for Marine Science.
The growth in numbers of majors, the quality of instruction and our research productivity have been
significantly impacted by our marine chemistry faculty. Over the past thirty five years, the department
has systematically grown our marine chemistry group, adding faculty who are inspiring teachers and
whose expertise complements and enhance our contributions in marine and environmental research.
As the expertise and productivity of this group increased, and their contact with students in introductory
chemistry courses became more pervasive, the department attracted increasing numbers of majors,
many motivated by the desire to pursue a career that could have a positive impact on the marine envi‐
ronment.
Mission of the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry
The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry is committed to providing exemplary programs incorpo‐
rating modern technologies that lead to the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Master of Science
degrees in chemistry. The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry is devoted to the development
and recognition of outstanding teaching, learning, research and creative accomplishments, professional
service by faculty and students, and faculty and staff development. Recognizing the unique coastal envi‐
ronment in which it resides, the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry encourages instruction and
research in the areas of marine and environmental sciences.
The department’s Bachelor of Science Degree is accredited by the Committee on Professional Training
(CPT) of the American Chemical Society. In its reaccreditation letter to the department, the CPT “com‐
mended the impressive success of the faculty in obtaining grants to acquire an excellent collection of
high quality instrumentation and to support a very productive research program” and “complimented
the number of majors graduating from your department, particularly noting the significant number of
graduates who complete the requirement for certification to ACS.” They characterized the curriculum
as “solid”, found the student assessment and overall program evaluation “very thoughtful”, and praised
the “excellent quality” of our biochemistry offering. These accolades are especially gratifying because
they confirm the execution of our mission to provide the highest quality chemistry education to as many
students as possible by offering exceptional traditional instruction coupled with the opportunity to en‐
gage in cutting edge research at both the undergraduate and Masters level. We are committed to pro‐
ducing highly skilled scientists trained as problem solvers, with the foundational knowledge and tech‐
121
nical expertise to fashion successful and productive careers, typically in North Carolina, where the vast
majority of our Master’s graduates currently work.
Discuss what makes this Activity unique, competitive, compelling, and/or of strategic importance.
The tremendous success of our program is due in large measure to the quality and productivity of twen‐
ty one research active chemistry faculty, and the marine chemists are among our most successful. As
the data reported below indicates, the six faculty who currently make up our Marine and Atmospheric
Chemistry Research Laboratory (MACRL) and biotechnology groups have consistently received substan‐
tial research support from the National Science Foundation, the National Institutes of Health and state
agencies such as the NC Coastal Federation and NC DENR/Division of Marine Fisheries, currently ac‐
counting for over half of our total grant support. This support has produced research opportunities for
numerous undergraduate and master’s level graduate students, providing them with invaluable applied
learning experience and producing numerous scientific publications, often with student coauthors. Ad‐
ditionally, the department has recently been awarded two Major Research Instrument (MRI) grants
from NSF totaling over $1.2 M, and an additional $450,000 from Academic Affairs at UNCW. With these
funds, a 600 MHz Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectrometer and two Liquid Chromato‐
graph/Mass Spectrometers have been purchased and installed. A full time NMR Facilities Manager
oversees maintenance of these instruments and provides training and research support to the high vol‐
ume of users from units throughout UNCW. These acquisitions allow our faculty to carry out cutting
edge research that provides hands on experience to students who will soon enter the workforce as high‐
ly skilled professionals. The research described by the MACRL group contributed significantly to the
strength of these grant applications, and their students are frequent users of this instrumentation.
The marine chemistry faculty are an integral part of the chemistry program at UNCW. Like all UNCW
faculty, they are responsible for teaching 3 courses per semester, and many of these are core chemistry
courses required by the ACS. Thus they play a central role in teaching as well as research. As one of the
largest groups of marine chemists in any chemistry department, they combine key areas of expertise
required to tackle the complex questions associated with marine and environmental research, and they
often partner with other chemistry faculty on projects of mutual interest. The integration of the marine
chemistry faculty into our otherwise traditional chemistry department has substantially improved the
quality of both our teaching and research, and enhanced the education we provide to our students.
Their contributions to the success of our nationally ranked chemistry program cannot be overstated. To
our knowledge this collaboration is unique among chemistry departments, and it has had highly benefi‐
cial effects on the research productivity. The exceptional support of funding agencies like NSF confirms
the value of this type of approach.
Identify the most significant impact(s) of the program on research, education, and/or society (includ‐
ing direct contributions to policy or management decisions) since January 1, 2008.
The MACRL group, whose members constitute approximately 25% of the department’s overall research
active faculty, has produced or contributed to well over 50% of the external grant support and research
publications since January, 2008 (see federal and state funding for chemistry in Table C2). These funds
have not only produced significant contributions to our understanding of the marine environment in the
state and the nation, they have trained a significant fraction of the 246 undergraduate and 43 Masters
students who have received degrees from the Chemistry department since January 1, 2008. This num‐
ber of graduates far exceeds those of all other Tier II (research intensive) and Tier III (comprehensive)
universities in the UNC system, and ranks the department in the upper 5% of all ACS accredited chemis‐
try programs in the country. The impact of the MACRL faculty also extends to traditional instruction,
and MACRL faculty teach critical courses in our undergraduate and graduate curricula, including several
sections of General Chemistry, Organic Chemistry, Quantitative Analysis, Introduction to Research, Envi‐
122
ronmental Chemistry, and Advanced Techniques in Organic Chemistry. They have also contributed to
the development of new graduate courses in Mass Spectrometry and NMR Spectroscopy. Without their
efforts and collaborations, the department could not maintain our exceptional success both in educating
North Carolina’s students and contributing to the understanding of our marine environment.
Provide a description of the most significant challenges that will be faced by the Activity in the next
year, and in the next five years.
The MACRL group, like the department as a whole, faces two key challenges over the next five years, the
need for additional laboratory and office space to accommodate the growing research effort, and fund‐
ing for graduate students particularly in the form of tuition remissions. Currently, five MACRL faculty
members and their research students share three research laboratories on campus, and additional la‐
boratory space is in very short supply. It is vital to both their recruiting and research efforts that the
group remain on campus, since both the potential students and high end instrumentation vital to these
efforts is located there. Although our laboratories are crowded, the space situation is not likely to nega‐
tively impact the success of their program in the next year, but over the next five years a solution must
be found. In contrast, the funding situation for graduate students must be addressed soon to avoid
negative impacts in the next year as well as the next five years. Like most graduate programs in Chemis‐
try, we make every effort to attract talented and ambitious students into our graduate program, but to
attract these prospective students, we must offer competitive compensation packages. In the case of
Chemistry graduate students, this includes remission of all of their tuition costs. The department has
been engaged in an ambitious effort to increase funding for our traditional graduate program by offer‐
ing a fully on‐line graduate option. To date, we have 50 students from the US and abroad enrolled in
this program and all of the profits are used to fund our local graduate students and their research.
However, current budgetary restrictions prevent us from using any of these earnings to fund graduate
tuitions. These rules are a huge impediment to our recruiting efforts. We have the instructional and
research capacity to admit 15 to 20 graduate students every year, but only sufficient tuition funding for
approximately 3. To continue the research and student involvement that has enabled the success of our
program, we must find ways to provide additional funds in this critical area.
C. Resources
1. Personnel
a.) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include current
faculty searches that are underway or expected). Expand the below table as necessary.
Table C1. Personnel
Name
G. Brooks Avery, Jr.
J. David Felix
John R. Helms
Robert J. Kieber
Title and department/college
Associate Professor, Depart‐
ment of Chemistry and Bio‐
chemistry
Role
Faculty
Postdoctoral Fellow (to begin
December 2012), Department
of Chemistry and Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow, Depart‐
ment of Chemistry and Bio‐
chemistry
Professor and Graduate Coordi‐
nator, Department of Chemistry
and Biochemistry
Visiting Research Assistant professor
123
Visiting Research Assistant Professor
Faculty
Ralph N. Mead
Associate Professor, Depart‐
ment of Chemistry and Bio‐
chemistry
Professor and Assistant Chair,
Department of Chemistry and
Biochemistry
Professor, Department of Chem‐
istry and Biochemistry and Asso‐
ciate Director, CMS
CS Brown Distinguished Profes‐
sor of Chemistry and Biochemis‐
try
Stephen A. Skrabal
Joan D. Willey
Jeffrey Wright
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
b.) Provide current number and general description of undergraduate students, graduate students,
and post‐docs involved with the Activity. Do not list individual students or post‐docs.
High School student: 1
Undergraduate students working on research in marine chemistry/geochemistry = 8
MS students working on research in marine chemistry/geochemistry = 15
Post‐docs: one plus one arriving in December 2012
2. Funding
Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of
revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes
of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011
– June 30, 2012.
Table C2: Revenue
$633,419
FY13 ($)
Current
$516,925
FY14 ($)
Projected
$252,032
$22,878
$144,717
$24,987
$0
$661,300
$756,208
$663,927
$663,927
$663,927
$0
$191,869
$992,962
$0
$69,222
$1,222,814
$0
$51,629
$1,493,691
$0
$50,672
$1,256,511
$0
$50,702
$966,661
Source
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
FY12 ($)
Federal
State (not incl.
University
Institution (e.g.
University)
Foundation
Other*
Total
$139,792
$374,506
$0
124
Table C3: Expenses
Source
Personnel
Programmatic
Physical infrastruc‐
ture
Maintenance and
operation
Equipment (>$5,000)
Other Direct Costs*
Total
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
FY12 ($)
$710,896
$349,180
$0
FY13 ($)
Current
$686,933
$65,656
$0
FY14 ($)
Projected
$686,933
$65,656
$0
$699,388
$285,988
$0
4676,884
$385,704
$1,994
$718
$0
$227
$160
$160
$54,681
$41,674
$1,082,449
$54,325
$20,193
$13,571
$69,996
$76,652
$0
$1,188,903 $1,157,149 $766,319
$13,571
$0
$766,319
*Tables C2 and C3 represent summaries from the office of the Dean of the College of Arts and Sci‐
ences that represent the Income and Expenses associated with their roles as full time teaching facul‐
ty as well as their federal and state funded grant initiatives.
3. Physical infrastructure
Currently the MACRL group of marine chemists are housed on the main campus in Dobo Hall. They
currently occupy six offices (5 faculty and one postdoc office) and three research laboratories, a
clean room, and a walk‐in refrigerator. We have included a list of equipment shared by all chemistry
faculty in the narrative above.) Specialized equipment includes photochemical irradiation equip‐
ment, rainwater collectors, a Fluorimeter, an ion chromatograph, and other specialized equipment.
A separate list of equipment maintained by Dr. Jeff Wright in his laboratory facilities at the Center
for Marine Science is contained in that section of this report.
D. Research, Teaching, Public and Professional Service
1. Research
In the below table, list currently funded research projects (extramural and intramural). Include title,
investigators, dollar amount, and time frame. You may reference information in the REACH NC Ap‐
pendix in response to this question.
Table D1. Research
Project title
REU: Formic and Ace‐
tic Acids in Wilming‐
ton, NC Rainwater:
Have Concentrations
Changed in the Last
Ten Years?
PI/CoPIs – include insti‐
tution
Kieber, R.J.; Avery, G.
B.; Willey, J. D.
125
Sponsor
NSF
Amount
$
6,830
Dates
1/1/2008‐
12/31/2009
RUI: Impact of chang‐
ing fuel usage on the
atmospheric cycling of
ethanol, optically ac‐
tive organic com‐
pounds and Fe in
rainwater
Kieber, R.J.; Avery, G.
B.; Mead, R. N.; Willey,
J. D.
NSF
614,480
9/1/2010‐
8/31/2013
MRI: Acquisition of an
LC/MSn
Mead, R. N.; Seaton,
P.J.
NSF
187,884
10/1/2010‐
9/30/2013
RUI: Photochemical
Transformations of
Algal Toxins (PbTx‐2,
PbTx‐3 and
microcystin‐LR) on
resuspended sedi‐
ments in Coastal Eco‐
systems
Ralph Mead; Gene
Avery; Robert Kieber;
Stephen Skrabal
NSF
678,515
5/1/2012‐
4/30/2015
Persistent indicators
of anthropogenic in‐
puts to tidal creeks in
New Hanover County,
NC
Skrabal, S. A.
NC State Uni‐
versity (NCSU)
1500
1/1/2008‐
7/31/2009
Metals and Polycyclic
Aromatic Hydrocar‐
bons in Sediments,
Northeast Cape Fear
River, North Carolina
Stephen Skrabal, Ralph
Mead
NC Coastal
Federation
28,598
11/1/2010‐
8/31/2012
Heavy metal and or‐
ganic contaminants in
oysters and sediments
in resource waters,
southeastern North
Stephen Skrabal; Ralph
Mead
NC
DENR/Division
of Marine Fish‐
eries
89,023
7/25/2011‐
6/30/2012
126
Carolina
RUI:
Stephen Skrabal;
Photobiogeochemistry Brooks Avery; Robert
Kieber; Ralph Mead
of resuspended sedi‐
ments in coastal envi‐
ronments: Impacts on
organic matter and
trace metal cycling
NSF
582,468
6/1/2008‐
8/31/2012
Developing Future
Scientists in Rural NC
Community Colleges
Jeffrey Wright; Ryan
Van Wagoner
Brunswick
Community
College
5000
7/1/2008‐
1/31/2009
Chemical and biologi‐
cal studies on a new
antiviral compound
from a cultured ma‐
rine dinoflagellate
Jeffrey Wright; Arthur
Frampton; Carmelo
Tomas; Patricia Fox
NC Biotechnol‐
ogy Center
74,961
7/1/2011‐
12/31/2012
2. Teaching and Instruction (if applicable)
a.) Identify courses taught for degree credit that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D2. Teaching and Instruction for Degree Credit
Dates of‐
Instructor(s) Brief description of course (one
Course title,
sentence)
fered
and
number, and
affiliation(s)
level
CHM 101
General Chem‐
istry I
Every fall
and spring
semester
10 Chemis‐
try Faculty
CHM 101
General Chem‐
istry II
Every fall
and spring
semester
5 chemistry
faculty
Introduction to chemistry with
emphasis on providing an over‐
view of the subject with empha‐
sis on conceptual and quantita‐
tive aspects of the discipline.
Introduction to chemistry with
emphasis on providing an over‐
view of the subject with empha‐
127
Enrollment Figures
Total/on‐site/distance
education, average
for 2008‐2012
1200/1150/50
600/600/0
CHM 211
Organic Chem‐
istry I
CHM 235
Quantitative
Analysis (un‐
dergrad.)
CHML 235
Quantitative
Analysis La‐
boratory (un‐
dergrad.)
Every fall
and spring
semester
Every fall
and spring
semester
CHM 475 In‐
troduction to
Chemical
Oceanography
(upper‐level
undergrad.)
CHM 491 Di‐
rected Individ‐
ual Study (un‐
dergrad.)
Every
spring se‐
mester
CHM 499 Hon‐
ors Work in
Chemistry
(undergrad.)
CHM 512 NMR
Spectroscopy
and Mass
Spectrometry
(grad.)
CHM 575
Chemical
Oceanography
(grad.)
CHM 576
Chemical and
Physical Analy‐
sis of Seawater
(grad.)
Every fall
and spring
semester
Every
spring,
summer,
and fall
semester
Every
spring,
summer,
and fall
semester
Every
spring se‐
mester
Every fall
semester
Every fall
semester
6 chemistry
faculty
sis on quantitative aspects of
the discipline.
Introduction to the chemistry of
carbon.
420/420/0
Dr. Stephen
Skrabal
(CHM)
Introduction to analytical chem‐
ical techniques.
52/52/0 (avg. per se‐
mester)
Mr. Richard
Lancaster
and Dr. Ste‐
phen
Skrabal
(CHM)
Dr. Stephen
Skrabal
(CHM)
Introduction to lab techniques in
analytical chemistry.
40/40/0 (avg. per se‐
mester)
Chemical properties and pro‐
cesses in the marine environ‐
ment.
13/13/0 (avg. per
spring semester)
Varies
(CHM)
Student research mentored by
individual faculty members.
56/56/0 (avg. per year
(spring, summer,fall))
Varies
(CHM)
Student research performed
over 2 or 3 semesters mentored
by faculty member; requires
honors thesis and defense in
front of faculty committee.
Lecture and lab‐based instruc‐
tion in NMR and mass spectros‐
copy techniques and interpreta‐
tion.
25/25/0 (average per
year (spring, summer,
fall))
Chemical properties and pro‐
cesses in the marine environ‐
ment.
12/12/0 (avg. per fall
semester)
Lecture, field and laboratory
instruction in common chemical
measurements in oceanogra‐
phy.
10/10/0 (avg. per fall
semester)
Drs. Pam
Seaton,
Emmanouil
Chatzakis
and Ralph
Mead
(CHM)
Dr. Joan
Willey
(CHM)
Drs. Robert
Kieber
(CHM) and
Robert
Whitehead
128
14/14/0 (avg. per
spring semester)
CHM 579 Role
of the Oceans
in Human
Health (grad.)
CHM 591 Di‐
rected Individ‐
ual Study
(graduate)
Every fall
semester
(CMS)
Dr. Jeffrey
Wright
(CMS/CHM)
Discovery, structure, and biological activity of marine bioactive
compounds, marine biotoxins
4/4/0 (avg. per fall
semester)
Every fall
and spring
semester
Varies
(CHM/CMS)
Student research or instruction
mentored by individual faculty
members.
37/30/7 (avg. per year
(spring,, summer, fall))
Varies
(CHM/CMS)
Graduate research mentored by
faculty member(s).
MSC 526
Cruise or Field
Sampling
Every fall
and spring
semester
Every fall
and spring
semester
Dr. Joan
Willey
(CHM/CMS)
Cruise or other field experience
in sampling techniques and pro‐
tocols.
52/36/16 (avg. per
year (spring, summer,
fall))
2/2/0 (avg. per semes‐
ter)
MSC 595
Graduate Sem‐
inar
Every
spring se‐
mester
Dr. Joan
Willey
(CHM/CMS)
Student attendance and com‐
mentary on research presenta‐
tions.
CHM 599 The‐
sis (grad.)
11/11/0 (avg. per se‐
mester)
b.) Identify workshops, continuing education, or other non‐credit bearing instruction to community
that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D3: Non‐Degree Credit Instruction
Workshop/Instruction Dates of‐
Instructor(s)
title
fered
and
Affiliation(s)
Brief description of instruc‐
tion (1 sentence)
Enrollment Figures
Total/on‐
site/distance edu
c.) Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Profession‐
al Service will be captured in a different section, so please constrain this list to those examples that
serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as science cafes and
K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Public Service / Out‐
Dates
Personnel Involved Participants in
129
Number of partic‐
reach/Engagement pro‐
gram name and brief de‐
scription (one sentence)
program (e.g. K‐12
teachers)
ipants
Weekly seminar series
Department of Chemistry and
Biochemistry
ongoing
All chemistry facul‐
ty and students,
local chemists
Outside speakers
Variable, approx‐
imately 50
Faculty and student collab‐
oration and exchange,
Southampton U., UK
2011‐
2012
UNCW and US
Faculty, UNCW
Masters student,
SU Ph.D. student
5
Brazilian rainwater study
collaboration
2010‐
ongoing
UNCW and U Sao
Paolo faculty and
MS students
9
Collaborative river sam‐
pling, U Belize
2012
UNCW: Stephen
Skrabal, Joan Wil‐
ley, Lauren Kipp,
SU: Peter Statham,
Mark Hopkins
UNCW: Robert
Kieber, Brooks
Avery, Ralph Mead,
Joan Willey, Steph‐
anie Kinney, Angela
Carroll, Amanda
Guy
Brazil: Lucia Cam‐
pos, MS student
Dr. Stephen Skrabal
and Belize faculty
member
UNCW and Belize
faculty
2
d.) Professional Service
Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activity have provid‐
ed to North Carolina or at the regional / national / international level. Include all North Carolina ad‐
visory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit
this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D5. Professional Service
Board or Group name
Dates
National Science Foun‐
dation, Sea Grant. others
Many scientific journals
Bald Head Conservancy
Bald Head Conservancy
Isaac bear Early College
High School
ongoing
ongoing
Summer
2012
Summer
2012
Fall 2012
Activity member name and affilia‐
tion
All faculty
Service provided
All faculty
Dr. Brooks Avery
Manuscript review
Directing interns on
Bald Head Island
Gave seminar
Dr. Brooks Avery
Drs. Joan Willey and John Helms
130
Proposal reviewing
Supervised senior pro‐
ject
E. Outputs and Impacts
a) Publications
1. Avery, G.B., Kieber, R.J., Taylor, K.J. and Dickson‐Brown, J.L. 2012. Dissolved organic carbon re‐
lease from surface sand of a high energy beach along the southeastern coast of North Carolina,
USA . Marine Chemistry. 132‐133, 23‐27.
2. Hitchcock G.L., Fourqurean J., Mead R.N., and Heil C.A. 2012. Brevetoxin persistence in sedi‐
ments and seagrass epiphytes of east Florida coastal waters. Harmful Algae 13, 89‐94.
3. Kieber, R.J., Adams, M.B., Willey, J.D., Whitehead, R.F., Avery, G.B., Mullaugh, K.M. and Mead,
R.N. 2012. Short term temporal variability in the photochemically mediated alteration of
chromophoric dissolved organic matter (CDOM) in rainwater. Atmospheric Environment 50,
112‐119.
4. Mead R.N. and Seaton P.J. 2011. GC/MS quantitation and identification of bisphenol‐A isolated
from water. Journal of Chemical Education 88, 1130‐1132.
5. Mullaugh, K. M., Kieber, R. J., Willey, J. D., and Avery, G. B. 2011. Long term analysis of hydrogen
peroxide in Wilmington, NC, USA rainwater. Environmental Science and Technology, 45, 9538 –
9542.
6. Southwell, M., Mead, R.N., Luquire, C.M., Barbera, A., Avery, G.B., Kieber, R.J. and Skrabal, S.A.
2011. Influence of organic matter Source and diagenetic state on photochemical fluxes of dis‐
solved organic matter and nutrients from resuspendable sediments. Marine Chemistry 126, 114‐
119.
7. Willey, J.D., Glinski, D.A., Southwell, M., Long, M.S., Avery Jr., G.B. and Kieber, R.J. 2011. Decadal
variations of rainwater formic and acetic acid concentrations in Wilmington, NC, USA” Atmos‐
pheric Environment. 45, 1010‐1014 doi:10.1016/j.atmosenv.2010.10.047.
8. Kieber, R.J., Pitt, J., Skrabal, S.A. and Wright, J.L.C. 2010. Photodegradation of the brevetoxin
PbTx‐2 in coastal seawater. Limnology and Oceanography 55, 2299‐2304.
9. Kieber, R.J., Smith, J., Mullaugh, K.M., Southwell, M.W., Avery Jr., G.B. and Willey, J.D. 2010. In‐
fluence of dissolved organic carbon on photochemically mediated cycling of hydrogen peroxide
in rainwater. Journal of Atmospheric Chemistry 64, 149‐158. DOI 10.1007/s10874‐010‐9174‐x.
10. Southwell, M.W., Smith, J. D., Kieber, R. J. and Willey, J. D. 2010. Seasonal variability of formal‐
dehyde production from photolysis of rainwater dissolved organic carbon. Atmospheric Envi‐
ronment 44, 3638‐3643.
11. Southwell, M.W., Avery, G.B., Kieber, R.J., Mead, R.N. and Skrabal, S.A. 2010. Effects of sunlight
on the production of dissolved organic and inorganic nutrients from resuspended sediments. Bi‐
ogeochemistry 98, 115‐126.
131
12. Avery, G.B., Kieber, R.J. and Taylor, K. 2009. Nitrogen release from surface sand of a high energy
beach face along the southeastern coast of North Carolina, USA. Biogeochemistry. 89, 357‐365.
13. Avery, G.B., Dickson Brown, J.L., Willey, J.D. and Kieber, R.J. 2009. Assessment of rainwater vol‐
atile organic carbon in southeastern North Carolina, USA. Atmospheric Environment 43, 2678‐
2681.
14. Kieber, R.J., Parler, N.E., Skrabal, S.A., and Willey, J.D., 2009. Speciation and photochemistry of
mercury in rainwater. Journal of Atmospheric Chemistry 60, 153‐168.
15. Mead, R.N., Morgan, J.B., Avery, G.B., Kieber, R.J., Kirk, A., Skrabal, S.A., and Willey, J.D. 2009.
Occurrence of the artificial sweetener sucralose in coastal and marine waters. Marine Chemistry
116, 13‐17.
16. Miller, C, Gordon, K.G., Kieber, R.J., Willey, J.D. and Seaton, P.J. 2009. Chemical characteristics of
chromophoric dissolved organic matter in rainwater. Atmosperhic Environment 43, 2497‐2502.
17. Willey, J.D., Kieber, R.J. and Yavari, J.R. 2009. Fe(II) in coastal rainwater: Changing stability and
concentrations. Aquatic Sciences 71, 144‐150.
18. Willey, J. D., Inscore, M. T. Kieber, R. J., and Skrabal, S. A. 2009. Manganese in coastal rainwater:
Speciation, photochemistry and deposition to seawater. Journal of Atmospheric Chemistry 62,
31‐43.
19. Bouillon, R.C., Kieber, R.J., Skrabal, S.A. and Wright, J.L.C. 2008. Photochemistry and identifica‐
tion of photodegradation products of the marine toxin domoic acid. Marine Chemisty 110: 18‐
27.
20. Mead R. N. and Goñi M. 2008. Matrix protected organic matter in a river dominated margin: A
possible mechanism to sequester terrestrial organic matter? Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta
72, 2673‐2686.
b.) List non‐refereed publications such as journal articles, reviews, conference papers, books and
book chapters directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐
tive publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. NONE
2. Technical Outputs
List any technical outputs such as CDs, software programs, databases, algorithms, and/or measure‐
ment instruments. Include the key participants and their affiliation. There is no time limit on
when these occurred. NONE
3. Commercialization and Technology Transfer
List and describe commercialization or the transfer of technology to either the private or the
governmental sector. Technology transfer can include a range of actions including patent
132
applications, company formations, and/or licensing agreements. There is no time limit on
when these occurred: NONE
4. Awards and Honors
Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of
their participation in the Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publica‐
tions for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.
Table E1. Awards and Honors
Award or Honor
Date
Name
UNCW 5 million
dollar club
UNCW 5 million
dollar club
James F. Merritt
award
Exemplary post‐
tenure review
Exemplary post‐
tenure review
Exemplary post‐
tenure review
UNCW Faculty
Scholarship
Award
Brief Description
2012
G.Brooks Avery, Jr.
2012
Robert J. Kieber
2011
Ralph N. Mead
2011
Joan D. Willey
Recognition for $5 million in external
awards
Recognition for $5 million in external
awards
Recognition for $1 million in external
awards
Outstanding performance in 5 year review
2011
Stephen A. Skrabal
Outstanding performance in 5 year review
2009
Robert J. Kieber
Outstanding performance in 5 year review
2008
Stephen A. Skrabal
Award for outstanding research or artistic
achievement
F. Other: NONE
133
Section II‐5. Coastal and Marine Science Activities
A. Activity: DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
B. Activity Narrative
Describe the mission and history of the Activity.
The Department of Environmental Studies is a community of scholars dedicated to excellence in teach‐
ing, scholarship, research, and service. The department strives for excellence in teaching and offers a
modern curriculum leading to Bachelor of Arts in environmental studies, a Bachelor of Science degree in
environmental science, a Post‐Baccalaureate Certificate in environmental studies, and a Master of Arts
in environmental studies. The department considers the use of experiential education, including intern‐
ships, honors projects and directed individual studies, to be essential for effective learning. The de‐
partment is committed to preparing its students for careers in the emerging knowledge‐based economy
and helping them become life‐long learners.
The department seeks to enrich the learning environment through the active professional development
of its faculty. This includes professional development in teaching, scholarship, research, and service.
The department is committed to providing leadership in the use of emerging concepts, technologies,
and techniques both on campus and in the surrounding region. The department regularly sponsors lec‐
tures and other activities to enrich the academic life of the campus and the community at‐large.
The department supports the university’s values of diversity, global perspectives, community citizenship,
and human integrity.
In March 2003, Environmental Studies was approved as a department in the College of Arts and Scienc‐
es. Previously, Environmental Studies was an interdisciplinary academic program with expertise and
resources distributed across several academic units including the Watson School of Education, Depart‐
ment of Biology and Marine Biology, and Department of Geology and Geography.
Discuss what makes this Activity unique, competitive, compelling, and/or of strategic importance.
The Department of Environmental Studies at UNCW is currently the largest environmental studies de‐
partment in the state with nearly 350 undergraduate majors and 45 graduate students. Students, like
the general population, are naturally drawn to the coastal region for its mixture of aesthetic, commer‐
cial, and recreational opportunities. This attraction results in the Department being the fastest growing
department in the College with a 170% increase in enrollment and majors over the past 5 years.
Being part of North Carolina’s coastal university, UNCW, The Department of Environmental Studies cap‐
italizes on our coastal location by emphasizing coastal issues in our teaching and research programs,
with particular expertise in natural and coastal resource management, policy, and the physical dynamics
of the coast. The study of environmental science within this coastal context allows students to fashion
personalized learning experiences tailored to their interests.
Identify the most significant impact(s) of the program on research, education, and/or society (includ‐
ing direct contributions to policy or management decisions) since January 1, 2008.
A requirement for graduation in the Department is successful completion of an applied learning project.
For EVS students (>90%), this requirement is met by completing an internship with an outside profes‐
134
sional agency. EVS currently has over 300 approved internship sites to choose from and the EVS Intern‐
ship Coordinator helps students with selection, set‐up, and mentors the student through the experience.
In 2011‐12, 87 students completed internships in EVS providing over 14,000 hours of service to these
agencies. Since 2008, over 300 students have completed internships totaling more than 48,000 hours of
service to environmentally related agencies in North Carolina. These agencies include (but are not lim‐
ited to) the North Carolina Aquariums, the NC Division of Water Quality, the U.S. Army Corps of Engi‐
neers, the Audubon Society, Cape Fear River Watch, Coast Watch, the Coastal Land Trust, and Moore’s
Creek National Historic Site.
Provide a description of the most significant challenges that will be faced by the Activity in the next
year, and in the next five years.
The most pressing challenge facing the Department of Environmental Studies over the next year and
next 5 years is providing sufficient access for students to faculty and other resources needed for their
academic training in the face of rapid and sustained program growth. Currently, the department has
nearly 350 undergraduate majors, 50 minors, and 50 graduate students and growth continues at a rapid
rate. Instruction at present is accomplished by 5 tenure track faculty (including the chair, assistant chair,
graduate coordinator, and internship coordinator), 1 phased retiree, 2 lecturers, and 2 part‐time instruc‐
tors. Two additional tenure track positions will be added in 2012‐13 but will come with the loss of the 2
current lecturer positions.
As the department continues to grow in student and faculty numbers, space also becomes an issue. We
have recently (fall 2012) moved into new classroom, office, and research facilities but it is anticipated
that within the next 3 years we will outgrow our new space. Currently, we have one research lab which
is shared by the entire faculty, undergraduate, and graduate students. Although well outfitted, one lab
limits the ability the faculty, graduate, and undergraduate students to conduct research activities.
Along with limitations in faculty and space, departmental budgets are inadequate to meet the needs of
our rapidly growing student population. EVS has the lowest spending per student in the College of Arts
and Sciences. This severely constrains our ability to provide equipment, field experiences, and supplies
need to support the academic and research missions of the department.
It is anticipated that the Department will continue to grow in student numbers (both graduate and un‐
dergraduate) in the next year and five years. This growth is indicated by the addition of 37 new EVS ma‐
jors since the start of classes in August 2012.
To meet the demands of this growth, the Department will need additional faculty in the next 5 years.
We are currently searching for 2 tenure track positions for fall 2013. In addition, we see the need for a
minimum of 5 tenure track positions and 2 full time lecturers. Obviously, this would also require addi‐
tional space and funding.
135
C. Resources
1. Personnel
a.) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include current
faculty searches that are underway or expected). Expand the below table as necessary.
Table C1. Personnel
Name
Robert Buerger
Title and department/college
Professor (phased 7/12) EVS,
CAS
Robert Cutting
Associate Professor EVS, CAS
Angelia Edwards
Jack Hall
Administrative Assistant
Professor and Chair, EVS, CAS
Jeffery Hill
Professor, EVS, CAS
James Rotenberg
Associate Professor, EVS, CAS
Anthony Snider
Assistant Professor, EVS, CAS
John Taggart
Associate Professor, EVS, CAS
Current Search
Assistant Professor, EVS, CAS
Current Search
Devon Eulie
Gregory Meyer
Paul Hearty
Assistant Professor, EVS, CAS
Lecturer, EVS, CAS
Lecturer, EVS, CAS
Research Associate Professor,
EVS, CAS
Role
Assistant Chair, B.A. coordinator, Fac‐
ulty (until 7/12); Coastal and Natural
Resource Management
Internship Coordinator (until 7/12);
Environmental Law
Administrative Assistant
Chair and B.S. Coordinator; Coastal
Geology and Paleontology
Graduate Coordinator; Coastal and
Natural Resource Management and
Environmental Education
Ornithology (coastal birds) and Tropi‐
cal Ecology
Assistant Chair (as of 7/12); Natural
Resource Policy of Coastal Environ‐
ments
Internship Coordinator (as of 7/12);
Coastal Management and coastal
botany
Environmental Conservation—
emphasis on coastal areas
Coastal Processes and Policy
Sustainability
GIS and Remote Sensing
Global Climate Change/Sea level Rise
b.) Provide current number and general description of undergraduate students, graduate students,
and post‐docs involved with the Activity. Do not list individual students or post‐docs.
EVS—Fall 2012
‐‐343 undergraduate majors
‐‐52 undergraduate minors
‐‐47 MA students
136
2. Funding
Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of
revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes
of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011 –
June 30, 2012.
Table C2: Revenue
Source
Federal
State (not including uni‐
versity
Institution (e.g. University)
Foundation
Other*
Total
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
FY12 ($)
$172,874
$12,000
FY13 ($)
Current
$128,477
$0
FY14 ($)
Projected
$0
$0
$107,376
$0
$19,377
$0
$891,310
$4,478
$12,297
$1,015,461
$894,303
$0
$15,860
$929,540
$964,859
$0
$12,447
$1,162,180
$908,992
$0
$5,000
$1,042,469
$908,992
$0
$5,000
$913,992
Revenue information represents totals for department. Projected figures assume flat funding and
incorporate anticipated grant end.
Table C3: Expenses
Source
Personnel
Programmatic
Physical infrastruc‐
ture
Maintenance and
operation
Equipment (>$5,000)
Other Direct Costs*
Total
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
FY12 ($)
$952,121
$50,855
$0
FY13 ($)
Current
$938,046
$33,521
$0
FY14 ($)
Projected
$947,433
$21,784
$0
$846,872
$39,184
$11,797
$868,303
$32,812
$0
$289
$2,500
$0
$0
$0
$0
$17,490
$915,632
$0
$15,365
$918,981
$0
$0
$10,116
$7,677
$1,013,092 $979,244
$0
$0
$969,217
Expense information represents totals for department. Projected figures assume flat funding and
incorporate anticipated grant end.
3. Physical infrastructure
Describe the key physical infrastructure that supports your Activity. Include buildings, boats, spe‐
cialized equipment, land, core facilities, and any other unique capability. Include pending infrastruc‐
ture additions. Please indicate who owns the physical infrastructure and whether it is a shared re‐
source. If shared, by whom?
Environmental Studies recently moved (fall 2012) to the newly opened Teaching Lab Building. EVS
has a total of 9,680 square feet of teaching, office, and research space. This includes 3 dedicated
classrooms, 1 shared GIS lab, 2 teaching labs, 1 lab prep/research lab, departmental office and 13
faculty offices. The Department has 2 RTK survey units, 20 GPS units, 20 water quality test instru‐
ments (YSI), and assorted field equipment.
137
EVS also uses the Ev‐Henwood Coastal Forest Research Station (107 acre bottomland and upland
forest‐UNCW); Broadfoot Research Property (salt marsh and tidal creek‐UNCW); Longterm Ecosys‐
tem Reserve (750 acres bottom land forest and tidal creeks‐UNCW); Masonboro Island (NC NEER)
and Bald Head Island Conservancy as research and teaching field sites.
D. Research, Teaching, Public and Professional Service
1. Research
In the below table, list currently funded research projects (extramural and intramural). Include title,
investigators, dollar amount, and time frame.You may reference information in the REACH NC Ap‐
pendix in response to this question.
Table D1. Research
Project title
PLIOcene MAXimum
sea level (PLIOMAX):
Dynamic ice sheet‐
Earth response in a
warmer world
Masonboro Visitation
Methodology
Painted Bunting Ob‐
server Team
Cahill‐Belize
Evolutionary and en‐
vironmental process‐
es affecting the diver‐
sity of land snails in
Jamaica
Savanna Understory
Restoration at Maple
Hill, NC
Census and Manage‐
ment Planning for
North Carolina Popu‐
lations of Cooley's
Meadowrue
PI/CoPIs – include insti‐
tution
Paul Hearty
Sponsor
Amount
Dates
National Fish
Wildlife Foun‐
dation
$655,332.86
9/1/2011‐
8/31/2016
Jeff Hill, Anthony Snid‐
er, James Herstine,
Robert Buerger, Susan
Simmons
James Rotenberg
NCDENR Divi‐
sion of Coastal
Management
(DCM)
US Fish and
Wildlife Service
Cahill
$12,000
3/1/2012‐
12/31/2012
$49,000
NSF
$263,534.40
4/1/2006‐
12/31/2012
7/1/2012‐
6/30/2013
1/1/2011‐
12/31/13
John Taggart
NSF
$30,000
1/1/2011‐
12/31/2013
John Taggart
US Fish and
Wildlife Service
$10,800
6/1/2012‐
5/31/2014
James Rotenberg, Jeff
Hill
Paul Hearty
$5000
2. Teaching and Instruction (if applicable)
a.) Identify courses taught for degree credit that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D2. Teaching and Instruction for Degree Credit
138
Course title,
number, and
level
Dates
offered
Instructor(s)
and
affiliation(s)
Brief description of course (one
sentence)
EVS 195‐001
Intro To Envi‐
ronmental Stud‐
ies
EVS 195‐002
Intro To Envi‐
ronmental Stud‐
ies
EVS 195‐003
Intro To Envi‐
ronmental Stud‐
ies
EVS 195‐004
Intro To Envi‐
ronmental Stud‐
ies
EVS 195‐005
Intro To Envi‐
ronmental Stud‐
ies
EVS 195‐110
Intro To Envi‐
ronmental Stud‐
ies
EVS 195‐111
Intro To Envi‐
ronmental Stud‐
ies
EVS 195‐112
Intro To Envi‐
ronmental Stud‐
ies
EVS 205‐001
Global Environ‐
mental Issues
Fall,
Spring
Jack Hall
Interdisciplinary introduction to the
scope and application of environ‐
mental studies.
Fall,
Spring
Jack Hall
Interdisciplinary introduction to the
scope and application of environ‐
mental studies.
75
Fall,
Spring
Robert Cutting
Interdisciplinary introduction to the
scope and application of environ‐
mental studies.
68
Fall,
Spring
Megan Ennes
Interdisciplinary introduction to the
scope and application of environ‐
mental studies.
29
Fall,
Spring
Robert Cutting
Interdisciplinary introduction to the
scope and application of environ‐
mental studies.
26
Fall,
Spring
Jeff Hill
Interdisciplinary introduction to the
scope and application of environ‐
mental studies.
24
Fall,
Spring
Jack Hall
Interdisciplinary introduction to the
scope and application of environ‐
mental studies.
20
Fall,
Spring
Jack Hall
Interdisciplinary introduction to the
scope and application of environ‐
mental studies.
25
Fall,
Spring
James Roten‐
berg
72
EVS 205‐002
Global Environ‐
mental Issues
Fall,
Spring
James Roten‐
berg
Interdisciplinary study of global
environmental issues concentrating
on three major current problems:
the Antarctic ozone hole and strat‐
ospheric ozone depletion around
the world, global warming, and acid
rain.
Interdisciplinary study of global
environmental issues concentrating
on three major current problems:
139
Enrollment Fig‐
ures
Total/on‐
site/distance
education
109
37
EVS 205‐003
Global Environ‐
mental Issues
Fall,
Spring
James Roten‐
berg
EVS 281‐001
Intro to GIS in
EVS
Fall,
Spring
Greg Meyer
EVS 281‐002
Intro to GIS in
EVS
Fall,
Spring
Greg Meyer
EVS 281‐002
Intro to GIS in
EVS
Fall,
Spring
Greg Meyer
EVS 330‐001
Natural Re‐
source Econom‐
ics
Fall,
Spring
Peter
Schuhmann
EVS 360‐001
Human Dimen‐
sions Nat Res
Mgmt
Fall,
Spring
Jeff Hill
the Antarctic ozone hole and strat‐
ospheric ozone depletion around
the world, global warming, and acid
rain.
Interdisciplinary study of global
environmental issues concentrating
on three major current problems:
the Antarctic ozone hole and strat‐
ospheric ozone depletion around
the world, global warming, and acid
rain.
An introduction to how GIS works
and how it is used as a tool to ad‐
dress environmental manage‐
ment/study issues. An applied per‐
spective on a fundamental tool for
today's environment manag‐
er/scientist.
An introduction to how GIS works
and how it is used as a tool to ad‐
dress environmental manage‐
ment/study issues. An applied per‐
spective on a fundamental tool for
today's environment manag‐
er/scientist.
An introduction to how GIS works
and how it is used as a tool to ad‐
dress environmental manage‐
ment/study issues. An applied per‐
spective on a fundamental tool for
today's environment manag‐
er/scientist.
Economic principles developed and
applied to evaluate public and pri‐
vate decisions involving the use
and allocation of natural resources.
Optimal control theory developed
and applied to the management of
natural resources. Attention to
specific resource management are‐
as such as forests and fisheries.
Feasibility of alternatives for public
policy.
The history, development, legisla‐
tion and management of natural
resource‐based recreation areas.
Management techniques used by
140
23
23
24
22
28
40
EVS 362‐001
Environmental
Law
Fall,
Spring
Robert Cutting
EVS 364‐001
Natural Re‐
source Policy
Fall,
Spring
Anthony Snider
EVS 430‐001
Tropical Envi‐
ronmental Ecol‐
ogy
Fall,
Spring
James Roten‐
berg
EVS 472‐001
Coastal Protect‐
ed Areas Mgmt
Fall,
Spring
John Taggart
EVS 476‐001
Top & Issues in
Sustainability
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
141
federal, state and municipal recrea‐
tion resource agencies highlighted.
Examination of the purposes,
methodology, and impacts of the
environmental regulatory process,
ranging from traditional common
law remedies to novel approaches
such as the pollution rights mar‐
kets.
Existing natural resource laws, in‐
stitutions and programs are sum‐
marized in their historical context
and in relation to current natural
resource issues. Philosophical un‐
derpinnings of policy positions are
examined and discussed. Models of
policy creation, implementation,
and reform, with specific examples
focusing on natural resource man‐
agement.
In‐depth introduction to the issues,
debates, and conservation of tropi‐
cal environments, especially focus‐
ing on the current ecological, so‐
cial, and economic environmental
problems. Emphasis on the
Neotropics of Central and South
Amercia and the Caribbean, alt‐
hough Asian, African, Australian,
and Polynesian tropical locations
will also be covered.
Study of resource management
focused on protected areas main‐
tained by government agencies and
by private non‐profit organization.
Emphasis will be on natural area
significance, site selection, man‐
agement plan development, policy
formulation, protection options,
use conflicts, and public relations.
Fundamentals and current topical
issues (global to local) related to
the concept of a sustainable socie‐
ty. The environmental issues (ener‐
gy, water, climate, soil, forests,
food, and population) will be the
primary focus of the course but
37
74
44
13
27
current social and economic issues
will be woven into each topic.
Study of ASTM guidelines for envi‐
ronmental site assessment, empha‐
sis on historic overview, regula‐
tions, and preparation methods
associated with environmental site
assessment.
EVS 477‐001
Environmental
Site Assessment
Fall,
Spring
Stan Harts
EVS 485‐001
Applied Learn‐
ing
EVS 485‐004
Spec Topics
Reimaging Na‐
ture
EVS 485‐005
Spec Topics
Coast Envr
Change
EVS 485‐006
Spec Topics En‐
viron Sci
EVS 495‐001
LEC: Seminar in
Environmemtal
Studies
Fall,
Spring
John Taggart
3
Fall,
Spring
Sue Kezios
13
Fall,
Spring
Paul Hearty
6
Fall,
Spring
Roger Shew
18
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
12
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
12
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
10
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
8
Fall,
Spring
John Taggart
EVS 495‐200
LAB: Seminar in
Environmental
Studies
EVS 495‐201
LAB: Seminar in
Environmental
Studies
EVS 495‐202
LAB: Seminar in
Environmental
Studies
EVS 495‐203
LAB: Seminar in
Environmental
Studies
EVS 497 Practi‐
cum Environ
Studies
Individual reports and group dis‐
cussions of the results of student
field, laboratory, or library research
on selected topics in environmental
planning and policies.
Advanced field placement experi‐
ence in governmental, corporate,
NGO or other setting in the envi‐
ronmental field. Provides extended
142
31
42
12
EVSL 195‐200
Environmental
Studies Lab
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
EVSL 195‐201
Environmental
Studies Lab
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
EVSL 195‐202
Environmental
Studies Lab
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
EVSL 195‐203
Environmental
Studies Lab
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
EVSL 195‐204
Environmental
Studies Lab
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
EVSL 195‐205
Environmental
Studies Lab
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
EVSL 195‐206
Environmental
Studies Lab
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
EVSL 195‐207
Environmental
Studies Lab
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
EVSL 195‐208
Environmental
Studies Lab
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
opportunity for fieldwork, research,
and creative projects. Relates theo‐
ry to practical application in the
field.
Laboratory analysis of environmen‐
tal principles, resources, and prob‐
lems. Application of scientific and
social principles to solving current
environmental problems.
Laboratory analysis of environmen‐
tal principles, resources, and prob‐
lems. Application of scientific and
social principles to solving current
environmental problems.
Laboratory analysis of environmen‐
tal principles, resources, and prob‐
lems. Application of scientific and
social principles to solving current
environmental problems.
Laboratory analysis of environmen‐
tal principles, resources, and prob‐
lems. Application of scientific and
social principles to solving current
environmental problems.
Laboratory analysis of environmen‐
tal principles, resources, and prob‐
lems. Application of scientific and
social principles to solving current
environmental problems.
Laboratory analysis of environmen‐
tal principles, resources, and prob‐
lems. Application of scientific and
social principles to solving current
environmental problems.
Laboratory analysis of environmen‐
tal principles, resources, and prob‐
lems. Application of scientific and
social principles to solving current
environmental problems.
Laboratory analysis of environmen‐
tal principles, resources, and prob‐
lems. Application of scientific and
social principles to solving current
environmental problems.
Laboratory analysis of environmen‐
tal principles, resources, and prob‐
lems. Application of scientific and
143
16
14
10
11
14
11
9
11
10
EVSL 195‐209
Environmental
Studies Lab
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
EVSL 195‐210
Environmental
Studies Lab
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
EVSL 195‐211
Environmental
Studies Lab
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
EVSL 195‐212
Environmental
Studies Lab
Fall,
Spring
Devon Eulie
social principles to solving current
environmental problems.
Laboratory analysis of environmen‐
tal principles, resources, and prob‐
lems. Application of scientific and
social principles to solving current
environmental problems.
Laboratory analysis of environmen‐
tal principles, resources, and prob‐
lems. Application of scientific and
social principles to solving current
environmental problems.
Laboratory analysis of environmen‐
tal principles, resources, and prob‐
lems. Application of scientific and
social principles to solving current
environmental problems.
Laboratory analysis of environmen‐
tal principles, resources, and prob‐
lems. Application of scientific and
social principles to solving current
environmental problems.
17
15
8
8
b.) Identify workshops, continuing education, or other non‐credit bearing instruction to community
that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D3: Non‐Degree Credit Instruction
Workshop/Instructiontitle Datesoffered Instructor(s)
and
Affiliation(s)
Invited speaker‐ Painted
Bunting Project Green‐
ville River Park North Bird
Club
Sep. 2012
James Roten‐
berg
Painted Bunting Observer
Team (PBOT) Citizen Sci‐
ence Workshop
May‐Aug
2008‐2012
James Roten‐
berg
144
Brief description of
instruction (1 sen‐
tence)
Presentation up‐
date on status of
Eastern Painted
Bunting and coastal
and inland popula‐
tion differences
Training workshops
aimed to train citi‐
zen science volun‐
teers to collect data
for our coastal
Painted Bunting
Enrollment Fig‐
ures
Total/on‐
site/distance edu
45
500
Invited speaker ‐ Cape
Fear Audubon Society
Oct 2010
James Roten‐
berg
UNCW College Day Col‐
lege Day 2010
2010
James Roten‐
berg
Online Course Evaluation
Workshop
Spring 2009
Anthony Snider
Department of Environ‐
ment and Natural Re‐
sources’ Office of Envi‐
ronmental Education and
Public Affairs Certification
Program
2008 ‐ pre‐
sent
Jeffery Hill
research and moni‐
toring
50
“Close Encounters
of the Bird‐kind: A
Story of the Redis‐
covery of Wild Har‐
py Eagles in Belize”
Presentation/course 100
on Painted Bunting
study
Discussed means of 30
gaining substantive
evaluations of
online classes
Trainer
c.) Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Profession‐
al Service will be captured in a different section, so please constrain this list to those examples that
serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as science cafes and
K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Dates
Personnel In‐
Public Service / Out‐
volved
reach/Engagement pro‐
gram name and brief de‐
scription (one sentence)
February –
John Taggart
Mentor for: Ms. Neslie Di‐
April 2012
az, Laney High School, for
the spring semester senior
paper on ocean pollution
November
John Taggart
Mentor for: Ms. Jordan
2011
Peterson, Laney High
School, for a fall semester
senior paper on environ‐
mental pollution
John Taggart
Classes on plant identifica‐ January 8
tion
and 22,
2012
Guardian ad Litem
1999 to pre‐
sent
John Taggart
145
Participants in
program (e.g. K‐
12 teachers)
Number of partic‐
ipants
Senior student
1
Senior student
1
Cape Fear Audu‐
bon Society and
NC Native Plant
Society
New Hano‐
ver/Pender coun‐
30
Guardian ad Litem Associa‐
tion President
January
2012 to pre‐
sent
November
2010‐
December
2011
April 2008 –
October
2010
2009‐2010
John Taggart
ties
New Hanover
County
John Taggart
New Hanover
County
John Taggart
New Hanover
County
James Rotenberg
Cape Fear Chap‐
ter of the Audu‐
bon Society
May 2009
James Rotenberg
Science Olympiad regional
competition volunteer
event coordinator and as‐
sistant coach
Elected Board member
2003‐2012
Robert Cutting
Halliburton Park,
Carolina Beach
State Park
Science Olympiad
2005‐2012
Robert Cutting
Alternative Dispute Resolu‐
tion: Court‐appointed me‐
diator
Arbitrator in superior court
and district court cases
1997‐2012
Robert Cutting
1997‐2007
Robert Cutting
2010
Anthony Snider
2010, 2011,
and 2012
2008 ‐ pre‐
sent
Anthony Snider
Guardian ad Litem Associa‐
tion Treasurer
Guardian ad Litem Associa‐
tion Secretary
Judge and Committee
Member for the Bird‐
friendly Habitat Award
Program for the Cape Fear
Chapter of the Audubon
Society
Painted Bunting Banding
Workshop
Interviewee for two local
high school students on
environmental manage‐
ment issues for their senior
projects
Southeast Regional Science
Fair Judge/Lead Judge
Volunteer coordination at
Good Shepherd Homeless
Shelter
New Hanover County
Stewardship Development
Awards Judge
Graduation Project Review
Anthony Snider
North Carolina
League of Conser‐
vation Voters
Superior Court
and District Court
cases
Superior Court
and District Court
cases
New Hanover
County Schools
New Hanover
County Schools
Good Shepherd
Homeless Shelter
2008 ‐ pre‐
sent
Anthony Snider
New Hanover
County
2010 ‐ pre‐
Jeffery Hill
Laney High School
146
40
100
Board Judge
sent
d.) Professional Service
Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activityhave provid‐
ed to North Carolina or at the regional / national / international level.Include all North Carolina advi‐
sory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit
this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D5. Professional Service
Board or Group name
Dates
Activity member name and affilia‐
tion
James Rotenberg, UNCW
Service provided
Southeast Partners in
Flight Annual Meeting
Feb 6‐9,
2012
The Journal of Biogeog‐
raphy
Association of Field Orni‐
thologists Reviewer
Proceedings of the 4th
International Partners in
Flight Conference
Southeastern Naturalist
Journal
Studies in Avian Biology
Cape Fear Chapter of the
Audubon Society
2012
James Rotenberg, UNCW
Invited Panelist ‐ Public
Participation in Scien‐
tific Research (PPSR)
Panel Discussion on the
role of“Citizen Science”
in research
Reviewer
Fall 2008
James Rotenberg, UNCW
Reviewer
Fall 2008
James Rotenberg, UNCW
Reviewer
Spring 2008
James Rotenberg, UNCW
Guest editor
Spring 2008
Summer
2007 – Fall
2008
2009‐2011
James Rotenberg, UNCW
James Rotenberg, UNCW
Reviewer
Conservation Commit‐
tee Chair
Robert Cutting, UNCW
Invited reviewer
2012
Anthony Snider, UNCW
2012
Anthony Snider, UNCW
Reviewer for the peer‐
reviewed journal
Reviewer for the un‐
dergraduate research
journal
Reviewer for the peer‐
reviewed journal
Reviewer for the peer‐
reviewed journal
Reviewer for the peer‐
reviewed journal
Committee member
Kubasek & Silverman,
Environmental Law &
Policy (6th edition and 7th
edition) Pearson
Society and Natural Re‐
sources
Explorations
Environmental Education
Research
State and Local Govern‐
ment Review
LARNET
2011‐2012
Anthony Snider, UNCW
2011
Anthony Snider, UNCW
2010
Anthony Snider, UNCW
Masonboro Island Na‐
tional Estuarine Re‐
2008 ‐ pre‐
sent
Anthony Snider, UNCW
147
search Reserve Local
Advisory Committee
Bald Head Woods NC
Coastal Reserve Local
Advisory Committee
Bald Head Island Con‐
servancy Education and
Research Committee
Fort Fisher State Recrea‐
tion Area Advisory
Committee:
Evaluation team for NC
National Estuarine Re‐
search Reserve federal
312 evaluation
Cape Fear Arch Collabo‐
rative
Wiley Publishing
Environmental Education
Certification Committee,
Department of Environ‐
ment and Natural Re‐
sources’ Office of Envi‐
ronmental Education
and Public Affairs
State Environmental Ed‐
ucation Student Scholar‐
ship Committee, North
American Association for
Environmental Education
Ecological Understanding
as a Guideline for the
Evaluation of Nonformal
Education developed
cooperatively by the US
Forest Service, the Envi‐
ronmental Protection
Agency, the University of
Georgia, and the Univer‐
sity of Michigan
RPT, Indiana University
LARNet: The Cyber Jour‐
nal of Applied Leisure
and Recreation Research
LARNet: The Cyber Jour‐
nal of Applied Leisure
and Recreation Research
2008 ‐ pre‐
sent
Anthony Snider, UNCW
Committee member
2008 ‐ pre‐
sent
Anthony Snider, UNCW
Committee member
2008 ‐ pre‐
sent
Anthony Snider, UNCW
Committee member
Fall 2009
Anthony Snider, UNCW
Team member
2008‐2010
Anthony Snider, UNCW
Team member
2011
2011‐
present
Jeffery Hill
Jeffery Hill
Textbook reviewer
Committee member
2010‐2012
Jeffery Hill
Host
2010
Jeffery Hill
Reviewer
2009
2011‐
present
Jeffery Hill
Jeffery Hill
External reviewer
Reviewer
2010‐2011
Jeffery Hill
Associate Editor
148
LARNet: The Cyber Jour‐
nal of Applied Leisure
and Recreation Research
1999‐2010
Jeffery Hill
Associate Editorial Re‐
viewer
E. Outputs and Impacts
1. Publications
a.) List refereed publications directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or
representative publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. You may reference in‐
formation in the REACH NC Appendix in response to this question.
2012
Cutting, Robert H, Lawrence B. Cahoon & Jack C. Hall (In Press) UPDATE ON AEP v
CONNECTICUT (COMMON LAW vs GLOBAL WARMING): Like The Phoenix, Common Law
Actions Arise (and Proliferate), a discussion of the impact of American Electric Power v.
Connecticut, et al, on common law actions to redress the effects of global warming. Envi‐
ronmental Law, Lewis & Clark Law School.
2012
Taggart, J.B. and Z.L. Long. Soil factors in three populations of endangered golden sedge
(Carex lutea LeBlond). Castanea 77(2): 136–145.
2012
Rotenberg, J. A., Marlin, J. A., and Pop, L., Garcia, W. 2012. First record of a Harpy Eagle
(Harpia harpyja) nest in Belize. The Wilson Journal of Ornithology, 124:292‐297.
2012
Rotenberg, J. A., L. M. Barnhill, J. M. Meyers, and D. Demarest. 2012. Painted Bunting con‐
servation: traditional monitoring meets citizen science. Pp. 125–138 in C. A. Lepczyk and
P. S. Warren (editors). Urban bird ecology and conservation. Studies in Avian Biology (no.
45), University of California Press, Berkeley, CA.
2012
Fusco, Emily, Snider, Anthony, Luo, Shanhong. (2012). Perception of Global Climate
Change as a Mediator of the Effects of Major and Religion on College Students’ Environ‐
mentally Responsible Behavior. Environmental Education Research.
DOI:10.1080/13504622.2012.672965 (print forthcoming)
2011
Snider, Anthony, Luo, Shanhong, Hill, Jeffery, Buerger, Robert, Herstine, Jim (2011). Impli‐
cations for Place Attachment in Coastal Reserve Management. Ocean and Coastal Man‐
agement, 54: 612‐620
2011
Cutting, Robert H. , Cahoon, Lawrence B. and Hall, Jack C.(2011) 'If the Tide is Rising, Who
Pays for the Ark?', Coastal Management, 39: 3, 282 —295,
2011
Cutting, Robert H., Lawrence B. Cahoon, Jefferson F. Flood, Laura Horton, and Michael
Schramm (2011) "Spill the Beans: Goodguide, Walmart and EPA Use Information as Effi‐
cient, Market‐Based Regulation." Tulane Environmental Law Journal 24: 291‐334
2011
Snider, A., Hill, J., Luo, S., Buerger, R., & Herstine, J. (2011). Implications for place attach‐
ment in coastal reserve management. Ocean and Coastal Management, 54(8), 612‐620.
149
2010
Snider, A., Luo, S., Hill, J., Buerger, R., Herstine, J., Sutton, H. (2010). Factors affecting
knowledge, perceptions, and attitudes regarding North Carolina Coastal Reserve man‐
agement. Coastal Management, 38(5), 540‐558.
2010
Whitehead, J. C., Phaneuf, D. J., Dumas, C. F., Herstine, J., Hill, J., & Buerger, B. (2010).
Convergent validity of revealed and stated recreation behavior with quality change: A
comparison of multiple and single site demands. Environmental and Resource Economics,
45(1), 91‐112.
2010
Taggart, J.B. The Vascular Flora of Sandy Run Savannas State Natural Area, Onslow and
Pender Counties, North Carolina. Castanea 75(4): 484–499.
2010
Sherrill, Brandon, Snider, Anthony, & DePerno, Chris. (2010). White‐tailed deer on a barri‐
er island: Implications for preserving an ecologically important maritime forest. Proceed‐
ings of the Southeastern Association of Fish and Wildlife Agencies, 64, 38‐43
2010
Snider, Anthony, Luo, Shanhong, Hill, Jeffery, Buerger, Robert, Herstine, Jim, Sutton, Hope
(2010). Factors Affecting Knowledge, Perceptions, and Attitudes Regarding North Carolina
Coastal Reserve Management. Coastal Management, 38(5): 540‐558
2009
Snider, Anthony, Frederick Cubbage, 2009. Nonindustrial Private Forestland Owners: Esti‐
mating Responses to Economic and Demographic Changes. Saarbrücken, Germany, Lam‐
bert Academic Press
2009
Taggart, J.B., Ellis, J.M. and J.D. Sprouse Prescribed burning in state park properties of
North Carolina and nearby coastal states. Natural Areas Journal, Vol. 29(1): 64‐70.
2009
Cutting, Robert H. and Lawrence B. Cahoon (2009) Forensic Water Quality Investigations:
Identifying Pollution Sources and Polluters, in Handbook of Water Purity and Quality, edit‐
ed by Satinder Ahuja by Elsevier, Science and Technology Books.
2008
Cutting, Robert H. and Lawrence B. Cahoon (2008) The Gift that Keeps on Giving: Global
Warming Meets the Common Law. Vermont Journal of Environmental Law 10: 1
http://www.vjel.org/journal.php?vol=2008‐2009
2008
Taggart, J.B. Management of feral horses at the North Carolina National Estuarine Re‐
search Reserve. Natural Areas Journal 28(2): 187‐195.
2008
Whitehead, J. C., Dumas, C. F., Herstine, J., Hill, J., & Buerger, B. (2008). Valuing beach ac‐
cess and width with revealed and stated preference data. Marine Resource Economics,
23(2), 119‐135.
b.) List non‐refereed publications such as journal articles, reviews, conference papers, books and
book chapters directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐
tive publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.
2012
Cutting, R.H. (2012) Legislation protect citizens against SLAPP suits that are designed to
curtail free speech (potential polluters sue community members to silence them).
150
2012
Cutting, R.H. (2012) Amicus Curiae Brief for NC League of Conservation Voters for U.S. Su‐
preme Court case on global warming, AEP v. State of Connecticut et al.
2012
Cutting, R.H. (2012) Position Paper for North Carolina League of Conservation Voters to
N.C. Division of Air Quality and N.C. Division of Water Quality concerning major project sit‐
ing.
2012
Taggart, J.B. Monitoring of listed plant species in the Progress Energy powerline corridor
within public lands of Onslow/Pender counties, NC. Unpublished report prepared for the
NC Forest Service.
2010
Cutting, R.H. (2010) If the Tide is Rising, Who Pays for the Ark? Article in Summer 2010
TCS Bulletin, Volume 32 (2) 2010,
2010
Taggart, J.B. Management Plan for Recovery of Golden Sedge (Carex lutea LeBlond) at
Sandy Run Savannas State Natural Area Maple Hill, North Carolina. Unpublished report
prepared for the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Raleigh, NC.
2009
Taggart, J.B. Prepared two environmental assessments of golf course conservation ease‐
ments for the North Carolina Department of Revenue (confidential publications).
2008
Cutting, R.H., and L.B. Cahoon. Cape Fear Voices: Offshore drilling or clean energy? Wil‐
mington Star‐News op‐ed, Sept. 4, 2008.
http://www.starnewsonline.com/article/20080904/ARTICLES/809040324
2008
Cahoon, L.B., and R.H. Cutting. Pollution is a property rights issue, Wilmington Star‐News (op‐
ed), June 14, 2008. http://www.starnewsonline.com/article/20080613/ARTICLE/806130328/‐
1/opinion&title=Pollution_is_a_property_rights_issue
2008
Rotenberg, J. A. Commentary for “Defining the Problem”, In Global Climate Change: Na‐
tional Security Implications, Pumphrey, C. (ed.). Proceedings from Global Climate Change:
National Security Implications, Strategic Studies Institute and Triangle Institute for Securi‐
ty Studies, Chapel Hill, NC, March 30‐31, 2007. Strategic Studies Institute, Publisher.
2008
Snider, Anthony. 2008. To Learn and to Lead. Haven. 5(1): 101‐105
2. Technical Outputs
List any technical outputs such as CDs, software programs, databases, algorithms, and/or measure‐
ment instruments. Include the key participants and their affiliation. There is no time limit on
when these occurred.
3. Commercialization and Technology Transfer
List and describe commercialization or the transfer of technology to either the private or the
governmental sector. Technology transfer can include a range of actions including patent
applications, company formations, and/or licensing agreements. There is no time limit on
when these occurred.
4. Awards and Honors
151
Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of
their participation in theActivity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publica‐
tions for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.
Table E1. Awards and Honors
Award or Honor
Date
Name
James Rotenberg
Partners in Flight 2011
Investigations
Award
PTA Volunteer of
the Year
2008
Robert Cutting
UNCW Board of
Trustees Teach‐
ing Award
UNCW Chancel‐
lors Teaching
Award
Science Olympi‐
ad Achievement
Award
2012
Robert Buerger
Brief Description
Award presented to the Belize Foundation
for Research and Environmental Education
and UNCW (for Harpy Eagle and Bird
Community Project
PTA Volunteer of the Year Gregory School
of Math, Science & Technology and
Wrightsville Beach School
2 Awards given in 2012.
2011
Robert Buerger
3 Awards given in 2011.
2008
Jack Hall
For Distinguished Service to Science Olym‐
piad—award given yearly and named after
J. Hall.
F. Other
If there is other information that has not been requested above and is relevant, please include it
here.
152
Section II‐6. Coastal and Marine Science Activities
A. Activity: DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY
B. Activity Narrative
Describe the mission and history of the Activity.
The Department, founded in 1970 as the Department of Earth Sciences, has a long history of marine sci‐
ence activity which truly began in 1971‐72 with the hiring of Drs. Paul Thayer (marine geologist) and Vic‐
tor Zullo (paleontologist and marine biologist). Zullo was originally hired from Woods Hole Oceano‐
graphic Institution to serve as the first director of the Marine Sciences Program at UNCW with a joint
appointment as professor in the department. By 1976 the department included four full‐time faculty
members with marine science and marine geology teaching and research activities (Thayer, Zullo, Cleary,
Harris). By 1988 the department included six marine science faculty, and enrolled its first graduate stu‐
dents in the new MS geology program. Roughly 80% of all master’s theses completed in the Department
to date are on marine science or marine geology related topics. Marine science activity in the depart‐
ment continued to grow rapidly through the 1990s with the hiring of five additional marine science re‐
lated faculty (Leonard, Spivack, Grindlay, Abrams, Kelley). From 2000‐2010 the department maintained
its strong commitment to marine science despite several key personnel losses resulting from retire‐
ments and state budget cuts. In fall 2005, the department implemented a minor in oceanography which
quickly grew to 30‐35 students and continues to maintain those numbers. In spring 2007, the depart‐
ment began planning a new BS degree program in oceanography. With permission from UNC General
Administration, the department implemented the new BS degree in Oceanography in fall 2011. The new
BS degree program has grown to about 20 majors in one year, and we anticipate similar growth over the
next 4‐5 years. As a result of growth in the oceanography program and other departmental programs,
we will be able to recoup one of the lost marine science related faculty positions by fall 2013. At pre‐
sent 14 faculty members in the Department of Geography and Geology directly contribute to Marine
Science. In addition, the curriculum is supported by four part‐time lecturers who offer course work in
the marine sciences.
Mission Statement ‐ The Department of Geography and Geology contributes to the mission of the Uni‐
versity through its commitment to quality in teaching, research, and professional service. The primary
objective of the Department is to offer rigorous and comprehensive degree programs in geography and
geology that cover fundamental geographic and geologic knowledge as well as the latest innovations
within these disciplines. The degree programs emphasize experiential learning opportunities including
field studies, laboratory analysis, geospatial and quantitative methods, student research, internships,
and international studies. Faculty research and service include a wide range of efforts dedicated to
scholarly achievement, civic engagement, and applied problem solving at the local, regional, national,
and international levels. We build on the traditional strengths of the department while contributing spe‐
cifically to the University goals of providing a powerful learning experience for students, maintaining a
faculty of outstanding scholars, strengthening regional engagement and outreach, preparing students to
be global citizens, and encouraging and enhancing diversity.
Discuss what makes this Activity unique, competitive, compelling, and/or of strategic importance.
Marine science activity at UNCW is unique, competitive, compelling and or of strategic importance for
several reasons:
With all of its resources located within the coastal zone, UNCW is designated as North Carolina’s
“Coastal Campus”. The administration, faculty, staff and students value that status and capitalize on the
153
unique opportunities provided by our location. The dedication of UNCW to coastal issues is plainly stat‐
ed in its mission statement. Therefore, marine science activity at UNCW has a special place in the mis‐
sion of the campus and in all its departments. This activity is a natural outgrowth of UNCW’s location
only seven miles from the ocean. Furthermore, UNCW maintains a world‐class research facility, the
Center for Marine Science, on the Intracoastal Waterway. The proximity of the main campus and asso‐
ciated physical facilities to the ocean provide a unique opportunity within the UNC System for marine
science education and research to be available to all students and faculty.
The Department of Geography and Geology has been exploiting this natural setting for over 40 years
through research and applied learning activities in marine science within the Cape Fear region. The
strength and success of marine science at UNCW result from a common emphasis on marine science
within the traditional science departments and cooperative interdisciplinary activities. The Department
of Geography and Geology has been, and continues to be, an integral part of the cooperative and inter‐
disciplinary marine science activities. For example, over the past 5 years the Department of Geography
and Geology has been building its expertise and programs in Geographical Information Systems (GIS)
and remote sensing, particularly as they apply to marine science. The combination of this emerging
technology with ongoing marine science activity adds a new and important dimension to the depart‐
ment’s educational and research profile.
Currently, climate change and associated sea‐level rise are two of the most important global issues fac‐
ing marine science. Understanding the complex links between the atmosphere and oceans is critical to
understanding these changes and managing our response particularly along the NC coast. The Depart‐
ment of Geography and Geology is in a unique position at UNCW to address these issues. We currently
have two climatologists and two GIS/remote sensing specialists on staff to complement the other ma‐
rine scientists and coastal specialists. The department is recruiting now for two additional faculty with
GIS/remote sensing expertise, and one additional oceanographer with expertise in climate‐ocean link‐
age.
Identify the most significant impact(s) of the program on research, education, and/or society (includ‐
ing direct contributions to policy or management decisions) since January 1, 2008.
1) BS Oceanography degree program: The goal of this program is to train scientists to address im‐
portant global issues such as climate change and sea‐level rise that are affecting the oceans now
and will into the future. The program is very new, but early signs make us optimistic regarding
its success and future impact.
2) GIS/Remote Sensing programs: This emerging technology provides a powerful tool to study a
wide range of global issues. The department is growing rapidly in this area by adding new facul‐
ty, emphasizing coastal and marine issues, and through our new master’s certificate program in
GIS and Spatial Analysis. Our graduates in this area area are making important contributions in
many applied areas, particularly coastal management.
3) NSF REU – Biodiversity Conservation: Few modern marine habitats are unaffected by disturb‐
ance, pollution, overfishing or other anthropogenic change. To assess environmental impact,
predict future species loss, and restore ecosystems, we need to understand conditions prior to
human influence. To further this goal, students from colleges and universities across the U.S.
participated in the eight‐week summer “Research Experiences for Undergraduates in Biodiversi‐
ty Conservation” program hosted by UNCW’s Department of Geography and Geology. Over the
course of three years, 27 students in geology, biology, archaeology, and environmental science
worked in teams to compare the modern marine ecosystem with communities of the past. Fos‐
154
sils indicate ecosystem response to natural perturbation during the past three million years, pri‐
or to human impact; archeological sites record pre‐Industrial Revolution human influences.
Dead shells in modern environments were used to track the response of ecosystems to more re‐
cent anthropogenic change at the decade scale. This work is part of the new field of conserva‐
tion paleobiology, which uses geohistorical records to understand and manage for the future.
The program, funded by NSF, was directed by Professor of Geology Patricia Kelley with co‐PI
Greg Dietl of the Paleontological Research Institution, Ithaca, NY. Participating faculty and staff
included William Harris, Richard Laws, Craig Tobias, and Yvonne Marsan (Dept. of Geography
and Geology), Angelia Reid Griffin (Watson College of Education), Martin Posey and Troy Alphin
(Dept. of Biology and Marine Biology), Jack Hall (Dept. of Environmental Studies), and Donna
Surge (Dept. of Geological Sciences, UNC‐CH). The award also supported six UNCW graduate
students, who assisted with the program.
4) Oceanographic and Environmental Monitoring: Over the last 5 years, the department has sup‐
ported a variety of monitoring efforts based on the needs of local stakeholders. These efforts
are transdisciplinary in nature and include close partnership with one or more lo‐
cal/state/federal stakeholders. Selected examples are described below.
a. A partnership was developed between RENCI (Research Engagement Innovation in NC),
Brunswick County Emergency Management Office, and UNC Wilmington to monitor flood‐
ing along hurricane evacuation routes in Brunswick County 2007‐2010. Rain gauges and
water levels sensors (approximately $70,000 in equipment) were deployed at seven sites
across the county to determine the amount of rain required to cause standing water on
nearby road surfaces. The research project provided guideline rainfall amounts that can
be used to predict road flooding.
b. The Cape Fear River Widening Monitoring program was a ten year monitoring effort sup‐
ported by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). The goal of the program was to
monitor and detect changes in tidal range, salinity, biogeochemistry, and select ecological
parameters in response to a major dredging project. The program collected analyzed and
archived data over the period of 1999 to 2011. Ten permanent data collection platforms
were established from the mouth of the Cape Fear River to the head of tides. Each plat‐
form collected water level, temperature and salinity at 6 minute intervals and telemetered
these data to UNCW. Biogeochemical, benthic infaunal, and larval fish data were collect‐
ed seasonally in the tidal wetlands adjacent to 8 of the platforms. Over the life of the pro‐
ject, UNCW researchers developed partnerships with private sector partners (i.e. Dial
Cordy) , other system schools (i.e. Elizabeth City State), and federal partners (i.e. USACE).
The results of the project were used to assess the impact that the dredging activities had
on the wetland ecosystems of the lower Cape Fear River.
c. Coastal Ocean Research and Monitoring: One effort to develop a coordinated and multi‐
faceted observing system is the Carolinas Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System
(RCOOS). Established in 2007 through funding provided by US Integrated Ocean Observ‐
ing System (IOOS), the Carolinas Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System (RCOOS) col‐
lects marine and environmental information in the coastal waters of North Carolina and
South Carolina. The system includes a network of coastal and offshore moorings that con‐
tinuously collect meteorological and oceanographic data and report this information hour‐
ly through the RCOOS web portal (www.CarolinasRCOOS.org) and the SECOORA and Na‐
155
tional Data Buoy Center websites. Information and products developed from this effort
are intended to inform decision makers as they establish baseline trends, predict changes,
and mitigate problems associated with storm impacts, climate change, environmental
degradation, and natural and human‐induced hazards. The Carolinas RCOOS incorporates
observational data collected by a wide spectrum of partners including Southeast Coastal
Ocean Observing Regional Association (SECOORA) members, Carolinas Coastal Ocean Ob‐
serving and Prediction System (Caro‐COOPS), Coastal Ocean Research and Monitoring
Program (CORMP), US Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), NOAA‘s National Weather Ser‐
vice (NWS), National Data Buoy Center (NDBC), the National Estuarine Research Reserve
System (NERRS), the Lower Cape Fear River Program (LCFRP), and North Carolina and
South Carolina state agencies. The RCOOS network supports several applications includ‐
ing NOAA marine weather products, the USACE Model Evaluation and Diagnostics System,
and provides data products that support other stakeholder applications.
Provide a description of the most significant challenges that will be faced by the Activity in the next
year, and in the next five years.
Space and student demand for Oceanography and GIS/remote sensing programs: Both programs are
growing rapidly and rely on many of the same physical and faculty resources. Courses in these fields
routinely fill to capacity with waiting lists. Computer facilities are being taxed to their limit and the
computers currently used in these programs are limited in number and are nearly obsolete. The de‐
partment will clearly need more space to accommodate growth in these two areas.
State regulations and policies: The state policy prohibiting the use of general funds to support student
or faculty travel for educational purposes (i.e. student field trips and field work) is extremely detrimental
to training in marine science. The ocean is the greatest natural laboratory just minutes away, but state
policy has made transporting students a short distance to this natural laboratory very difficult.
Include a succinct description of the future directions for, and sustainability of, the Activity in the next
year and in the next five years. Include modifications to personnel, programs, funding, or major infra‐
structure.
Given current growth patterns and several new hires, we anticipate continued growth in the marine sci‐
ence and GIS/remote sensing programs in the department. We anticipate continued focus on coastal
issues, such as sea‐level rise and coastal management, but in combination with emerging technologies
and linkages to climate change. We intend to plan for a new track within our master’s program or a new
master’s program in Spatial Technology and Analysis. Changes in faculty and staff to facilitate growth in
these directions have been occurring for the past 5 years (four new hires in climatology, oceanography
and spatial technology), and are continuing with three additional hires in these areas. Although extra‐
mural funding is more competitive than ever, climate and ocean research in combination with applica‐
tion of emerging technologies, is one of the areas where research opportunities are growing. We are
optimistic that our new faculty hires will be able to tap into this area of funding. Our current building is
nearly 45 years old. It received a minor renovation in 1995; but as the oldest academic building on cam‐
pus that supports faculty and student research, it is long‐overdue for renovation.
156
C. Resources
1. Personnel
a.) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include current
faculty searches that are underway or expected). Expand the below table as necessary.
Table C1. Personnel
Name
Michael Benedetti
Chad Lane
Doug Gamble
Scott Nooner
Andrea Hawkes
Joanne Halls
Eman Ghoneim
Patricia Kelley
Richard Laws
Lynn Leonard
Eric Henry
Roger Shew
Michael Smith
Title and department/college
Associate Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Assistant Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Assistant Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Assistant Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Associate Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Assistant Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Associate Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Instructor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
157
Role
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty – GIS certificate coordinator
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty & Chair
Faculty
Faculty
Graduate Coordinator ‐ Faculty
Searching
Searching
Searching
Amy Wagner
Yvonne Marsan
Jennifer Dorton
Steve Hall
Xiaoyan Qi
Searching
Boyce Steiner
Cathy Morris
Alex Lee
Jessica Mitchell
Nancy Grindlay
Lewis Abrams
Paul Thayer
Burleigh Harris
William Cleary
Craig Tobias
Assistant Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Assistant Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Assistant Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Assistant Research Professor
Geography &Geology
CMS
Laboratory Facilities Coordinator
Geography and Geology
CAS
Program Specialist
CMS & Geography &Geology
(CAS)
Research Technician
Data Manager
Research Technician
Administrative Assistant (part‐
time)
Administrative Assistant (full‐
time)
Administrative Assistant (full‐
time)
Part‐time instructor
Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
Assistant Professor
Geography &Geology
CAS
158
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Support Staff
Program Specialist & Instructor
Technician
Staff
Technician
Staff
Staff
Staff
Faculty
Faculty ‐RETIRED 2012
Faculty ‐RETIRED 2011
Faculty ‐RETIRED 2011
Faculty ‐ Phased retirement
Faculty ‐ RETIRED 2011
Faculty ‐ Resigned
b.) Provide current number and general description of undergraduate students, graduate students,
and post‐docs involved with the Activity. Do not list individual students or post‐docs.
Post‐docs: 2 (research interests in remote sensing and marine paleoclimate)
Graduate students: M.S. Geology
24
M.S. Marine Science
6
MGIS Certificate
14
Undergraduates:
B.S. Oceanography: 19 (in first year of implementation)
B.A. Geosciences: 13
B.S. Geology: 29
B.A. Geography: 37
2. Funding
Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of
revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes
of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011
– June 30, 2012.
Table C2: Revenue
Source
Federal
State (not including
university
Institution (e.g. Uni‐
versity)
Foundation
Other*
Total
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
FY12 ($)
FY13 ($)
FY14 ($)
Current
Projected
$138,495
$20,352
$113,914
$110,000
$110,000
$15,000
$143,892
$0
$0
$0
$2,212,906 $2,164,620
$2,151,416 $2,126,835 $2,126,835
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$192,018
$183,416
$71,526
$60,000
$60,000
$2,558,418 $2,512,280
$2,336,855 $2,296,835 $2,296,835
* Incl trust fund carryforward $ FY10
159
Table C3: Expenses
Source
Personnel
Programmatic
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
FY12 ($)
FY13 ($)
FY14 ($)
Current
Projected
$2,110,383 $1,997,152 $1,906,668 $1,870,071
$1,870,071
$201,788
$308,401
$298,183
$309,241
$309,241
Physical infrastruc‐
ture
$3,258
$9,500
$0
$9,500
$9,500
Maintenance and
operation
$24,386
$26,496
$13,713
$26,496
$26,496
Equipment (>$5,000)
$38,806
$29,751
$55,456
$29,751
$29,751
Other Direct Costs*
$21,262
$39,161
$30,584
$30,584
$30,584
$2,399,883 $2,410,461 $2,304,604 $2,275,643
$2,275,643
Total
* Provide a brief description of the Expenses table. In the Physical Infrastructure section, include
cost for purchase/lease of land and cost of facility construction and on‐going debt service.
3. Physical infrastructure
Describe the key physical infrastructure that supports your Activity. Include buildings, boats, spe‐
cialized equipment, land, core facilities, and any other unique capability. Include pending infrastruc‐
ture additions. Please indicate who owns the physical infrastructure and whether it is a shared re‐
source. If shared, by whom?
The Department of Geography and Geology is located in DeLoach Hall. The department moved into
DeLoach Hall in August 1997 after a 1.5 million‐dollar renovation project. The department is assigned 42
rooms (15,570 sq. ft.). Presently there are two classrooms and five teaching laboratories utilized for
graduate geology instruction. The two traditional classrooms accommodate 141 students and a semi‐
nar/meeting room accommodates approximately 16 students.
All of the rooms including the teaching laboratories in DeLoach Hall are equipped with Internet access
ports as well as wireless access. All classrooms and teaching laboratories have multimedia projectors
and dedicated Windows‐based Internet capable computers. The combined teaching laboratories ac‐
commodate up to 116 students.
The teaching laboratories for undergraduate/graduate instruction include:
The Spatial Analysis Laboratory: The Spatial Analysis Laboratory is a 636 sq. ft. laboratory housed in
DeLoach Hall. The laboratory is equipped with 21 workstations with an ESRI site license, ENVI software,
and 5 licenses of Erdas Imagine. Peripherals include a large format HP 1055 plotter, HP high‐resolution
color printer, and high‐resolution Epson color scanner. To network the SAL each computer is connected
160
to the UNCW network via 100gb ethernet and all users have access to two network servers. One server
is used for class and research projects and the other is for developing and hosting Interactive Web Map‐
ping sites. This facility is used for all GIS and remote sensing courses, labs, and summer work‐
shops/institutes.
Mineralogy Laboratory: The Mineralogy Laboratory is a 738 sq. ft lab located on the second floor of
DeLoach Hall. The lab is equipped with workspace for a maximum of 16 students. The lab contains
equipment to conduct specific gravity, density, and materials properties and investigations of minerals
and rocks. Although labeled as the mineralogy laboratory, this teaching laboratory is utilized by a varie‐
ty of other courses, including select oceanography, geophysics, or marine geology labs, as classroom and
laboratory teaching space.
Sedimentology Laboratory: The Sedimentology Laboratory is a 472 sq. ft. laboratory located on the se‐
cond floor of DeLoach Hall. The lab contains equipment and supplies needed to conduct grain size and
compositional analyses. Specific items include: glassware, drying ovens, top‐ loading and analytical bal‐
ances, muffle furnaces, deionized water, sieves, sieve shakers, a Ro‐Tap, centrifuge, acid hoods, hy‐
drometers, magnetic stirrers, hotplates, vacuum pumps and filtration apparatus. This facility is used to
teach marine sedimentology courses, general oceanography laboratories, and applied methods courses
in the marine sciences.
Structural/Stratigraphy/Paleontology Laboratory: The Structural Geology – Stratigraphy ‐ Paleontology
Laboratory is 994 sq. ft. room on the first floor of DeLoach Hall. The lab is equipped with two Windows‐
platform PCs and one inkjet printer, one fume hood, one magnetic separator, several large tables and a
sink. The laboratory also includes microscopes and the invertebrate paleo/petrography teaching collec‐
tion. Courses in paleoecology, paleoclimate, marine stratigraphy, geological oceanography are taught in
this facility.
Petrographic Laboratory: The Petrology Laboratory (676 sq. ft.) is located on the second floor of
DeLoach Hall. The lab is equipped with eleven Olympus BH‐2 petrographic microscopes, three Leica Dm
EP petrographic microscopes, one that is equipped with a digital camera (to connect to a laptop or desk‐
top computer), three Olympus BX 50 petrographic microscopes, a projecting microscope, two Windows‐
platform computers, hundreds of thin sections, and several tons of rock samples. Additional thin sec‐
tions can be made in house in the Petrology Preparation Lab (see below). Although labeled as the Pe‐
trology Laboratory, this teaching laboratory is utilized for select laboratories in geological oceanography,
marine geology, geophysics, and applied methods in oceanography.
The facilities for undergraduate/graduate marine related research include:
Petrology Preparation Laboratory: This facility supports research involving the petrologic evaluation of
igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks. Topical interests are varied and the Petrology Prepara‐
tion Laboratory contains equipment that can facilitate investigative and experiential learning methodol‐
ogies on a variety of materials from surface sediments to crystalline rocks, as well as individual fossil,
mineral, and other inorganic/organic specimens. The main laboratory tasks are to: 1) provide an area
for detailed descriptive geometric and kinematic analyses of material specimens, 2) prepare samples for
mesoscale to microscale petrographic analysis, and 3) prepare powdered samples for geochemical anal‐
ysis.
Approximately 770 sq.ft. of Room 107 in the Academic Support Building on the east side of campus con‐
tains a variety of electrical equipment, work tables, and limited sample storage space. The laboratory is
located in a secure workroom in the rear of the building that has a keyed access. Each user must make
161
themselves aware of the equipment capabilities, support substances such as lubricants, glues, and abra‐
sives, and general safety procedures in order to be certified to operate the equipment, and must be
made aware of the proper use and cleanup of the lab by the director or a trained assistant. A written
set of policies and procedures for laboratory equipment operation is provided to each new user. A sign‐
up sheet registers the faculty and graduate students who utilize the lab on a daily, weekly, or monthly
basis in order to monitor unusual equipment wear and collateral issues including routine maintenance
and supplies. There is also a 60 sq. ft. support outbuilding located immediately adjacent to the Academ‐
ic Support Building in which research materials can be archived.
The laboratory equipment includes a(n) 18" Covington slab saw, 10" Felker and Highland Park trim saws,
8" Hillquist trim saw, Buehler Isomet 4" low speed trim saw, Redlands 16" horizontal lapping unit, Bueh‐
ler Ecomet I polisher/grinder, Hillquist cut‐off saw and grinder, 6‐Ton hydraulic rock splitter, Sepor Jaw
Crusher, Spec 8510 alumino‐ceramic puck shatterbox, Highland Park Vi‐Bro‐Lap, Fisher Scientific ultra‐
sonic cleaner, Buehler vacuum impregnation container and Reliance vacuum pump, Gast Roc‐R vacuum
pump and air compressor, Speedaire 1 HP 3 Gallon air compressor, Precision Scientific Thelco General
Purpose drying oven, Thermolyne Extra‐Capacity hotplate, one binocular BH‐2 Olympus polarized micro‐
scope and one American Optical binocular specimen light microscope, and a variety of collateral tools
and supplies. Supporting supplies are housed on benches or in a variety of cabinets that includes one
flammable and one acid cabinet. Within this facility, a spectrum of geology and marine science graduate
students, and geology undergraduate students and faculty have the capability of preparing a variety of
petrographic and geochemical samples for qualitative and quantitative analyses.
Soils Analysis and Sedimentary Petrology Laboratories: The Soils Analysis and Sedimentary Petrology
Laboratories represents 502 sq. ft. space located on the second floor of DeLoach Hall that is split into
two separate (and small) laboratories. This lab is intended for faculty research and supervised student
research. The lab is equipped with an eye wash/shower station, and has access to a fire blanket mount‐
ed in room 218.
The Soil Analysis Lab (DL 217) has a double‐basin sink and an attached lab bench. The lockers in
this room are intended for storage of equipment and materials used by faculty in the Soils and Sedimen‐
tology Lab. The room has a distilled water boiler system, one large fume hood, a sonic sifter, pH meter,
magnetic stirrer, hot plates, desiccator, one precision balance, and assorted glassware. High‐cost sup‐
plies such as hydrometers and specialized glassware are stored in the faculty lockers. Student access to
this room is supervised to ensure security.
The Sedimentary Petrology Lab (DL 215) DeLoach 215 was formerly known as the “acid lab”
and housed three floor‐to‐ceiling vented fume hoods for microfossil dissolution in acetic or formic acid.
These large fume hoods have been removed and the room is currently being repurposed as a research
lab for both graduate and undergraduate students, as well as faculty. Although the space is in flux, cur‐
rent research in DeLoach 215 include (1) both polarized and stereo binocular microscopy for the study
and photography of rock thin‐sections and microfossils, respectively (Drs. Laws, Hakes, Benedetti,
LaMaskin, Blake, Smith) (2) heavy‐mineral sample preparation and mounting for U‐Pb geochronology
(Dr. LaMaskin), (3) sample curation and storage (all faculty), (4) general map preparation work (Drs.
Blake and LaMaskin), and (5) informal research meetings for undergraduate and graduate students (Dr.
LaMaskin). Planned renovations include the removal of an additional non‐working fume hood and instal‐
lation of ADA‐height, seated work space for microscopy, as well a central workspace for sample exami‐
nation and preparation.
162
Clean Room: On first floor DeLoach Hall is a small (177 sq. ft.), single hood clean laboratory orig‐
inally constructed for isotope separation work. It is a positive pressure, HEPA filtered room with a dual
door storage entrance. It contains a HF rated fume hood (and vented acid storage locker) and associat‐
ed safety equipment (acid eyewash station and shower). The small size of the room precludes its use as
an undergraduate laboratory and it is used primarily for graduate student research and sample prepara‐
tion for the Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometer Laboratory (located at CMS), and occasionally for acid
staining and etching using HF of thin‐sections.
Environmental Hydrogeology Laboratory: The Environmental Hydrogeology Laboratory
(DL212A) is a small room (~170 sq. ft.) that was originally a lecture preparation room for the adjacent
classroom which is now heavily used for physics lecture classes. Because of the close proximity to the
classroom and the fact that the wall that separates the two rooms is not soundproof, it is not possible to
carry on a normal conversation or engage in noisy experimental setup in the laboratory without being
heard in the lecture room. This severely limits research and teaching activities in the lab during times
when class is in session. The small size of the room is another factor prohibiting the use of the room for
teaching purposes. Thus, the room is primarily used for the storage of hydrogeology field equipment
such as sampling pumps, bailers, water quality meters, and soil sampling devices, as well as laboratory
equipment like soil columns, a balance, soil moisture probes, time domain reflectometry equipment,
dataloggers, and a pressure plate apparatus. Though the lab has limited counter space, it does have a
sink so it is also used for undergraduate and graduate student research.
X‐ray Diffraction Laboratory: The Department of Geography and Geology houses a small (~100
sq. ft.) Radiation Safety approved research laboratory for the use of X‐rays on the first floor of DeLoach
Hall. The instrument is a Rigaku MiniFlex II Desktop and Portable powder X‐ray diffraction system and is
equipped with a six‐position sample changer with sample spin that allows for unattended measure‐
ments with the option of sample rotation during measurement. This instrument has minimal power re‐
quirements and a self‐contained cooling system and is used to identify and quantify minerals phases.
The system is equipped with the latest Jade+ 8.0 Analysis software with profile fitting, and extensive
search/match analysis software and a database with 120,000 compounds and over 95,000 inorganic
phases. After radiation safety training by the campus Radiation and Biological Safety Officer and instru‐
ment training by designated department faculty members, other faculty members and graduate stu‐
dents use the instrument in their research.
In addition to the aforementioned resources located on UNCW’s main campus, six geography and geol‐
ogy faculty members also have research located at UNCW’s Center for Marine Science (CMS). At CMS,
each have access to a research laboratory of 520 sq. ft. and office space of 100 sq. ft. In addition, sever‐
al general‐use laboratories are managed by Geography and Geology faculty at CMS. Those most regular‐
ly used by geography and geology faculty include a Telemetry Laboratory, Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrom‐
eter Laboratory and Sediment Analysis Laboratory. Geography and geology faculty conducting marine‐
related research also has access to a research vessel fleet with vessels ranging in size from 13ft to 68ft.
Specific research laboratories supervised by Geography and Geology faculty include:
Estuarine and Marine Sedimentology Laboratory: The Estuarine and Marine Sedimentology Laboratory
includes 520 sq. ft of research space dedicated to estuarine and marine sedimentology research. This
lab is equipped with a Beckman‐Coulter LS 200 Particle Sizer, various Marsh McBirney, Sontek, Nortek
and RDI current meters, optical backscatter and turbidity sensors, CTDs, data loggers, and 11 data col‐
lection platforms containing Unidata water level sensors, conductivity sensors and cellular telemetry
163
packages. The lab also maintains basic equipment for field sampling (e.g. grab samplers, assorted coring
devices) and sediment analyses.
Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometer (IRMS) Laboratory: The Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometer (IRMS) La‐
boratory is built around a Thermo Delta V Plus IRMS configured with a unique 10‐collector array that
permits a variety of stable isotopic analyses on numerous sample matrices. The IRMS is interfaced with
an Elemental Analyzer, Gas Bench, Total Organic Carbon Analyzer, and Denitrifier Kit, peripherals. It is a
core facility available for use to all departments at UNCW, and a focal point for collaboration outside
UNCW. As such, its existence serves to bolster the stature of UNCW in the scientific community and fa‐
cilitates research by PIs, graduate students, and undergraduates. The IRMS Laboratory is currently inte‐
grated into approximately a dozen graduate research projects in the geography and geology, chemistry,
and biology and marine biology departments.
Marine Geophysics Laboratory: The Marine Geophysics Laboratory is housed at CMS and includes 520
sq. ft. of research space dedicated to marine geophysical research, including processing and analysis of
seismic reflection, ground penetrating radar, sidescan sonar, topographic, gravity and magnetics data.
The laboratory is equipped with a Sensors and Software ground‐penetrating radar, an EdgeTech DF‐
1000 digital sidescan sonar and a GeoAcoustics Geopulse sub‐bottom profiler.
Invertebrate Paleontology Laboratory: The Invertebrate Paleontology Laboratory contains 520 sq. ft. of
space at CMS dedicated to invertebrate paleontology research. The laboratory includes sample prepara‐
tion and curation space, aquarium facilities, and houses an extensive research collection of Recent and
fossil molluscs from the US Coastal Plain, Mexico, and Iceland.
D. Research, Teaching, Public and Professional Service
1. Research
In the below table, list currently funded research projects (extramural and intramural). Include title,
investigators, dollar amount, and time frame. You may reference information in the REACH NC Ap‐
pendix in response to this question.
Table D1. Research
Project title
Nitrogen Removal
Capacity of NC Estuar‐
ies: Assessing Distri‐
bution and Controls
PI/CoPIs – include insti‐
tution
Tobias, Craig (UNCW)
Co‐PI BK Song (UNCW)
Nitrogen Removal
Capacity of NC Estuar‐
ies: Assessing Distri‐
bution and Controls
Tobias, Craig (UNCW)
Nitrogen Removal
Capacity of NC Estuar‐
ies: Assessing Distri‐
Tobias, Craig (UNCW)
Co‐PI BK Song (UNCW
Co‐PI BK Song (UNCW
164
Sponsor
Amount
Dates
NC State Univer‐
sity (NCSU)
$4,457.00 2008‐2012
NC State Univer‐
sity (NCSU)
$1,074.00 2008‐2012
NC State Univer‐
sity (NCSU)
$4,595.00 2008‐2012
bution and Controls
REU Site: Research
Experiences for Un‐
dergraduates in Bio‐
diversity Conservation
Kelley, Patricia (UNCW)
National Science
Foundation
(NSF)
$119,999.00 2008‐2013
REU Site: Research
Experiences for Un‐
dergraduates in Bio‐
diversity Conservation
Kelley, Patricia (UNCW)
National Science
Foundation
(NSF)
$9,908.00 2008‐2013
Implementation of
Regional Integrated
Ocean Observing Sys‐
tems Support of
RCOOS Development
Leonard, Lynn (UNCW)
South Carolina
Sea Grant Con‐
sortium
$20,015.00 2010‐2012
Implementation of
Regional Integrated
Ocean Observing Sys‐
tems Support of
RCOOS Development
Leonard, Lynn (UNCW)
South Carolina
Sea Grant Con‐
sortium
$123,877.00 2010‐2012
Impacts of Increased
Tidal Range and Salin‐
ity in the Cape Fear
River Ecosystem Due
to Deepening and
Widening Wilmington
Harbor, North Caroli‐
na
Leonard, Lynn (UNCW)
Dial Cordy and
Associates
$144,734.00 2010‐2011
Co‐PI: Alphin, Posey,
Avery (UNCW)
Collaborative Re‐
search: Human Re‐
sponses to Late Pleis‐
tocene Coastal Envi‐
ronmental Change in
Portuguese Estrema‐
dura
Benedetti, Michael
(UNCW)
National Science
Foundation
(NSF)
$22,100.00 2011‐2014
Collaborative Re‐
search: Human Re‐
sponses to Late Pleis‐
Benedetti, Michael
(UNCW)
National Science
Foundation
$113,914.00 2011‐2014
165
tocene Coastal Envi‐
ronmental Change in
Portuguese Estrema‐
dura
(NSF)
Collaborative Re‐
search: Human Re‐
sponses to Late Pleis‐
tocene Coastal Envi‐
ronmental Change in
Portuguese Estrema‐
dura
Benedetti, Michael
(UNCW)
National Science
Foundation
(NSF)
Maintenance of
RCOOS assets, Data
Management Activi‐
ties, and Education
and Outreach
Leonard, Lynn (UNCW)
Southeast
Coastal Ocean
Observing Re‐
gional Associa‐
tion
$339,999.00 2011‐2013
Southeast
Coastal Ocean
Observing Re‐
gional Associa‐
tion
$46,750.00 2011‐2013
Maintenance of
RCOOS assets, Data
Management Activi‐
ties, and Education
and Outreach
Co‐PI: J. Dorton
(UNCW)
Leonard, Lynn (UNCW)
Co‐PI: J. Dorton
(UNCW)
$4,050.00 2011‐2014
Reserve Monitoring
and Stewardship Pro‐
grams Service Con‐
tract
Grindlay, Nancy
(UNCW)
Division of
Coastal Man‐
agement (DCM)
$175,704.00 2011‐2012
Reserve Research
Support Service Con‐
tract
Grindlay, Nancy
(UNCW)
Division of
Coastal Man‐
agement (DCM)
$9,951.00 2011‐2012
Reserve Education
Program Service Con‐
tract
Grindlay, Nancy
(UNCW)
Division of
Coastal Man‐
agement (DCM)
$103,151.00 2011‐2012
Self Contained Sensor
and Telemetry for
Remote Water Quali‐
ty Monitoring
Leonard, Lynn (UNCW)
Vortant Tech‐
nologies
166
$9,215.00 2012‐2014
Vulnerability and Re‐
silience Among Small
Farmers in Jamaica
Gamble, Douglas
(UNCW)
Volcanic Inflation at
Axial Seamount
Collaborative Re‐
search: Permanent
seafloor benchmarks
for geodetic meas‐
urements of horizon‐
tal and vertical plate
motion,
Establishing a long‐
term geodetic net‐
work at the East Pacif‐
ic Rise
RIDGE2000 integrated
studies site
Collaborative re‐
search: Monitoring
inflation at Axial Sea‐
mount
National Science
Foundation
(NSF)
$44,178.00 2012‐2015
Nooner, Scott (UNCW)
National Science
Foundation
(NSF)
$69,811.00 2012‐2014
Nooner, Scott (UNCW)
National Science
Foundation
(NSF)
$20,000 2012‐2015
National Science
Foundation
(NSF)
$15,000 2007‐2013
National Science
Foundation
(NSF)
$30,000 2007‐2013
National Ocean‐
ographic Atmos‐
pheric Admin‐
istration
$3,424,000 2007‐2012
Co‐PI S. Curtis, and EJ.
Popkee, East Carolina
University
Co‐ PI D. Chadwell
(UCSD)
(funds in transition to
UNCW)
Scott Nooner (UNCW)
(funds in transition to
UNCW)
Co‐PI Spahr Wbb &
Roger Buck
Scott Nooner (UNCW)
(funds in transition to
UNCW)
Co‐PI W. Chadwick (Or‐
egon State)
Integration of Coastal
Ocean Observations
in the southeast
Lynn Leonard (UNCW)
Co‐PIs: J. Dorton
(UNCW), J. Hanson
(USACE), D. Porter/M.
Fletcher (USC), G.
Voulgaris (USC)
167
(NOAA)
2. Teaching and Instruction (if applicable)
a.) Identify courses taught for degree credit that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D2. Teaching and Instruction for Degree Credit
Course # Title & Level
Dates
Instructor(s)
Brief Course Description
offered
& Affilia‐
tion(s)
Enrollment
Figures
GGY 130
Introduction
to Physical
Geography
F08, S09,
F09, S10,
F10, S11,
S12, F12
Benedetti,
Ghoneim
Spatial distribution of environ‐
mental elements and processes,
including weather and climate,
groundwater, soils, rocks, plate
tectonics, landforms, and vegeta‐
tion.
808
GGY 140
Introduction
to Human
Geography
F08, S09,
F09, S10,
F10, S11,
S12, F12
Ainsley,
Gamble
Survey of the geography of hu‐
man settlement patterns and
activity throughout the world.
Emphasis on relationships be‐
tween physical environments and
different facets of human culture,
including population, resources,
regional development, urban
growth, and political, linguistic,
and religious patterns.
821
GGY 205
Practical
Methods in
Geography
F10
Dorton
Introduction to fundamental and
analytical methods used by pro‐
fessional geographers. Includes
examination of geography as a
discipline of human inquiry and
methods used in all
subdisciplines of geography.
11
GGY 215
The Digital
Globe
F12
Halls
Introduction to the maps, data,
and methods commonly used by
geographers to investigate spatial
relationships from local to global
scales. Includes the examination
of geography as a discipline
whereby human and physical en‐
vironments are spatially ex‐
plored.
50
168
GGY 222
Quantitative
Methods in
Earth Scienc‐
es
F08, F09,
F10, F11,
F12
Benedetti
Use and interpretation of statisti‐
cal techniques in geographic and
geologic research. The course
emphasizes problem identifica‐
tion, data collection and interpre‐
tation through assignments cov‐
ering specific kinds of statistical
methods.
219.
GGY 230
Introduction
to Weather
and Climate
F08, S09,
F09, S10,
F10, S11,
S12, F12
Gamble,
Lane, Shew
Examination of general climatic
characteristics through space and
time, especially as influenced by
controls upon temperature, wind
and moisture distributions, and
by planetary, regional and local
atmospheric disturbances.
1214
GGY 235
Principles of
Hydrology
F09
Henry
Covers the three main compo‐
nents of terrestrial hydrology: (1)
atmospheric water, precipitation,
and surface‐atmosphere interac‐
tions; (2) groundwater, infiltra‐
tion, substance flow, and aqui‐
fers; and (3) surface water, wa‐
tersheds, rivers and floods. Lec‐
tures and exercises focus on col‐
lecting and interpreting hydrolog‐
ical data to address environmen‐
tal issues.
12
GGY 270
Principles of
Land Use
Planning
S10, F11,
F12
Gooding,
Hines,
Mitchell
Introduction to planning tech‐
niques and to planning as a pro‐
fession. Classification and analy‐
sis of spatial variations in land
use patterns and development
processes as they relate to the
physical environment and human
activities.
61
GGY 280
Special Top‐
ics in Geog‐
raphy
S09,F10
Hines, Leon‐
ard
Selected physical, cultural, re‐
gional, or applied topics in geog‐
raphy that are not considered in
detail in regular course offerings.
More than one topic may be tak‐
en for credit (maximum six
hours).
12
169
GGY 328
Introduction
to Geograph‐
ic Infor‐
mation Sys‐
tems
S09, S10,
S11, S12
Halls
Examination of the uses of GIS in
demographics, market area anal‐
ysis, natural resources manage‐
ment, automated mapping, land
use planning and development
and hazardous waste manage‐
ment. Study of multiple data
sources available today and the
integration of these data to solve
problems.
149
GGY 335
Geomor‐
phology
S12
Benedetti
A systematic treatment of the
surface processes that shape flu‐
vial, glacial, aeolian, and coastal
landforms. Themes include pro‐
cess mechanics, description and
classification of landforms, and
evolution of landform systems.
Students work individually or in
small groups to analyze geomor‐
phological data in field and la‐
boratory settings.
13
GGY 340
Resources,
Population,
and Envi‐
ronment
F08, S11,
S12
Gamble
Introduction to major views on
population growth and resource
use with a focus on food, water,
and energy. Explores the role of
economic and cultural develop‐
ment and analyzes regional pat‐
terns, including migration trends.
62
GGY 480
Advanced
Topics in Ge‐
ography
F08,F09,
S10,S12
Halls, Hines,
Hawkins,
Lane, Smith
Selected physical, cultural, re‐
gional, or applied topics in geog‐
raphy that are not considered in
detail in regular course offerings.
More than one topic may be tak‐
en for credit (maximum six
hours).
50
GGY 491
Directed In‐
dividual
Study
F12
Benedetti,
Gamble,
Hines
Independent study by student.
5
GGY 495
Senior Semi‐
nar
F08, S09,
F09, S10,
F10, S11,
F11, S12,
F12
Benedetti,
Gamble,
Halls, Hines,
Smith
May be repeated one time for
credit. One to three hours each
week.
88
170
GGY 522
Remote
Sensing in
Environmen‐
tal Analysis
F08,S12,
F12
Gamble,
Ghoneim
Use and interpretation of aerial
photography and other remote
sensing techniques in environ‐
mental analysis. The course em‐
phasizes problem identification,
digital image analysis, and inter‐
pretation of images through la‐
boratory exercises.
14
GGY 524
Advanced
Geographic
Information
Systems
F08, F10,
F12
Ghoneim,
Halls
Advanced theory and application
of the use of Geographic Infor‐
mation Systems (GIS), spatial da‐
ta collection, data structures, da‐
ta management and relational
databases, spatial analysis, and
display of geographic information
in a computer‐based environ‐
ment. Lectures, demonstrations,
and lab exercises.
21
GGY 526
Environmen‐ F12, F10
tal Geograph‐
ic Infor‐
mation Sys‐
tems
Ghoneim,
Halls
Overview of environmental ap‐
plications of GIS and completion
of a GIS project; planning a GIS
project; development and analy‐
sis of the data, and oral and writ‐
ten presentation of the results.
Research topics may include at‐
mospheric studies, oceanograph‐
ic, hydrology, ecology, biology,
resource management, and haz‐
ard risk assessments.
10
GGY 591
Directed In‐
dependent
Study
S09, F10,
F11, S12,
F12
Gamble,
Ghoneim,
Halls
GGY 592
Special Top‐
ics in Geog‐
raphy
S09, F09,
S10, F10,
S11, S12
Halls, Hines,
Lane
Advanced special topics in geog‐
raphy through lecture, seminar,
and laboratory or field experi‐
ence. More than one topic may
be taken for credit
34
GLY 101
Principles of
Geology
F08, S09,
F09, S10,
F10, S11,
F11, S12,
F12
Abrams, Har‐
ris, Shew,
Smith
Introduction to the basic princi‐
ples and processes governing the
formation and evolution of the
earth. Includes: formation of
minerals and rocks, surficial and
internal processes and concepts
of plate tectonics. Field trips.
1156
6
171
Three lecture and two laboratory
hours each week.
GLY 120
Environmen‐
tal Geology
F08, S09,
F09, S10,
F10, S11,
S12, F12
Abrams,
Henry, Shew,
Smith, Leon‐
ard
Introduction to the relationships
between man and his geologic
environment. Concerned with
the problems that people have in
using the earth and the reaction
of the earth to that use. Empha‐
sis is placed on earth processes,
earth resources, and properties
of rocks and surficial deposits
insofar as they are important to
or affect human activities.
1074
GLY 125
Natural Dis‐
asters
F08, S09,
F09, S10,
F10, S11,
F11, S12,
F12
Harris, Hen‐
ry, Thayer
Examination of the causes, ef‐
fects, and options available to
mitigate actual disasters, such as
earthquakes, volcanic eruptions,
landslides, subsidence, flooding,
severe weather, and meteorite
impacts. Case histories are used
to demonstrate scientific princi‐
ples and socioeconomic issues.
1147
GLY 132
The Earth
Through
Time
F10, F11,
F12
Kelley, Laws
Geologic history of the earth and
the fossil record. Methods of da‐
ting rocks and fossils, interpreting
ancient environments and the
age of the earth.
59
GLY 135
Prehistoric
Life
F08,S09,
F09,S10,
F10,S11,
F11,S12,
F12
Kelley, Laws
Introduction to the field of pale‐
ontology and the fossil record;
the succession of life from its ear‐
liest beginnings through the Age
of Dinosaurs to modern Man;
evolutionary, environmental and
ecological analyses of fossil
plants and animals based on bio‐
logic and geologic principles.
865
172
GLY 150
Introduction
to Oceanog‐
raphy
F08, S09,
F09, S10,
F10, S11,
S12, F12
Abrams,
Cleary, Cul‐
bertson,
Grindlay,
Laws, Tobias,
Wagner
An introduction to the geology,
physics, chemistry and biology of
the ocean; instruments and tech‐
niques of oceanography; re‐
sources of the ocean.
1944
GLY 172
The Earth
Through
Time
F08, S09,
F09 –
Renum‐
bered to
GLY 132
Kelley
Geologic history of the earth and
the fossil record. Methods of da‐
ting rocks and fossils, interpreting
ancient environments and the
age of the earth.
25
GLY 201
Mineralogy
F08, F09,
F12
Blake, Smith
Introduction to the formation,
structure and natural occurrence
of minerals. Principles of chemi‐
cal bonding, crystal chemistry,
mineral genesis and crystallog‐
raphy. Study of the geologically
important rock‐forming mineral
associations. Introduction to op‐
tical properties of minerals, the
use of the petrographic micro‐
scope. Computer applications in
geology.
51
GLY 205
Earth Mate‐
rials
S12, S11
Smith, Shew
Introduction to the solid materi‐
als that form the Earth and the
geological techniques and meth‐
ods that are used to identify and
describe these materials.
12
GLY 226
Principles of
Hydrology
F09
Henry
Covers the three main compo‐
nents of terrestrial hydrology: (1)
atmospheric water, precipitation,
and surface‐atmosphere interac‐
tions; (2) groundwater, infiltra‐
tion, substance flow, and aqui‐
fers; and (3) surface water, wa‐
tersheds, rivers and floods. Lec‐
tures and exercises focus on col‐
lecting and interpreting hydrolog‐
ical data to address environmen‐
tal issues.
10
173
Benedetti,
Leonard,
Cleary
Examination of the variability of
coastal landforms, the varied
processes that shapes them, and
problems brought about by natu‐
ral and anthropogenic changes
along the coast. Focus on barrier
island and spit formation; study
of beaches, cliffs/platforms,
dunes, estuaries and marshes;
effects of tectonics, ice, and riv‐
ers on beaches and coastal mor‐
phology.
134
Special Top‐
F08, S09,
ics in Geology F09, F10
Abrams,
Cleary,
Grindlay,
Leonard
Study of selected topics in geolo‐
gy that are not considered in de‐
tail in regular course offerings.
Taught on demand. More than
one topic may be taken for credit
(maximum six hours).
80
GLY 310
General Pe‐
trology
S09, S10,
S12
Smith,
Thayer
Survey of the major igneous, sed‐
imentary, and metamorphic rock
groups. Emphasis is on classifica‐
tion, textural features, mode of
occurrence, environments of
origin and economic importance.
Laboratory stresses rock identifi‐
cation and typical rock associa‐
tions.
36
GLY 335
Geomor‐
phology
S12
Benedetti
A systematic treatment of the
surface processes that shape flu‐
vial, glacial, aeolian, and coastal
landforms. Themes include pro‐
cess mechanics, description and
classification of landforms, and
evolution of landform systems.
Students work individually or in
small groups to analyze geomor‐
phological data in field and la‐
boratory settings.
8
GLY 337
Invertebrate
Paleontology
F08, F09
Kelley
History of fossil protistans and
invertebrates with emphasis on
the principles of paleontology,
systematics and evolution, and
on the use of fossils in strati‐
graphic correlation.
25
GLY 250
Beaches and
Coasts
GLY 280
F08, S10,
S09
174
GLY 350
Advanced
Oceanogra‐
phy
F08, F09,
F10, F12
Leonard,
Laws,
Hawkes
An in‐depth examination of the
structure and formation of ocean
basins, the role of oceans in the
hydrological cycle, the physical
properties of seawater, atmos‐
pheric and ocean circulation,
waves, and tides. Emphasis is
placed on data analysis and
quantitative problem solving.
93
GLY 390
Field Meth‐
ods in Geo‐
sciences
S12, F12
Benedetti,
Gamble,
Henry, Lane,
Leonard,
Applied study of geological mate‐
rials and processes in field set‐
tings. Introduction to methods
and techniques used in the geo‐
sciences including field meas‐
urement, sample retrieval and
data analysis. Colloquium and
required field trips. Fees. May be
repeated twice for credit.
47
GLY 420
Global Cli‐
mate Change
F08, F09,
F12
Gamble
Analysis of natural and anthropo‐
genic global climate change. His‐
torical and geological records of
climate including sediment, tree
ring, and ice core analysis. Phys‐
ics and chemistry of climate, in‐
cluding Earth’s energy balance,
global carbon cycle, climate
modeling, atmospheric composi‐
tion and dynamics.
45
GLY 426
Geohydrolo‐
gy
S09, S10,
S12
Henry
Geology of ground waters and
related aspects of surface waters.
Methods of ground water re‐
source evaluation, protection,
exploitation, and contaminant
remediation.
21
GLY 431
Stratigraphy
S09, S10,
S12
Harris
An introduction to the descrip‐
tion, organization and classifica‐
tion of layered rocks. Emphasis is
placed on the practical use of
stratigraphic principles in eluci‐
dating earth history.
30
175
GLY 450
Geological
Oceanogra‐
phy
S09, S12
Grindlay,
Laws
Physiography, petrology, struc‐
ture, sediments and geologic his‐
tory of the ocean floor including
estuarine and coastal environ‐
ments.
20
GLY 480
Advanced
Topics in Ge‐
ology
S09, S10,
F10, S11,
F11, S12
Dorton, Har‐
ris, LaMaskin,
Lane, Leon‐
ard, Shew,
Smith
Study of selected topics in geolo‐
gy that are not considered in de‐
tail in regular course offerings.
Examples of specific topics are
plate tectonics, seismology, dep‐
ositional systems, groundwater
hydrology, geochronology, and
advanced paleontology.
72
GLY 489
Contempo‐
rary Issues in
Geoscience
F08, F09
Smith
As a capstone experience, stu‐
dents examine current problems
based on an Earth‐systems ap‐
proach utilizing a combination of
field, laboratory, and literature
study. Emphasizes application of
prior geological knowledge and
problem solving skills in the con‐
text of individual or small group
student research projects under
direct faculty supervision. Re‐
quires written reports and oral
presentations of results in ap‐
proved professional format.
14
GLY 491
Directed In‐
dividual
Study
F08, S09,
F09, S10,
F10, S11,
S12, F12
Abrams,
Gamble,
Grindlay,
Harris,
Hawkes,
Henry, Kel‐
ley, Lane,
Laws, Leon‐
ard, Shew,
Smith, Wag‐
ner
Involves investigation under fac‐
ulty supervision beyond what is
offered in existing courses.
65
GLY 495
Senior Semi‐
nar
F08, F09,
S10, S12,
F12
Gamble,
Smith, Leon‐
ard, Kelley
Senior standing with a major in
geology and completion of 18
hours in the major from courses
at the 200‐level and above. May
be repeated one time for credit.
34
176
GLY 498
Internship in
Geology
S12, F12
Henry
Practical training experience with
agency or business conducting
geological services. Jointly evalu‐
ated by geology faculty member
and on‐site supervisor.
4
GLY 499
Honors Work
in Geology
S10, F10
Hawkes, Kel‐
ley, Leonard
Eligibility for honors program and
recommendation of department
chairperson. Individual study for
honors students.
4
GLY 501
Research
Methods in
Geology
F08, F09,
F10, F11,
F12
Leonard,
Smith,
Scientific proposal preparation,
experimental design, scientific
ethics, library use, safety, project
management, data analysis, qual‐
ity assurance and computer ap‐
plications
53
GLY 502
Technical
Communica‐
tion in Geol‐
ogy
S09, S10,
S11, S12
Dorton, Kel‐
ley, Laws,
Leonard
Scientific manuscript preparation
and communication techniques:
writing techniques, manuscript
format, abstracts, oral and poster
presentations.
24
GLY 510
Sedimentary
Environ‐
ments
S10, S12
Laws, Leon‐
ard
Survey of ancient sedimentary
environments with an evaluation
of the criteria used in their
recognition in the rock record.
Specific ancient sedimentary se‐
quences are examined and com‐
pared to their modern counter‐
parts.
14
GLY 515
Methods of
Sedimentol‐
ogy
F09
Thayer
A survey of the parameters of
sedimentation. Emphasis on the
processes involved in the for‐
mation of sedimentary rocks, in‐
cluding their origin, transport,
deposition and lithification of
rock– forming minerals. Tech‐
niques of physical and chemical
analyses of sediments are
stressed
16
177
GLY 520
Global Cli‐
mate Change
F08, F09,
F10, F11,
F12
Gamble, To‐
bias
General chemistry, college phys‐
ics, and calculus with analytic
geometry. Analysis of natural and
anthropogenic global climate
change. Historical and geological
records of climate including sed‐
iment, tree ring, and ice core
analysis. Physics and chemistry of
climate including Earth’s energy
balance, global carbon cycle, cli‐
mate modeling, atmospheric
composition and dynamics.
28
GLY 526
Geohydrolo‐
gy
S09, S10,
S12
Henry
Geology of ground waters and
related aspects of surface waters.
Methods of groundwater re‐
source evaluation, protection,
exploitation, and contaminant
remediation.
11
GLY 531
Micropaleon‐
tology
F08
Laws
Paleobiology and geological his‐
tory of microorganisms, empha‐
sizing the classification and sys‐
tematics of major microfossil
groups.
4
GLY 533
Paleoecology
F12
Kelley
Principles of ecological faunal
analysis as primarily applied to
the marine fossil record. Empha‐
sizes the integration of form and
function, taphonomy, and com‐
munity development through
time, and sedimentolo‐
gy/stratigraphy as a synthetic
approach to paleoenvironmental,
paleobiological and evolutionary
analyses. Applications to biostra‐
tigraphy are considered.
10
GLY 535
Stratigraphic
Paleonto
S09, S11
Kelley
Analysis of the historical, geologi‐
cal and biological basis of biostra‐
tigraphy emphasizing the applica‐
tion of biostratigraphic principles
and techniques in the develop‐
ment of high‐resolution relative
time scales.
8
GLY 550
Marine Geol‐
F12, F11,
Nooner,
Topography, sediments, structure 41
and geologic history of the ma‐
178
ogy
F10
Grindlay
rine and estuarine environment.
GLY 590
Special Top‐
F11
ics in Geology
7
GLY 591
Directed In‐
dependent
Study
F08, S09,
F09, S10,
F10, S11,
F11, S12,
F12
Gamble,
Ghoneim,
Harris, Kel‐
ley, Laws,
Leonard,
Shew, Smith,
Tobias
GLY 592
Topics in Ge‐
ology
F08, S09,
F10, S11,
F11, S12
Cleary, Har‐
ris, Lane,
Leonard,
Shew
Advanced special topics in geolo‐
gy through lectures, seminars,
and laboratory or field experi‐
ence.
48
GLY 598
Internship
S11, F11
Benedetti,
Smith
Participation in field experience
with an organization involved in
the practice of geology. Students
work with a licensed professional
geologist focusing on the linkage
between course work and practi‐
cal application. Students com‐
plete a final report based on their
activities. Final presentation re‐
quired.
4
GLY 599
Thesis
F08, S09,
F09, S10,
F10, S11,
F11, S12
Gamble,
Halls, Kelley,
Lane, Leon‐
ard, Laws,
McNamara
GLYL
120
Environmen‐
tal Geology
Laboratory
F08, S09,
F09, S10,
S12, F12
GTAs
Laboratory analysis of earth ma‐
terials and resources. Applica‐
tions of geologic principles to
solving current environmental
problems
236
OCN 150
Intro to
Oceanogra‐
phy
S12, F12
Hawkes,
Laws, Wag‐
ner
An introduction to the geology,
physics, chemistry and biology of
the ocean; instruments and tech‐
niques of oceanography; re‐
sources of the ocean.
255
179
36
51
OCN 490
Oceanography
Capstone
F12
Nooner
1
Integration of principles, theo‐
ries, and methods of oceanogra‐
phy. Students select a topic,
problem, or question and design
a hands‐on field and/or laborato‐
ry research project. Written and
oral reports and group discus‐
sions of research findings; meets
the applied learning requirement.
OCN 491
Directed Indi‐
vidual Study
F12
Wagner
2
*If courses are known to enroll a high number of on‐site or distance education students from other
universities, please discuss these instances along with number and affiliations of distance education
enrollees.
b.) Identify workshops, continuing education, or other non‐credit bearing instruction to community
that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D3: Non‐Degree Credit Instruction
Workshop/Instruction Dates offered Instructor(s)
title
and
Affiliation(s)
Earth
7/8/12‐
J. Dorton , L.
7/13/12
Leonard, D.
Kubasko
(UNCW), H.
Seim
(UNCCH),
L.Adams
(Kennesaw
State),
George
Matsumato
(MBARI)
Water Resources and 2/1,8,15/2011 Roger Shew
Global Climate
Change
Brief description of in‐
struction (1 sentence)
In‐service teacher training
workshop for incorpora‐
tion of real‐time marine
science information into
curriculum.
Short course for Osher
Life Long Learning Center
on resources and climate
change
Enrollment Figures
Total/on‐
site/distance edu
30
12 (Short Course 3
sessions held)
c.) Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Profession‐
al Service will be captured in a different section, so please constrain this list to those examples that
180
serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as science cafes and
K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Public Service / Out‐
Dates
Personnel In‐
reach/Engagement pro‐
volved
gram name and brief de‐
scription (one sentence)
Pender County Schools –
8/21/2012
Roger Shew
Elementary, Middle, High
Dennis Kubasko
School Teachers:
Participants in
program (e.g. K‐
12 teachers)
Number of par‐
ticipants
Teachers
45 teachers
Presentations on Coastal
Management and Issues
including sea level change
and Outdoor Lab for
Beach Profiling, Sediment
Types, and Flora and Fau‐
na
NOAA in the Carolinas:
Water Resources and Resiliency
March 15-16,
2012
Jennifer Dorton
Adults ‐ profes‐
sional
110
Integrated Ocean Observing Systems: UNCW
Coastal Ocean Research
& Monitoring Program
December 1,
2011
Lynn Leonard
Adults
35
College Day – Coastal
Zone Processes
10/2011
Roger Shew
Adults – Commu‐
nity
30
OLLI Presentation: Coastal
Issues
11/21/2011
Roger Shew
Adults – Commu‐
nity
45
Presentations on offshore
hydrocarbon exploration
and production and wind
energy presentations:
Various
Roger Shew,
Adults
20 – 70 at each
session
OLLI (2)
9/21, 2012;
9/29/2011
Men’s Club
(9/20,2011)
181
Senior Men’s Club (2);
(8/1/2012)
9/14/2012
Cape Fear River Watch
2/10/2012
9/4/2010
Ocean Observing Pro‐
grams in the Southeastern
U.S. – Briefings to con‐
gressional delegates from
NC and FL. Washington,
DC.
2008‐present
Lynn Leonard
Adults
Variable
Using real time oceanographic information
9 times 20082012
Leonard and
Dorton
K‐12
35 students each
Carolinas Regional
Coastal Ocean Observing
System
9/17/2009
Leonard and
Dorton
Goldsboro Power
Squadron
35
Ocean Observing opportunities for teachers in the
Carolinas
March 2009
Leonard
Oceans Awareness Day workshop for teachers
in Beaufort, NC
30
Science Olympiad trainer
2011‐2012 AY
NC Regional Science
Olympiad “Rocks and
Minerals” competition
leader
Judge of the Southeast
North Carolina Regional
Science Fair
Junior Seahawk Academy:
presentations on marine
weather and data
3/3/12
Leonard, Shew &
various graduate
students
Amy Wagner,
Christy Visaggi
45
Middle school and
high school stu‐
dents
Approximately
88
2011, 2012
Lane
K‐12 Students
250
June 22,‐24,
2011
Leonard, Gamble
and graduate
students
K‐12 students
from underrepre‐
sented groups
~30
d.) Professional Service
Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activity have provid‐
ed to North Carolina or at the regional / national / international level. Include all North Carolina ad‐
182
visory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit
this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D5. Professional Service
Board or Group name
Dates
Service provided
2012‐2014
Activity member name and affilia‐
tion
Doug Gamble, UNCW
2012‐2015
Doug Gamble, UNCW
Member
2008‐
present
All faculty
Reviewer for numerous
proposals
2008‐
present
All faculty
NOAA IOOS Metrics De‐
velopment working team
‐NATIONAL
SECOORA institutional
representative‐ RE‐
GIONAL
SECOORA Public Policy
and Operations Commit‐
tees ‐REGIONAL
NOAA IOOS Metrics De‐
velopment working team
(II) ‐NATIONAL
SECOORA Board of Di‐
2008‐09
Lynn Leonard, UNCW
Reviewer for Journal of
Geodesy, Geophysical
Journal International,
Geophysical Review
Letters, Advances in
Space Research, Inter‐
national Journal of
Greenhouse Gas Con‐
trol, IEEE Journal of
Oceanic Engineering,
CERF, Marine Geology,
Journal Coastal Re‐
search, Palaios, J. Cli‐
matology etc.
Reviewer of NSF, vari‐
ous state SeaGrant
agencies, French and
Canadian Research
Agency , NOAA, USGS,
proposals
Regional Association
representative
2008‐
present
Lynn Leonard, UNCW
Member
2009‐2012
Lynn Leonard, UNCW
Member
2010
Lynn Leonard, UNCW
Member
2011‐
Lynn Leonard, UNCW
Director
Southeastern Division of
the Association of Amer‐
ican Geographers
Research Permit Com‐
mittee, Gerace Research
Centre, College of the
Bahamas, San Salvador,
Bahamas
Reviewer for numerous
journals
183
President & member
rectors ‐REGIONAL
SECOORA Executive
Committee – Secretary
REGIONAL
IOOS Ocean Observing
Federal Advisory Com‐
mittee ‐NATIONAL
Governors North Caroli‐
na Wind Energy Task
Force‐ STATE
NC State Geologists Li‐
censing Board ‐STATE
NC Arc Users Group ‐
STATE
Present
2011‐ pre‐
sent
Lynn Leonard, UNCW
Officer
2012‐2013
Lynn Leonard, UNCW
Appointee and Mem‐
ber
2010‐
present
Lynn Leonard, UNCW
Member
2010‐
present
2008‐
present
Burleigh Harris, UNCW
Member
Joanne Halls, UNCW
Board Member
E. Outputs and Impacts
1. Publications
a.) List refereed publications directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or
representative publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. You may reference in‐
formation in the REACH NC Appendix in response to this question. * indicates student co‐
authors
1. Gamble, D.W., D.B. Parnell, and S. Curtis, 2008. Spatial variability of the Caribbean mid‐summer
drought and relation to the North Atlantic High, International Journal of Climatology 28: 343‐
350.
2.
Davis, L.A.*, Leonard, L.A., and Snedden, G.A. 2008. Hydrography and bottom boundary layer
dynamics: Influence on inner shelf sediment mobility, Long Bay, NC. Southeastern Geology
45(3): 97‐110.
3. Wren, P.A., Marshall, J.A., Leonard, L.A., and Van der Linde, M.* 2008. The effects of
hardbottom geometry on sediment transport processes on the mid‐continental shelf in Onslow
Bay, North Carolina. Southeastern Geology 45(3):111‐126
4. McGee, D.*, R.A. Laws, and L.B. Cahoon, 2008. Live benthic diatoms from the upper continental
slope: Extending the limits of marine primary production. Marine Ecology Progress Series, v.
356, p. 103‐112.
5. Gamble, D.W., 2010. Carolina Lesson Plans: Climate change and the North Carolina coast. The
North Carolina Geographer 17: pp. 60‐70.
6. Diebold, J., Tolstoy, M., Doermann, L., Webb, S. C., Nooner, S., and Crone, T. J. (2010), R/V Mar‐
cus G. Langseth Seismic source: Modeling and Calibration, Geochemistry Geophysics
Geosystems, 11, doi:10.1029/2010GC003216.
7. Tanner, B.R., M.E. Uhle, C.I. Mora, J.T. Kelley, P.J. Schuneman, C.S. Lane, E.S. Allen. 2010. Com‐
parison of Bulk and Compound‐Specific δ13C Analyses and Determination of Carbon Sources to
184
Salt Marsh Sediments Using n‐Alkane Distributions (Maine, USA). Estuarine, Coastal, and Shelf
Science 86, 283–291.
8. Deng, Y.*, Solo‐Gabriele, H, Laas, M.*, Leonard, L., Childers, D., He, G., and Engel, V. 2010. Im‐
pacts of hurricanes on patterns of surface water flow within a wetland. Journal of Hydrology.
392: 164‐173.
9. He, G., Engel, V., Leonard, L., Croft, A., Childers, D., Laas, M., Deng, Y.*, and Solo‐Gabriele, H.
2010. Factors Controlling Surface Water Flow in a Low‐gradient Subtropical Wetland. Wetlands.
30:275–286.
10. Steckler, M. S., Nooner, S. L., Akhter, S. H., Chowdhury, S. K., Bettadpur, S., Seeber, L., and
Kogan, M. G. (2010), Modeling Earth Deformation from Monsoonal Flooding in Bangladesh using
Hydrographic, GPS and GRACE Data, Journal of Geophysical Research, 115, B08407,
doi:10.1029/2009JB007018.
11. Chadwick, W. W., Butterfield, D. A., Embley, R. W., Tunnicliffe, V., Huber, J. A., Nooner, S. L., and
Clague, D. A. (2010), Spotlight 1 – Axial Seamount, Oceanography, 23, 1, 38‐39 (invited).
12. Gamble, D.W., D. Campbell*, T. Allen*, D. Barker, S. Curtis, D, McGregor, and J. Popke, 2010.
Climate change, drought, and Jamaican agriculture: local knowledge and the climate record.
Annals of the Association of American Geographers 100(4), pp. 880‐893.
13. Morrill, C., A.J. Wagner, B.L. Otto‐Bliesner, and N. Rosenbloom, Evidence for significant climate
impacts in monsoonal Asia at 8.2 ka from multiple proxies and model simulations, Journal of
Earth Environment, 2(3), 426‐441, 2011.
14. Wagner, A.J. and N.C. Slowey, Oxygen isotopes in seawater from the Texas‐Louisiana shelf, Bul‐
letin of Marine Science, 87(1), 1‐12, 2011.
15. Lane, C.S., S.P. Horn, C.I. Mora, K.H. Orvis, and D.B. Finkelstein. 2011. Sedimentary Compound‐
Specific Stable Carbon Isotope Evidence of Late Quaternary Environmental Change in the
Chirripó Páramo of Costa Rica. Journal of Paleolimnology 45, 323–338.
16. Larsen, L.G., N. Aumen, C. Bernhardt, V. Engel, T. Givnish, S. Hagerthey, J. Harvey, L. Leonard, P.
McCormick, C. McVoy, G. Noe, M. Nungesser, K. Rutchey, F. Sklar, T. Troxler, J. Volin, and D.
Willard. 2011. Recent and historic drivers of landscape change in the Everglades ridge, slough,
and tree island mosaic. Critical Reviews in Environmental Science & Technology, 1547‐6537,
Volume 41, Issue S1, 2011, pp. 344 – 381.
17. Ensign, S., Siporin, K., Piehler, M., Doyle, M., and L. Leonard. 2012. Hydrologic versus biogeo‐
chemical controls of denitrification in tidal freshwater wetlands. Estuaries and Coasts, s12237‐
012‐9491‐1.
18. Chadwick, W. W., Jr., S. L. Nooner, D. A. Butterfield, and M. D. Lilley (2012), Seafloor defor‐
mation and forecasts of the April 2011 eruption at Axial Seamount, Nature Geoscience, 5, doi:
10.1038/NGEO1464.
19. Dziak, R. P., Haxel, J. H., Bohnenstiehl, D. R., Chadwick, W. W., Nooner, S. L., Fowler, M. J.,
Matsumoto, H., and D. A. Butterfield (2012), Seismic precursors and magma ascent before the
April 2011 eruption at Axial Seamount, Nature Geoscience, 5, doi: 10.1038/NGEO1490.
185
20. Hawkes, A.D., Horton, B.P., 2012. Sedimentary record of storm deposits from Hurricane Ike,
Galveston and San Luis Islands, Texas. Geomorphology. doi:10.1016/j.geomorph.2012.05.017
b.) List non‐refereed publications such as journal articles, reviews, conference papers, books and
book chapters directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐
tive publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.
1. Leonard, L., Dorton, J., Culver, S., and Christian, R. 2009. “Coastal and Estuarine Observ‐
ing in North Carolina: Integrating Observations & Science to Understand Our Coastal
Environment”. ECU Press. 30p.
2. Gamble, D.W., 2009. Caribbean vulnerability: An appropriate climatic framework. In D.
McGregor, D. Dodman, and D. Barker, eds., Global Change and Caribbean Vulnerability:
Environment, Economy and Society at Risk? (Mona, Jamaica: The UWI Press), pp. 22‐46.
3. Fletcher, M., Leonard, L., Dorton, J., Hanson, J. 2009. Carolinas Regional Coastal Ocean
Observing System (Carolinas RCOOS): a model for integration of sub‐regional observing
systems. In: Oceans 2009 Proceedings.
4. Alnes, H., Eiken, O., Nooner, S., Sasagawa, G., Stenvold, T., and Zumberge, M. (2010),
Results from Sleipner gravity monitoring: updated density and temperature distribution
of the CO2 plume, in 10th International Conference on Greenhouse Gas Control Technol‐
ogies, GHGT‐10, Amsterdam, Netherlands.
5. Gamble, D. W., Kindler, P. In Gamble and Kindler (Eds.), Proceedings of the15th Sympo‐
sium on the Geology of the Bahamas and Other Carbonate Regions (vol. 15, pp. 200).
Gerace Research Centre. 2011.
6. Benedetti, M.M., Patrick*, J.S., Haws, J.A., Ellwood, B.B., Hesp, P.A., Daniels, J.M., Bicho,
N.F., and Forman, S.L., 2011. Late Pleistocene relative sea level high stand deposits of
Portuguese Estremadura. XVIII INQUA Congress, International Quaternary Association,
Bern, Switzerland.
7. Ghoneim, E. Ancient mega rivers, inland deltas and lake basins of the eastern sahara: a
radar remote sensing investigation. Conference Presentation Geological Society of
America Annual Meeting 2011.
8. Abubakr, M., Ghoneim, E., El‐Baz, F., Zeineldin, M., and Zeid, S.Use of radar data to un‐
veil the structurally controlled paleolakes along the ancestral channel of wadi el‐arish,
sinai, egypt. Conference Presentation Geological Society of America Annual Meeting
2011.
186
9. Halls, J. N. (2011) A Geospatial Analysis of Barrier Island Habitat Changes Using Remote
Sensing Imagery and LiDAR Elevation Data. Conference Presentation Coastal Zone 2011.
10. Halls, J. N. (2011) An Investigation of Changes in Barrier Islands Using 3D Modeling, Con‐
ference Presentation Association of American Geographers Annual Meeting, October
2011.
11. Leonard L., J. Dorton, D. Porter and M. Fletcher. 2011. Coastal Ocean Observing in the
Carolinas Conference Presentation at CERF 2011, 21st Biennial Conference of the Coastal
and Estuarine Research Federation, Daytona Beach, FL, November 6‐10, 2011.
12. Leonard L. and J. Dorton. 2011. Climate Change Implications for North Carolina: The
role of coastal observing systems Presentation at Geological Society of America South‐
eastern Section Annual Meeting. Wilmington, NC. March 25, 2011.
13. Morse, David J. and Smith, Michael S. (2011). Marl in the Coastal Plain of North Caroli‐
na: From Agriculture to Aquaculture. Presentation at Geological Society of America
Southeastern Section Annual Meeting. Wilmington, NC. March 25, 2011.
14. Shew, R. D., 2012, Kure Beach, North Carolina: Geology, Coastal Processes, and Envi‐
ronmental Issues, Conference Presentation, Southeastern GSA, Asheville, NC, April,
2012.
15. Korpanty, C.A., C.C.Visaggi, B.A. Parnell, P.H. Kelley, and G.P. Dietl. 2012. Fidelity of
molluscan life and death assemblages: a four‐year study to assess the impact of anthro‐
pogenic pressures on a North Carolina tidal flat. Conference Presentation Geological So‐
ciety of America Southeast Section Annual Meeting 2012.
16. Sciance, M.B. and J.N. Halls, 2012, Spatial Analysis of Sea Turtle Nesting Frequency on
Two Barrier Islands in North Carolina, submitted to the 33rd Annual Symposium on Sea
Turtle Biology and Conservation, Baltimore, Maryland, 2‐8 Feb. 2012.
21. Technical Outputs
List any technical outputs such as CDs, software programs, databases, algorithms, and/or measure‐
ment instruments. Include the key participants and their affiliation. There is no time limit on
when these occurred.
Geodetic monitoring stations:
 Axial Seamount on the Juan de Fuca Ridge. Scott Nooner (UNCW) with Bill Chadwick
(Oregon State University) and Mark Zumberge (Scripps Institution of Oceanography
187

9 50' N on the East Pacific Rise, with Spahr Webb (Lamont‐Doherty Earth Observatory)
and Roger Buck (Lamont‐Doherty Earth Observatory)

Ongoing work by S. Nooner to improve our seafloor geodetic instrumentation with La‐
mont‐Doherty Earth Observatory (Spahr Webb), Scripps (Mark Zumberge, Glenn
Sasagawa, and Dave Chadwell), and Oregon State (Bill Chadwick).
Environmental Monitoring
 Real‐time oceanographic and meteorological buoy array deployed in coastal waters of
SE NC and the SC coastline. Program also provides realtime and archived information
via www.carolinasrcoos.org. This effort is a sub‐regional partnership undertaken with
faculty from the University of South Carolina, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, the
Southeast Coastal Ocean Observing Regional Association (SECOORA), NOAA’s National
Weather Service, the NOAA National Data Buoy Center, U.S. Coast Guard, DownEast In‐
strumentation and others. (Leonard)

Micro climate network collecting meteorological data on San Salvador, Bahamas. Doug
Gamble (UNCW) with Gerace Research Centre, College of Bahamas

Weather station and water level loggers in Salt River Bay, St. Croix, USVI. Doug Gamble
(UNCW) with U.S. National Park Service, Office of Insular Affairs
Select GIS Database Products:
 Data Processing, GIS Database Development, and Spatial Analysis of Atlantic Commer‐
cial Fisheries. J. Halls (UNCW)

GIS Development of Confined Feeding Animal Operations in Southeastern NC and Pre‐
dictive Model of Potential Water Pollution. J. Halls (UNCW) for Cape Fear River Watch.

Internet Mapping Web Service for Analysis of Visitor Impacts at Three NC Coastal Re‐
serve Network. J. Halls (UNCW) for

Oculina GIS and Web Mapping Project. J. Halls (UNCW) for NOAA National Marine Fish‐
eries Service; Marfin program.

webGIS portal: http://www.uncw.edu/gis/webgisportal.htm
Other electronic databases:
Diatom atlas:
http://dl.uncw.edu/digilib/Biology/Protists/Taxonomy%20and%20Systematics/MEPS_Diatoms/
Coastal Ocean Research and Monitoring Program: www.cormp.org
188
Carolinas RCOOS: www.carolinasrcoos.org
22. Commercialization and Technology Transfer
List and describe commercialization or the transfer of technology to either the private or the
governmental sector. Technology transfer can include a range of actions including patent
applications, company formations, and/or licensing agreements. There is no time limit on
when these occurred.
Southeast Marine Weather Portal: Online marine weather and oceanographic information
product developed in conjunction with NOAA Weather Forecasting offices in the southeast‐
er region. 2007‐present. Currently operated via NWS servers.
23. Awards and Honors
Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of
their participation in the Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publica‐
tions for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.
Table E1. Awards and Honors
Award or Honor
Date
Name
10/10/11 Kelley
Association for
Women Geosci‐
entists Profes‐
sional Excellence
Award
National Associa‐
tion of Geosci‐
ence Teachers
Distinguished
Speaker
Paleontological
Society Distin‐
guished Lecturer,
1994‐1996
Chancellor's
Teaching Excel‐
lence Award
UNCW Faculty
Scholar Award
Chancellor's
Teaching Excel‐
lence Award
Department of
Commerce, Na‐
tional Weather
2006‐
2009
Kelley
2006‐
2013
Kelley
2012
Kelley
Brief Description
Career achievement award inaugurated
in 2011. Citation reads "for your out‐
standing leadership in research, teaching,
and administration, in conjunction with
your strong commitment to service, out‐
reach, and mentoring women in the geo‐
sciences.”
One of ~10 Distinguished Speakers each
yr, known for their teaching excellence,
funded by NAGT to make presentations
at institutions across the US; visited ~ 6‐8
universities/yr
One of three Distinguished Lecturers
each year funded by the Paleontological
Society to make presentations at institu‐
tions across the US; visited ~ 6‐8 universi‐
ties/yr
University teaching award
2012
Leonard
University Research award
2000
Leonard
University teaching award
2007
Leonard & Dorton
Recognition for work on Marine Weather
Portal
189
Service, Public
Service Award
Chancellor's
Teaching Excel‐
lence Award
Excellence in
Teaching Award,
Educator of the
Year
Principal's Re‐
search Award for
Best Publication
Outstanding Lec‐
turer Award
2010
Gamble
University teaching award
2009
Gamble
2009
Gamble
Teaching award from Southeastern Divi‐
sion Association of the American Geogra‐
phers
Award from NC Geographical Society
2011
Gamble
2009
Shew
Best Publication in the Faculty of Pure &
Applied Sciences, University of West In‐
dies‐Mona
Recognizes outstanding performance by
a full time lecturer at UNCW.
F. Other
If there is other information that has not been requested above and is relevant, please include it
here.
190
Section II‐7. Coastal and Marine Science Activities
A. Activity: DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS AND PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY
B. Activity Narrative
Describe the mission and history of the Activity.
One of the areas of importance to the “coastal university of North Carolina”, the University of North
Carolina Wilmington, is a commitment to the study of marine and coastal issues. The strength of marine
science at UNCW results from a common emphasis on marine science within the traditional science de‐
partments and cooperative interdisciplinary activities. The Department already supports the University’s
emphasis on marine science through its curricular offerings in physical oceanography. We have built
upon this foundation by identifying a course of study in physical oceanography that satisfies all the basic
requirements of a general undergraduate physics program, which includes electricity and magnetism,
experimental physics, thermodynamics, and quantum mechanics, while including a working knowledge
of the oceanographic domain.
Expansion of the physics degree to include applied options greatly enables students graduating with a
B.S. in physics to be poised to significantly improve their career potential. Because of the strong focus on
marine science at the undergraduate and graduate level at UNCW, the Physics Department was re‐
named to become the Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography in 1998. Since that point the
Department had been slowly adding courses in physical oceanography to the physics curriculum to fulfill
the dual roles of providing electives for the undergraduate physics majors, as well as in support of the
other undergraduate disciplines in marine science and the MS in Marine Science.
With the addition of faculty qualified to teach courses in both the traditional physics curriculum and in
physical oceanography in 2006 and 2008, the Department obtained the ability to add the courses need‐
ed to support an Option in Physical Oceanography within the Physics curriculum in 2010. By offering an
Option in Physical Oceanography, the Physics Department has broadening the potential career paths of
our students into the environmental regime. This option is attracting students interested in environmen‐
tal problems to pursue an undergraduate degree in physics. Because the students will continue to be
well versed in the traditional areas of physics as well as physical oceanography, students graduating in
this course of study are well prepared to pursue careers in physics, physical oceanography, or a wide
variety of environmental programs. Technical positions in private or government oceanographic re‐
search laboratories are available for physical oceanographers at the B.S. level. Students who continue on
to graduate studies should expect to find high demand for physical oceanographers with advanced de‐
grees. Students entering graduate school in physical oceanography from this program will have a signifi‐
cant head start compared to those entering from most other undergraduate institutions. At the local
level, an undergraduate degree option in physical oceanography will help to expand the resource base
and the potential student pool for the existing M.S. in Marine Science within the College of Arts and Sci‐
ences in conjunction with the Center for Marine Science, which currently includes a core area in physical
oceanography, taught by faculty within the Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography.
Mission Statement ‐ The Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography is part of the College of Arts
and Sciences. Concurrent with the mission statements of the University and the College, the Depart‐
ment is committed to, and values excellence in teaching, scholarship, and service. The Department pro‐
vides quality programs leading to the B.S. and B.A. degrees through courses that stimulate intellectual
curiosity, imagination, rational thinking, and thoughtful expression, and through opportunities for stu‐
191
dent participation in the scholarly activity of its faculty. The Department further supports the College
mission by providing service courses in the natural sciences that acquaint beginning students with the
laws of nature and develop their abilities to reason and think critically. The Department serves as a re‐
source to the University and community by providing professional services at the local, regional, and
global levels.
Discuss what makes this Activity unique, competitive, compelling, and/or of strategic importance.
The UNCW Physics B.S. degree option in Physical Oceanography is rivaled only by a similar program at
the University of Rhode Island; there are no others in North America. The strength of UNCW's marine
programs results from a common emphasis on marine science within traditional science departments,
along with shared cooperative interdisciplinary activities. The Physics option in physical oceanography
combines a sound grasp of physics fundamentals (classical mechanics, electricity and magnetism, exper‐
imental physics, thermodynamics, and quantum physics) with a working knowledge of the oceanograph‐
ic domain. This enables students graduating with a major in physics to significantly improve their career
potential in the environmental regime. Students graduating in this option can also go on to do graduate
work in physical oceanography, such as continuing at UNCW to obtain a Master of Science in Marine
Science.
Identify the most significant impact(s) of the program on research, education, and/or society (includ‐
ing direct contributions to policy or management decisions) since January 1, 2008.
Because of the strong focus on marine science at the undergraduate and graduate level at UNCW, the
Physics Department was renamed to become the Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography in
1998. Unfortunately, it was not until 2010 that the Department hired enough faculty qualified to teach
courses in both physics and physical oceanography and the B.S. Option in Physical Oceanography could
be added to the curriculum. While the program continues to be challenged by the limited number of
physical oceanography faculty, the program has made significant impacts, at state, regional, national
and international level.
At the local and regional level, Dylan McNamara is working in an exciting new activity of interest both to
scientists and policy makers. He is developing coupled models of human and coastline landscape
changes. Humans are increasingly altering the Earth’s surface, and affecting processes that shape and
reshape landscapes. In many cases, humans are reacting to landscape‐change processes that represent
natural hazards. Thus, the landscape is reacting to humans who are reacting to the landscape. When the
timescales for landscape change are comparable to those of human dynamics, human and ‘natural’
components of developed environments are dynamically coupled—necessitating coupling models of
human and physical/biological processes to study either environmental change or human responses.
The team consisting of an economist, an oceanographer and an expert in complex systems have just
published a study posing a question: What happens if physical predictions about the erosive force of fu‐
ture storms are entwined with economic predictions of how coastal towns deal with the loss of their
beaches? that was covered by the New York Times (http://green.blogs.nytimes.com/2011/04/06/the‐
rich‐are‐different‐they‐can‐buy‐more‐sand/). “In the current management paradigm along much of the
U.S. East Coast,” the authors write, “each town operates by considering what is best for itself without
consideration of future nourishment in other towns.” They offer the following solution; “Regional man‐
agement strategies could alter the rate of resource depletion, perhaps allowing more time for develop‐
ment of new technologies that could make new sources of sand economically viable.”
192
At the national level, Frederick Bingham is part of a team of scientists using satellite measurements to
determine ocean surface salinity levels. NASA and the Argentinean space agency CONAE jointly fund the
project, known as the Aquarius/SAC‐D mission. Sea surface microwave emissions are translated into sea
surface salinity using a sophisticated algorithm that takes into account the surface temperature, sea
state and other factors. Bingham is working on ground truthing the data with the help of Montserrat
Fuentes, professor of statistic at NC State University. In addition, Bingham is co‐director of the interna‐
tional data management system for this program being maintained at the NASA Jet Propulsion Laborato‐
ry.
Internationally, John M. Morrison has been working collaboratively with a team at the Charles Darwin
Research Station and the Galapagos National Park Service on the dynamics of the circulation and water
mass properties of the Galapagos Islands upwelling zones. The results of this program are being used to
revise the rules for access to the Galapagos Marine Reserve. Morrison has been leading an international
team on development of a SeaWiFS caliber multispectral sensor to fly aboard a CUBESAT (nanosatellite
of size: 100mm x 100mm x 340mm) in Low‐Earth‐Orbit (200 – 500 km), with image ground resolution of
30–80 m and projected lifetime of 18–24 months for collection of high‐resolution ocean color data in
the coastal zone. The system would offer significantly higher spatial resolution than most standard sys‐
tems providing observation of variability below mesoscale and even sub‐mesoscales and giving new in‐
sights into mixing dynamics that are currently relatively poorly understood as well as give us the higher‐
resolution needed to look at processes in optically complex coastal zones. High spatial resolution im‐
agery would improve our ability to monitor fjords, estuaries, coral reefs and other near‐shore environ‐
ments where anthropogenic stresses are often most acute and where there are considerable security
and commercial interests.
Finally, on the fun side, McNamara is volunteering as the UNCW Surf Team Coach, putting his knowledge
of wave mechanics to work and coastal zone processes to work leading the team to 3 consecutive East
Coast Interscholastic Championships, and finishing in the top 3 teams nationally for the fourth straight
time in 2012.
Provide a description of the most significant challenges that will be faced by the Activity in the next
year, and in the next five years.
The most pressing challenge for the Physical Oceanography program at UNCW is the limited number of
faculty in the program. Faculty in the Physical Oceanography Program are expected to contribute to
traditional physics offerings that are a required part of the curricula for all science majors at UNCW, the
Physical Oceanography option, and the Master’s Program in Marine Science. Despite these demands
for teaching and student mentorship, we only have 2 fulltime physical oceanographers on the faculty.
The third Physical Oceanography faculty member is the Associate Director for Research for the UNCW
Center for Marine Science with a commensurate reduction in teaching assignment. Therefore, growth
of our Physical Oceanography program will be inhibited by the small number of faculty able to teach
general physics courses, to teach specialized courses, and to mentor undergraduate and graduate re‐
search. This challenge is compounded by a lack of a graduate program within the traditional physics of‐
fering. Because of this, Physical Oceanography faculty members who participate in the Marine Science
Master’s program have different expectations for teaching and scholarship than the other faculty mem‐
bers in the department. Growth in the Physical Oceanography program will come only with additional
faculty members able to fully participate in the Master of Science Program in Marine Science and in the
proposed PhD in Marine Science.
193
Include a succinct description of the future directions for, and sustainability of, the Activity in the next
year and in the next five years. Include modifications to personnel, programs, funding, or major infra‐
structure.
5‐Year Program. The Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography (PPO) is investigating a 3+2 op‐
tion: B.S. in Physics – Physical Oceanography Option and a M. S. In Marine Science – core area Physical
Oceanography. While a bachelor's degree in Physical Oceanography is adequate for entry‐level posi‐
tions; a master's degree is the preferred educational requirement for most research positions in private
industry, federal agencies, and state geological surveys. A Ph.D. is necessary for most high‐level research
and college teaching positions, but is generally not required for other jobs. Currently the Department of
Physics and Physical Oceanography offers a B.S. in Physics with an option in Physical Oceanography de‐
signed to prepare students not only for entry level positions, but to be highly qualified for advanced de‐
gree programs. A secondary goal is to help increase the resource base and the potential student pool
for the existing M.S. in Marine Science at UNCW that includes a core area in physical oceanography,
taught by faculty within the Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography, as well as potentially to
attract additional well‐qualified students to the undergraduate programs in Physics. Here we propose
establishment of a program that will formally link the existing B.S and M.S. programs to enable students
to quickly build upon the base in physical oceanography obtained within B.S. Option to receive a com‐
bined Bachelors of Science in Physics (Option in Physical Oceanography) and a Masters in Marine Sci‐
ence (specialization in Physical Oceanography) in as little as 5 years. The students will be qualified to
enter a number of technical areas in physics, marine science and environmental science at the master’s
level, as well as have ideal preparation to continue on to a Ph.D. program in Physical Oceanography if
that is their goal. Traditionally, most physical oceanographers complete an undergraduate degree in
physics and then enroll in a graduate program, more often than not at another institution. Most gradu‐
ate programs in physical oceanography require students to acquire a M. S. (requiring on average 2 – 3
years at their institution or another institution) prior to enrolling in their Ph.D. program (requiring 4 – 5
years); thus requiring on the order of 6 – 7 years past the B.S. to acquire a Ph.D. At the same time, on
the national level, funding for specific research programs is typically limited to 3 – 4 years (with a maxi‐
mum of 5 years), therefore requiring at least 2 consecutively funded grants to support a student through
a M.S. and Ph. D. program. By completing the program proposed here, students would not only cut the
time for an M.S. by up to 2 years (making for early entry into the workforce if their final goal is to ac‐
quire a M.S. degree) but also by applying for admission to a Ph.D. program with a M.S. in hand the stu‐
dents become extremely attractive as they should be able to finish their Ph.D. within 4 ‐ 5 years or one
funding cycle. If this program is ultimately approved and implemented and if undergraduate and gradu‐
ate enrollments increase, the Department will require at least one additional faculty FTE.
Ph.D. In Coastal and Marine Science. UNCW is has submitted a Request to Plan to the UNC General Ad‐
ministration for a Ph. D. in Coastal and Marine Science. This program will differ from existing marine
science related programs in the state because it will place emphasis on integrating scientists from vari‐
ous disciplines across college and university boundaries to bring together new inter/trans‐disciplinary
teams to address the marine science issues that are of such paramount importance to the southeast
region and the coastal regions of North Carolina in general. The integrative program will combine direct
observation of the environment with a systematic search for understanding the processes that control
it, and of their socioeconomic effects. This program will investigate the ocean’s role in many of society’s
most pressing challenges. Students will receive individualized training in coastal and marine science
mentored by interdisciplinary teams with a broad range of marine science expertise. Students will learn
to bridge the gaps, and to lead and/or work within teams attacking complex interdisciplinary problems.
194
Internships in local, state, or federal governments, nonprofit organizations or industry will be investigat‐
ed, as a way to make graduates more responsive to regional and state needs. Utilization of distance ed‐
ucation and on‐line learning as a way for students to meet certain course requirements will be explored.
The proposed Ph.D. in Coastal and Marine Science will emphasize sustainability through a unique inter‐
disciplinary approach complementary to more traditional programs and will enhance the ability of scien‐
tists with chemical, physical, geologic and biological backgrounds to work collaboratively in training the
next generation to address ocean priorities.
In order for this Ph.D. to succeed, the Physical Oceanographers will have to be fully integrated into the
program. This will result in additional workload for an already stressed faculty. If all of the projected
requirements for establishing the degree are met, 2 additional physical oceanography positions will be
required during the first 5 years of the program: an hydrodynamic modeler and observation‐
al/instrumentation.
C. Resources
1. Personnel
a.) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include current
faculty searches that are underway or expected). Expand the below table as necessary.
Table C1. Personnel
Name
John Morrison*
Dylan McNamara*
Fred Bingham*
Edward Olszewski
Brian Davis
Tim Black
Liping Gan
Title and department/college
Professor
Department Physics and Physi‐
cal Oceanography
CAS
Assistant Professor Department
Physics and Physical Oceanogra‐
phy
CAS
Professor
Department Physics and Physi‐
cal Oceanography
CAS
Professor
Department Physics and Physi‐
cal Oceanography
CAS
Professor
Department Physics and Physi‐
cal Oceanography
CAS
Associate Professor
Department Physics and Physi‐
cal Oceanography
CAS
Professor
Department Physics and Physi‐
195
Role
Faculty and Associate Director for
Research and Education for the
UNCW Center for Marine Science
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
cal Oceanography
CAS
Faculty
Curt Moyer
Professor
Department Physics and Physi‐
cal Oceanography
CAS
Faculty
Moorad Alexanian
Professor
Department Physics and Physi‐
cal Oceanography
CAS
Faculty
Zachary Williams
Lecturer
Department Physics and Physi‐
cal Oceanography
CAS
Yvonne Marsan
Laboratory Facilities Coordinator Support Staff
Geography and Geology
CAS
Cathy Morris
Administrative Assistant (full‐
Staff
time)
Alex Lee
Administrative Assistant (full‐
Staff
time)
* Physical Oceanography Faculty – responsible for all physical oceanography courses in the B.S. in Phys‐
ics – Option in Physical Oceanography
b.) Provide current number and general description of undergraduate students, graduate students,
and post‐docs involved with the Activity. Do not list individual students or post‐docs.
B.S. Physics: 31 ‐‐‐ 26 Option in General Physics and 5 Option in Physical Oceanography
B.A. Physics: 17
The department of physics does not offer a graduate degree. Three of the physics faculty participate
in the M.S. Marine Science degree program. These faculty are denoted by * above.
2. Funding
Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of
revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes
of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011
– June 30, 2012.
Table C2: Revenue
Source
Federal
State (not including uni‐
versity
Institution (e.g. University)
Foundation
FY10 ($)
$57,875
$0
FY11 ($)
$394,086
$0
FY12 ($)
FY13 ($)
FY14 ($)
Current
Projected
$91,641
$70,000
$70,000
$0
$0
$0
$1,299,275 $1,283,872 $1,213,274 $1,213,914
$0
$0
$0
$0
196
$1,213,914
$0
Other*
Total
$39,593
$1,855
$3,213
$2,800
$1,396,743 $1,679,813 $1,308,128 $1,286,714
$2,800
$1,286,714
* Including trust fund carry forward $ FY10
Table C3: Expenses
Source
Personnel
FY10 ($)
FY12 ($)
FY13 ($)
FY14 ($)
Current
Projected
$1,210,325 $1,266,892 $1,208,122 $1,200,694
Programmatic
$1,200,694
$133,614
$56,792
$72,103
$64,882
$64,882
$3,258
$4,600
$0
$0
$0
$300
$0
$0
$0
$0
$37,610
$5,374
$0
$1,000
$1,000
$9,990
$15,833
$15,829
$15,833
$15,833
$1,395,098 $1,349,491 $1,296,053 $1,282,409
$1,282,409
Physical infrastruc‐
ture
Maintenance and
operation
Equipment (>$5,000)
Other Direct Costs*
Total
FY11 ($)
*Provide a brief description of the Expenses table. In the Physical Infrastructure section, include
cost for purchase/lease of land and cost of facility construction and on‐going debt service.
3. Physical infrastructure
In this section, the focus will be on the facilities made use of by the 3 Physical Oceanographers in the
PPO. These faculty have offices within the Physics Department that are used when they need to be on
Main Campus for teaching, meeting with students, or other Departmental requirements (seminars, De‐
partment meeting, etc.). In addition, each of the faculty has a research office at the Center for Marine
Science (CMS) (see full supporting documentation for CMS in the portion of the Self Study dedicated to
CMS). In addition, the space assigned to physical oceanography within CMS consists of 2 additional of‐
fices for graduate students, a 141 ft2Modeling Facility, a 934 ft2 Physical Oceanography Laboratory that
is shared with the Carolinas Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System (Carolina RCOOS), a 530 ft2shared
with the Remotely Operated Vehicle Group and the 1409 ft2 Oceanographic Instrumentation Shop that
houses the Center’s Oceanographic Core Facility complete with a 7,299 gallon oceanographic Test Tank;
all of which reside within the 16,000 ft2Operations Wing (opened in 2008).
197
The Physical Oceanography Modeling Facility is currently home to Dylan McNamara’s Complex Adaptive
Systems Laboratory (CASL). CASL specializes in using tools developed in nonlinear dynamical systems
and complexity to study strongly coupled human‐environmental systems. The laboratory houses 4 multi‐
processor Macintosh computers.
In addition to the oceanographic equipment available through the Oceanographic Core Facility, the
physical oceanography group has access to other specialized field equipment. This includes a Doppler
Acoustic Current Profiler and Sea Sciences’ Acrobat Towed‐Undulation Vehicle that provides 5 (five)
standard underwater profiles: constant depth, constant altitude above the bottom, constant undulation
between two depths, adapting undulation between a set depth and varying bottom, and maximum
number of undulations between two survey positions. Acrobat instrumentation includes: a SeaBird
CTD, SeaBird O2, Biospherical Photosynthetically Active Radiation (PAR) underwater and surface sen‐
sors, SeaPoint Fluorometers (Chlorophyll, Color Dissolved Organic Matter (CDOM), and turbidity), A
Satlantic ISUS NO3 Sensor; Flow Control and Brooke‐Ocean Laser Optical Plankton Counter.
Carolina RCOOS has a full suite of state‐of‐the‐art mooring technology and has established and main‐
tains real‐time offshore and shore‐based oceanographic and marine meteorological platforms extending
from Cape Lookout, NC south to South Carolina.
The Physical Oceanographic Laboratory has a multi‐processor, linux‐based, system with dual‐21” Moni‐
tors, and 4 terabytes of disk space. Specialized software includes Exelis’s IDL Visual Information Solu‐
tions, Image Processing and Data Analysis and Delivery Software and NASA’s SeaWiFS Data Analysis Sys‐
tem (SeaDAS) package that is a comprehensive image analysis package for the processing, display, anal‐
ysis, and quality control of ocean color data; currently supporting MODIS, SeaWiFS, MERIS, OCTS and
CZCS data. The Lab has databases covering SeaWiFS Local Area Coverage (LAC) 1.1‐km resolution data
from the JGOFS Arabian Sea Process Study for 1994 – 2000 and LAC data for the Galapagos Islands for
2001 – 2005.
D. Research, Teaching, Public and Professional Service
1. Research
In the below table, list currently funded research projects (extramural and intramural). Include title,
investigators, dollar amount, and time frame.You may reference information in the REACH NC Ap‐
pendix in response to this question.
Table D1. Research
Project title
RUI: Test of QCD Symme‐
tries via Study of Light
Pseudoscalar Mesons
RUI: Test of QCD Symme‐
tries via Study of Light
Pseudoscalar Mesons
PI/CoPIs – include insti‐
tution
Gan, Liping UNCW
Sponsor
National Sci‐
ence Founda‐
tion (NSF)
$57,875.00 2009‐2013
Gan, Liping UNCW
National Sci‐
ence Founda‐
tion (NSF)
$79,094.00 2009‐2013
198
Amount
Dates
RUI: Test of QCD Symme‐
tries via Study of Light
Pseudoscalar Mesons
Gan, Liping UNCW
National Sci‐
ence Founda‐
tion (NSF)
$29,121.00 2009‐2013
RUI: Test of QCD Symme‐
tries via Study of Light
Pseudoscalar Mesons
Gan, Liping UNCW
National Sci‐
ence Founda‐
tion (NSF)
$80,374.00 2009‐2013
Statistical Evaluation of
the in situ Sea Surface
Salinity Field for Compari‐
son with Aquarius
Bingham, Frederick
National Aero‐
nautics and
Space Admin‐
istration (NASA)
$104,538.00 2009‐2013
National Aero‐
nautics and
Space Admin‐
istration (NASA)
$26,359.00 2009‐2013
National Aero‐
nautics and
Space Admin‐
istration (NASA)
$79,078.00 2009‐2013
National Aero‐
nautics and
Space Admin‐
istration (NASA)
$11,364.00 2009‐2013
National Sci‐
ence Founda‐
tion (NSF)
$62,125.00 2009‐2012
National Sci‐
ence Founda‐
tion (NSF)
$100,060.00 2010‐2013
National Aero‐
nautics and
Space Admin‐
$82,000.00 2011‐2014
Statistical Evaluation of
the in situ Sea Surface
Salinity Field for Compari‐
son with Aquarius
Statistical Evaluation of
the in situ Sea Surface
Salinity Field for Compari‐
son with Aquarius
Statistical Evaluation of
the in situ Sea Surface
Salinity Field for Compari‐
son with Aquarius
Collaborative Research:
Neutron Interferometry
Experiments for Nuclear
Physics
UNCW
Bingham, Frederick
UNCW
Bingham, Frederick
UNCW
Bingham, Frederick
UNCW
Black, Timothy
UNCW
Collaborative Proposal;
Environment, Society, and
Economy: Modeling New
Behaviors Emerging from
Coupling Physical Coastal
Processes and Coastal
Economies
McNamara, Dylan
The SPURS Data Man‐
agement System
Bingham, Frederick
UNCW
UNCW
199
istration (NASA)
The SPURS Data Man‐
agement System
The SPURS Data Man‐
agement System
Bingham, Frederick
UNCW
Bingham, Frederick
UNCW
COASTAL CHANGE ‐
WAVE TRANSFORMATION
McNamara, Dylan
Collaborative Research:
Neutron Interferometry
Experiments inNuclear
Physics
Black, Timothy
Collaborative Research:
Neutron Interferometry
Experiments inNuclear
Physics
UNCW
UNCW
Black, Timothy
UNCW
National Aero‐
nautics and
Space Admin‐
istration (NASA)
$72,000.00 2011‐2014
National Aero‐
nautics and
Space Admin‐
istration (NASA)
$39,807.00
National Sci‐
ence Founda‐
tion (NSF)
$90,191.00 2011‐2014
National Sci‐
ence Founda‐
tion (NSF)
$24,977.00 2012‐2015
National Sci‐
ence Founda‐
tion (NSF)
$53,004.00 2012‐2015
RUI: Testing QCD Symme‐
tries via Precision Meas‐
urements of Light Pseu‐
doscalar Mesons
Gan, Liping UNCE
National Sci‐
ence Founda‐
tion (NSF)
$80,277.00 2012‐2015
Reserve Monitoring and
Stewardship Programs
Service Contract 2012‐
2013
Morrison, John
NCDENR Divi‐
sion of Coastal
Management
(DCM)
$177,569.00 2012‐2013
NCDENR Divi‐
sion of Coastal
Management
(DCM)
$47,706.00 2012‐2013
NCDENR Divi‐
sion of Coastal
Management
$9,951.00 2012‐2013
Reserve Education Pro‐
gram Service Contract
2012‐2013
Reserve Research Support
Service Contract 2012‐
2013
UNCW
Morrison, John
UNCW
Morrison, John
UNCW
200
(DCM)
2. Teaching and Instruction (if applicable)
a.) Identify courses taught for degree credit that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D2. Teaching and Instruction for Degree Credit
Course Title & Level
#
Dates
offered
Instructor(s)
& Affilia‐
tion(s)
Brief Course Description
Enroll‐
ment
Figures
PHY
101
Elementary College
Physics I‐UG
F08, F09,
F10, S11,
F11, S12,
F12
Alexanian,
Black, Gan,
McNamara,
Moyer,
Olszewski
Mechanics, heat, sound, light, elec‐
tricity and magnetism, and introduc‐
tion to modern physics.
1581
PHY
102
Elementary College
Physics II‐UG
S09, S10,
S11, F11,
S12, F12
Mechanics, heat, sound, light, elec‐
tricity and magnetism, and introduc‐
tion to modern physics.
1071
PHY
104
PHY
105
Physics for Future
Presidents ‐UG
Introductory Physics‐
UG
Bingham
PHY
201
General Physics I‐UG
F10, F11,
F12
F08, S09,
F09, S10,
F10, S11,
S12, F12
F08, F09,
F10, F11,
F12
Alexanian,
Bingham,
Black, Gan,
Moyer,
Olszewski
Morrison
PHY
202
General Physics II‐UG
S09, S10,
S11, S12
Black, Davis,
McNamara,
Moyer
PHY
311
Mathematical Phys‐
ics I‐UG
F08, F09,
S11, S12
Alexanian,
Herman
Survey covering the fundamentals of
mechanics, heat, light, sound, and
electricity and magnetism, and their
application in today’s society.
Kinematics, Newtonian statics and
dynamics, gravitation, fluids, kinetic
theory, thermodynamics, 202: Electric
and magnetic fields, circuits, Max‐
well’s equations, waves, optics.
Kinematics, Newtonian statics and
dynamics, gravitation, fluids, kinetic
theory, thermodynamics, 202: Electric
and magnetic fields, circuits, Max‐
well’s equations, waves, optics.
An introduction to the mathematical
techniques useful in physics: vector
analysis, operator and matrix analy‐
sis; functions of a complex variable
and calculus of residues; differential
equations, special functions of
mathematical physics; Fourier series
and transforms, eigenfunctions and
Sturm‐Liouville equation; Green's
functions; variational methods; and
perturbation theory.
Black, Davis,
Moyer
201
73
258
430
199
35
PHY
315
Computational Phys‐
ics and Complexity‐
UG
Classical Dynamics I ‐
UG
F10, S12
McNamara
F08, F09,
F10, F11,
F12
Alexanian,
McNamara
PHY
335
Modern Physics‐UG
F08, F09,
F10, F11,
F12
Black, Gan
PHY
350
PHY
411
Fluid Mechanics‐UG
S11
McNamara
Electricity and Mag‐
netism I‐UG
F08, F09,
F10, F11,
F12
Alexanian
PHY
420
Global Climate
Change‐UG
F08, F09,
F10
Bingham
PHY
444
Quantum Theory‐UG
F08, F09,
F10, F11,
F12
Gan, Moyer
PHY
455
Thermal Physics‐UG
S09, S10,
S11, S12
Gan
PHY
475
Physical Oceanogra‐
phy‐UG
S09, S10,
S11, S12
Morrison
PHY
321
202
12
Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamilto‐
nian formulations of mechanics ap‐
plied to single particles and systems
of particles, central forces, collisions,
oscillations, normal mode analysis,
motion of rigid bodies, and elastic
waves in continuous media. Rotating
frames of reference. Special relativity.
Survey of modern physics. Special
relativity, atomic and nuclear physics,
and an introduction to wave mechan‐
ics.
60
64
2
Electric and magnetic field theory;
Poisson's and Laplace's equation;
harmonic methods, special methods
for solution of electrostatics prob‐
lems, material media and boundary
value problems; electromagnetic
waves and radiation; electromagnetic
laws of optics.
Analysis of natural and anthropogenic
global climate change. Historical and
geological records of climate includ‐
ing sediment, tree ring, and ice core
analysis. Physics and chemistry of
climate, including Earth’s energy bal‐
ance, global carbon cycle, climate
modeling, atmospheric composition
and dynamics.
Introduction to basic principles of
quantum mechanics. Topics include
operators, symmetry, orbital and spin
angular momentum, perturbation
theory, and applications to simple
systems.
Principles of thermodynamics and
heat transfer; response of molecules
to temperature effects illustrated by
introduction to kinetic theory and
statistical mechanics
An introduction to the descriptive and
dynamical features of ocean circula‐
tion. Topics include: the physical
properties of seawater; oceanic heat
budget; dynamics of ocean currents;
descriptive oceanography; waves and
tides.
38
8
32
31
31
PHY
481
Research Cruise Ex‐
perience‐UG
S12
Morrison
PHY
490
Special Topics in
Physics‐UG
S09, F09,
F10
Herman,
McNamara
PHY
491
Directed Individual
Study‐UG
S09, F09,
F11, S12
PHY
495
Physics Seminar‐UG
S09, F09,
S10, F10,
S11, F11,
S12, F12
Bingham,
McNamara,
Morrison
Alexanian,
Bingham,
Black, Davis,
Gan, Herman,
McNamara,
Morrison,
Moyer,
Olszewski
PHY
499
Honors Work in
Physics‐UG
PHY
575
Physical Oceanogra‐
phy‐G
F08, S09,
F09, S10,
F10, S11,
F12
S09, S10,
S11, S12
Alexanian,
Black, Her‐
man,
McNamara
Morrison
PHY
550
Fluid Mechanics
F12
McNamara
PHY
576
Chemical and Physi‐
cal Analysis of Sea‐
water‐G
F08
Bingham
PHY
577
Observational Meth‐
ods and Data Analy‐
sis in Physical
Oceanography‐G
S12
Bingham
PHY
580
Coastal and Estua‐
rine Systems‐G
S12
McNamara
203
3
Selected topics in physics that are
beyond the scope of regular course
offerings. May be repeated once un‐
der a different subtitle.
Involves investigation under faculty
supervision beyond what is offered in
existing courses.
Discussion of selected topics in phys‐
ics.
14
5
26
Independent study for honors stu‐
dents.
16
An introduction to the descriptive and
dynamical features of ocean circula‐
tion. Topics include: the physical
properties of seawater; oceanic heat
budget; dynamics of ocean currents;
descriptive oceanography; waves and
tides.
42
5
Study of modern chemical and physi‐
cal measurements of seawater includ‐
ing salinity, alkalinity, pH, nutrients,
and dissolved oxygen. Several class
periods may also be devoted to work‐
ing aboard an oceanographic re‐
search vessel while at sea.
This course will supply the student
with a working knowledge of the use
and operation of various physical
oceanographic instruments and data
reduction and analysis techniques.
An introduction to the physical pro‐
cesses operating within coastal and
estuarine systems. The focus of the
course will be on the dynamical de‐
scription of topics such as gravity
waves, surf zone hydrodynamics,
2
2
8
storm surge, tides, estuarine hydrau‐
lics, sediment transport and
morphodynamics.
PHY
591
Directed Individual
Study‐G
F11
McNamara
PHY
592
Special Topics‐G
S09, S12
McNamara
PHY
599
Thesis‐G
F08, S09,
F09, S11,
F11, S12,
F12
McNamara,
Morrison,
Willey
2
Permission of instructor. May be re‐
peated for credit with different top‐
ics.
Research for thesis and thesis prepa‐
ration for marine science students.
8
12
*If courses are known to enroll a high number of on‐site or distance education students from other uni‐
versities, please discuss these instances along with number and affiliations of distance education enrol‐
lees.
b.) Identify workshops, continuing education, or other non‐credit bearing instruction to community
that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D3: Non‐Degree Credit Instruction
Workshop/Instruction
title
Dates of‐
fered
Instructor(s)
and
Affiliation(s)
Brief description of in‐
struction (1 sentence)
Enrollment Fig‐
ures
Total/on‐
site/distance edu
NONE
c.) Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Profession‐
al Service will be captured in a different section, so please constrain this list to those examples that
serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as science cafes and
K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Dates
Personnel Involved Participants in
Public Service / Out‐
program (e.g. K‐12
reach/Engagement program
teachers)
name and brief description
(one sentence)
John Morrison,
OSHER Lifelong Learning Insti‐
Ocotober
Physics & Physical
Continuing Ed
tute ‐ Seminar On Galapagos
2011
Oceanogr ‐ CMS
Archipelago
204
Number of
participants
70
OSHER Lifelong Learning Insti‐
tute ‐ Seminar on Physics and
Technology for Future Presi‐
dents
Ocean Science on Capitol Hill ‐
‐ Briefed House and Senate
Members on Ocean Science
Ocean Science on Capitol Hill ‐
‐ Briefed House and Senate
Members on Ocean Science
Ocean Science on Capitol Hill ‐
‐ Briefed House and Senate
Members on Ocean Science
October
2011
March
2010
March
2011
March
2012
Departmental Seminar Flood,
Fortify, or Flee: Coupled Phys‐
ical and Economic Modeling of
Coastal Real Estate" (2)
Departmental Seminar “Emer‐
gence in Coupled Human
Landscape Systems”
Workshop Presentation:
“Emergence in Coupled Hu‐
man Landscape Systems”
Departmental Seminar
“Coupled Morpho‐Economic
Dynamics at the Coastline”
Seminar “Emergence in Cou‐
pled Human Landscape Sys‐
tems” (2)
John Morrison,
Physics & Physical
Oceanogr ‐ CMS
John Morrison,
Physics & Physical
Oceanogr ‐ CMS
John Morrison,
Physics & Physical
Oceanogr ‐ CMS
John Morrison,
Physics & Physical
Oceanogr ‐ CMS
Dylan McNamara
UNCW PPO
2010
Dylan McNamara
UNCW PPO
2010
Dylan McNamara
UNCW PPO
2009
Dylan McNamara
UNCW PPO
2008
Dylan McNamara
UNCW PPO
Continuing Ed
75
Senators and
Congressmen
5
Senators and
Congressmen
5
Senators and
Congressmen
5
UNCCH Faculty &
students (1) and
Duke Marine Lab
Faculty & students
(2)
East Carolina Fac‐
ulty & students
Professionals
University of Ore‐
gon Workshop
WHOI faculty and
students
National Center
for Earth Surface
Dynamics (1) and
Duke University
(2)
d.) Professional Service
Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activity have provid‐
ed to North Carolina or at the regional / national / international level.Include all North Carolina advi‐
sory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit
this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D5. Professional Service
Board or Group name
Dates
Activity member name and affilia‐
tion
University National Ocean‐
ographic Laboratory
2007 ‐ Pre‐
sent
John Morrison, Physics & Physical
Oceanogr ‐ CMS
205
Service provid‐
ed
Nationally
Elected Mem‐
ber ‐ National
Oceanographic
Research Ves‐
sels
NASA Biodiversity and Envi‐
ronmental Foreasting Re‐
search Team
2004 ‐ Pre‐
sent
John Morrison, Physics & Physical
Oceanogr ‐ CMS
Science Team
Member
NASA Ocean Color Research
Team.
2000 ‐ Pre‐
sent
John Morrison, Physics & Physical
Oceanogr ‐ CMS
Science Team
Member
Duke/UNC Oceanographic
Consortium Program Com‐
mittee
2000‐
Present;
Chair 2010 ‐
Present
John Morrison, Physics & Physical
Oceanogr ‐ CMS
Advisory Com‐
mittee
Duke/UNC Oceanographic
Consortium Policy Board
2010 ‐ Pre‐
sent
John Morrison, Physics & Physical
Oceanogr ‐ CMS
Policy Board
U. S. Consortia for Ocean
Carbon and Biogeochemis‐
try
2006 ‐ Pre‐
sent
John Morrison, Physics & Physical
Oceanography ‐ CMS
Member
Ocean Leadershp
2007 ‐ Pre‐
sent
John Morrison, Physics & Physical
Oceanography ‐ CMS
UNCW Alter‐
nate Repre‐
sentative
National Science Founda‐
tion RVRC Ship Selection
Committee
2009 ‐ 2010
John Morrison, Physics & Physical
Oceanography ‐ CMS
Advisory
Commitee
University National Ocean‐
ographic Laboratory
2007 ‐ Pre‐
sent
John Morrison, Physics & Physical
Oceanography ‐ CMS
Nationally
Elected Mem‐
ber ‐ National
Oceanographic
Research Ves‐
sels
NASA Biodiversity and Envi‐
ronmental Forecasting Re‐
search Team
2004 ‐ Pre‐
sent
John Morrison, Physics & Physical
Oceanography ‐ CMS
Science Team
Member
NSF ‐ Community Surface
Dynamics Modeling System
2009‐
present
Member Coastal Working Group
Advising, work‐
ing group ses‐
sion leader.
206
E. Outputs and Impacts
1. Publications
a.) List refereed publications directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or
representative publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. You may reference in‐
formation in the REACH NC Appendix in response to this question.













Sandin, S. and McNamara, D. E. Spatial dynamics of benthic competition on coral reefs. Oceolgia
168(4), 2011.
Lazarus, E., McNamara, D. E., Gopalakrishnan, S, Smith, M. D., and Murray, A. B. Emergent behavior
in a coupled economic and coastline model for beach nourishment. Nonlinear Processes in Geophys‐
ics. 18, 2011.
Murray, A. B., Gopalakrishnan, S, McNamara, D. E., and Smith, M. D. Coupling Models of Human and
Coastal Landscape Change. Computers and Geoscience. 2011.
McNamara, D. E., Murray, A. B., and Smith, M. D. Coastal sustainability depends on how economic
and coastline responses to climate change affect each other. Geophysical Research Letters. 38, 2011.
Magliocca, N., McNamara, D. E, Murray, A. B, Long‐Term Morphological Effects of Artificial Dune
Construction in the Outer Banks of North Carolina. 27, Journal Coastal Research. 20011.
F.M. Bingham; G.R. Foltz; M.J. McPhaden. Seasonal cycles of surface layer salinity in the Pacific
Ocean. Ocean Science 2010;6(3):775‐787.
Smith, M. D, Slott, J., McNamara, D. E. and Murray, A. B., Beach nourishment as a dynamic capital
accumulation problem. Journal of Environmental Economics and Management. 58, 2009.
W.V. Sweet; J.M. Morrison; Y. Liu; D. Kamykowski; B.A. Schaeffer; L. Xie; S. Banks. 2009. Tropical
instability wave interactions within the Galapagos Archipelago. Deep‐Sea Research Part I: Oceano‐
graphic Research Papers.
Murray, A. B, Lazarus, E., Ashton, A., Baas, A., Coco, G., Coulthard, T., Fonstad, M., Haff, P.,
McNamara, D. E., Paola, C., Pelletier, J., and Reinhardt, L., Geomorphology, complexity, and the
emerging science of the Earth’s surface. Geomorphology, 103: 496‐505, 2009.
McNamara, D. E. and Werner, B. T, Coupled Barrier Island‐Resort Model: 1. Emergent instabilities
induced by strong human‐landscape interactions. Journal of Geophysical Research – Earth Surface,
113, F01016, 2008.
McNamara, D. E. and Werner, B. T, Coupled Barrier Island‐Resort Model: 2. Tests and predictions
along Ocean City and Assateague Island National Seashore, Maryland. Journal of Geophysical Re‐
search – Earth Surface, 113, F01017, 2008.
Blake A. Schaeffer; John M. Morrison; Daniel Kamykowski; Gene C. Feldman; Lian Xie; Yanyun Liu;
William Sweet; Anita McCulloch; Stuart Banks. 2008. Phytoplankton biomass distribution and iden‐
tification of productive habitats within the Galapagos Marine Reserve by MODIS, a surface acquisi‐
tion system, and in‐situ measurements. Remote Sensing of Environment
Bulusu Subrahmanyam; Kyozo Ueyoshi; John M. Morrison. 2008. Sensitivity of the Indian Ocean cir‐
culation to phytoplankton forcing using an ocean model. Remote Sensing of Environment.
b.) List non‐refereed publications such as journal articles, reviews, conference papers, books and
book chaptersdirectly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐
tive publications for the period ofJanuary 1, 2008 – present.
207



A Coupled Economic and Physical Model of Coastal Adaptation and Abandonment: Are human
occupied coastlines a bubble waiting to burst?” Conference presentation. Fall 2011 American Geo‐
physical Union Meeting in San Francisco, California.
“A Coupled Economic and Physical Model of Coastal Adaptation and Abandonment: Are human oc‐
cupied coastlines a bubble waiting to burst?” Conference presentation given at Fall 2011 American
Geophysical Union Meeting in San Francisco, California.
“Coastline Change and Coastal Economies Coupled Through Beach Replenishment” Conference
presentation given at the Annual American Association of Geographers Meeting Washington D.C.,
2010.
2. Technical Outputs
List any technical outputs such as CDs, software programs, databases, algorithms, and/or measure‐
ment instruments. Include the key participants and their affiliation. There is no time limit on
when these occurred.

Salinity Processes in the Upper Ocean Regional Study (SPURS) Data Management System
(http://spurs.jpl.nasa.gov/SPURS/); Fred Bingham, 2010 – Present.

Oceanography Lab has databases covering SeaWiFS Local Area Coverage (LAC) 1.1‐km resolution
data from the JGOFS Arabian Sea Process Study for 1994 – 2000 and LAC data for the Galapagos Is‐
lands for 2001 – 2005.
3. Commercialization and Technology Transfer
List and describe commercialization or the transfer of technology to either the private or the
governmental sector. Technology transfer can include a range of actions including
patentapplications, company formations, and/or licensing agreements. There is no time lim‐
it on when these occurred.
Not Applicable
4. Awards and Honors
Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of
their participation in the Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publica‐
tions for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.
Table E1. Awards and Honors
Award or Honor
Date
Name
Brief Description
NONE
F. Other
If there is other information that has not been requested above and is relevant, please include it
here.
208
Section II‐8. Coastal and Marine Science Activities ‐‐‐ NEW PROGRAM
A. Activity: DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC AND INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS
B. Activity Narrative
The Department of Public and International Affairs (PIA) is home to two graduate programs
which focus in coastal and marine science. The Master of Public Administration (MPA) program
is a 42‐hour professional degree program designed to develop and prepare policy analysts and
managers for the public and nonprofit sector. The MPA program features concentrations in
coastal planning and management, environmental policy and management, and marine policy.
Students in those concentrations take 12 credit hours of coursework in the subject area along
with their core courses. Beginning fall 2013, the Master of Science in Coastal and Ocean Policy
(MCOP) program will offer additional policy courses central to coastal environments. It is an in‐
terdisciplinary graduate degree with faculty involvement from across the University: Biology ,
Economics and Finance, Environmental Studies, Geology and Geography, Marine Science, and
Public & International Affairs. Along with its graduate offerings, PIA offers two undergraduate
courses related to coastal and marine science; Environmental Politics and Ocean and Coastal
Law and Policy.
PIA has three faculty members who teach in the areas of coastal, environmental, and marine
studies. However, they are also assigned to other significant duties. One teaches primarily in
Comparative Politics. The other two are on reduced teaching loads due to administrative as‐
signments. Thus, these classes are not offered as regularly as administration would like and of‐
tentimes must employ part‐time faculty. Fortunately the MCOP will start with the equivalent of
two full‐time hires with additional hires planned for years two and three.
The MPA program has a community advisory board consisting of community leaders from the
public and nonprofit sector and includes leaders involved in coastal issues. The MPA program al‐
so administers an Academy of Strategic Management each fall to train leaders from the public
and nonprofit sector. Graduate students must complete an internship and many work with
community organizations, including those active in coastal and ocean policy issues.
C. Resources
1. Personnel
a.) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include current
faculty searches that are underway or expected). Expand the below table as necessary.
Table C1. Personnel
Name
Mark Imperial
Stephen Meinhold
Current Search
Expected Search
Title and department/college
Assoc. Prof. PIA/CAS
Prof. PIA/CAS
Asst. Professor/PIA/CAS
Asst. Professor/PIA/CAS
209
Role
Professor of Coastal & Marine Policy
Professor – Coastal Hazards
MPA program
MCOP program
b.) Provide current number and general description of undergraduate students, graduate students,
and post‐docs involved with the Activity. Do not list individual students or post‐docs.
Currently, the MPA program has approximately 85 students with nearly 20 students in the
coastal, environmental, or marine concentrations. These students come from quite diverse
backgrounds; many completed their undergraduate degrees within the last five years.
The MCOP is set to start fall 2013.
2. Funding
Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of
revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes
of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011
– June 30, 2012.
Table C2: Revenue
Source
Federal
State (not including uni‐
versity
Institution (e.g. University)
Foundation
Other*
Total
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
FY12 ($)
FY13 ($)
Current
FY14 ($)
Projected
$135,805
$117,994
$138,052
$96,916
$154,916
$135,805
$117,994
$138,052
$96,916
$154,916
* Revenues are associated with faculty salaries. We employ 1 full‐time faculty member specializing in
coastal and marine sciences. However, we often use part‐time faculty to cover courses in the discipline.
Table C3: Expenses
Source
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
FY12 ($)
Personnel
Programmatic
Physical infrastruc‐
ture
Maintenance and
operation
Equipment (>$5,000)
Other Direct Costs*
Indirect Costs
Total
$135,805
$117,994
$135,805
$117,994
210
$138,052
FY13 ($)
Current
$96,916
FY14 ($)
Projected
$154,916
$138,052
$96,916
$154,916
Our only expenses are calculated from faculty salaries. We employ 1 full‐time faculty member specializ‐
ing in coastal and marine sciences. However, we often use part‐time faculty to cover courses in the dis‐
cipline.
3. Physical infrastructure
Administrative and faculty offices for the Department of Public and International Affairs is in Leutze Hall
on the main UNCW campus.
D. Research, Teaching, Public and Professional Service
3. Research
In the below table, list currently funded research projects (extramural and intramural). Include title,
investigators, dollar amount, and time frame. You may reference information in the REACH NC Ap‐
pendix in response to this question.
Table D1. Research
Project title
Joint Institute for Car‐
ibbean Marine Stud‐
ies, Marine Research
& Education Center
Incorporating Social
Science into NOAA’s
Tsunami Program
Joint Institute for Car‐
ibbean Marine Stud‐
ies, Marine Research
& Education Center
PI/CoPIs – include insti‐
tution
Stephen Meinhold and
Robert Roer, UNCW
Stephen Meinhold,
UNCW
Chris Gregg, East Ten‐
nessee State Universi‐
ty,
Leisel Ritchie, Univ of
Colorado
Stephen Meinhold and
Robert Roer, UNCW
Sponsor
Amount
Dates
$288,000
Department of
the Interior,
Office of Insular
Affairs
National Ocean‐ $500,000
ic and Atmos‐
pheric Admin‐
istration
Department of
the Interior,
Office of Insular
Affairs
2010
$624, 839
4. Teaching and Instruction (if applicable)
e.) Identify courses taught for degree credit that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D2. Teaching and Instruction for Degree Credit
Dates of‐
Instructor(s) Brief description of course (one
Course title,
sentence)
fered
and
number, and
affiliation(s)
level
Role of politics in environmental
PLS 209 ‐ Envi‐ F 2009
W. Gaines
policy featuring following topics:
ronmental Pol‐ S 2011
Townsend/
the politics of the environmental
itics
S 2012
part‐time
movement, the environment as a
211
Enrollment Figures
Total/on‐site/distance
education
48/onsite
46/onsite
45/onsite
Su 2012
F 2012
F 2010
PLS 329 ‐
Coastal &
Ocean Law and
Policy
PIA
Jason Har‐
ris/
Part‐time
PIA
public policy issue, and the development and impact of environmental policy.
National and international laws
and policies concerning the
ocean featuring fisheries management, marine mammal protection, shipping and navigation,
oil and chemical pollution,
coastal and wetlands protection,
submerged lands, riparian rights,
and public access to coastal
lands and waters.
16/onsite
37/onsite
38/onsite
PLS 521 ‐
Foundations of
Coastal and
Environmental
Management
PLS 524 ‐
Managing
Coastal Haz‐
ards
S 2009
S 2011
F 2012
Mark Impe‐
rial
PIA
UNCW
Analyzes key policy issues and
the laws, regulations, and decisions that influence the management of coastal land in North
Carolina and the United States.
11/onsite
7/onsite
9/onsite
S 2010
F 2010
F 2012
Stephen
Meinhold
PIA
UNCW
12/onsite
8/onsite
13/onsite
PLS 543 ‐ Envi‐
ronmental Pol‐
icy Analysis
S 2010
S 2012
Mark Impe‐
rial
PIA
UNCW
PLS 544 ‐ Re‐
source Eco‐
nomics
S 2009
Chris Dumas
Economics
& Finance
UNCW
PLS 562 ‐ In‐
ternational
Environmental
Policy
S 2008
F 2008
S 2011
Jennifer
Horan
PIA
UNCW
Explores the natural and technological hazards that threaten
coastal areas, the principles of
coastal hazard mitigation and
the development of policy dealing with the preparedness, response to and recovery from the
events.
Examines the fundamental factors that influence environmental
policy in the United States. It
also examines the different approaches to policy analysis and
the techniques available to environmental policy analysis.
Introduction to environmental
and natural resource economics
and policy. Emphasizes applied
methods and results of use to
practicing coastal managers.
Examines major political issues
related to national level and international environmental politics
and policy-making.
12/onsite
6/onsite
9/onsite
17/onsite
11/onsite
6/onsite
*If courses are known to enroll a high number of on‐site or distance education students from other
universities, please discuss these instances along with number and affiliations of distance education
enrollees.
212
f.) Identify workshops, continuing education, or other non‐credit bearing instruction to community
that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D3: Non‐Degree Credit Instruction
None
g.) Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Profession‐
al Service will be captured in a different section, so please constrain this list to those examples that
serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as science cafes and
K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Dates
Personnel Involved Participants in
Public Service / Out‐
program (e.g. K‐12
reach/Engagement pro‐
teachers)
gram name and brief de‐
scription (one sentence)
2004‐
Mark Imperial
Lower Cape Fear Steward‐
present
ship Development Awards
Program
Number of partic‐
ipants
h.) Professional Service
None
E. Outputs and Impacts
1. Publications
a.) List refereed publications directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or
representative publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. You may reference in‐
formation in the REACH NC Appendix in response to this question.
“Evaluating Disaster Education: NOAA’s Tsunami Ready Community Program and Risk Aware‐
ness Education Efforts.” (2010) New Directions for Evaluation 126:79‐93 (with Jennifer Horan,
Liesel Ritchie, Duane A. Gill, Bruce Houghton, Tom Matheson, Douglas Paton and David John‐
ston). (Meinhold)
Douglas Paton, Bruce F. Houghton, Chris E. Gregg, David McIvor, David M. Johnston, Petra
Burgelt, Penny Larin, Duane A. Gill, Liesel A. Ritchie, Stephen Meinhold and Jennifer Horan.
“Managing Tsunami Risk: Social Context Influences on Preparedness.” (2009) Journal of Pacific
Rim Psychology 3(1):27‐37.
213
Douglas Paton, Bruce F. Houghton, Chris E. Gregg, Liesel A. Ritchie, David McIvor, Penny Larin,
Stephen Meinhold, Jennifer Horan, and David M. Johnston. “Managing Tsunami Risk in Coastal
Communities: Identifying Predictors of Preparedness.” (2008) Australian Journal of Emergency
Management 23(1):4‐9.
b.) List non‐refereed publications such as journal articles, reviews, conference papers, books and
book chapters directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐
tive publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.
Houghton, Bruce, Duane Gill, Penny Larin, Chris Gregg, Liesel Ritchie, David Johnson, Stephen
Meinhold, Jennifer Horan, and Douglas Paton. 2008. “Tsunami Risk Across Six Communities.”
33rd Annual Natural Hazards Research and Applications Workshop, Boulder, CO.
Herstine, James, Chris Dumas, Doug Gamble, Stephen Meinhold, and Spencer Rogers. 2008.
“Determining and Assessing Rip Current Awareness and Understanding.” 14th International
Symposium on Society and Resource Management (ISSRM) People and Place: Linking Culture
and Nature, Burlington, VT.
Imperial, Mark T., Kristina Fisher, Jill Peleuses, Courtney Pickett. Holden Beach CAMA Land Use
Plan: Core Plan. Prepared for the Cape Fear Council of Governments. Holden Beach, NC. June
2009. (report)
Imperial, Mark T., Kristina Fischer, Jill Peleuses, Courtney Pickett. Ocean Isle Beach CAMA Land
Use Plan: Core Plan. Prepared for the Cape Fear Council of Governments. Ocean Isle Beach, NC.
June 2009. (report)
Yandle, Tracy & Mark T. Imperial. “Using Property Rights to Better Understand the Institutional
Arrangements for Fisheries Governance” at the 31st Annual Association for Public Policy Analy‐
sis and Management (APPAM) Research Conference. November 5 – 7, 2009. Washington, DC.
Imperial, Mark T. "Paradoxes, Possibilities, and the Obstacles to Integrated Water Resources
Management: Lessons from the Institutional Rational Choice Literature" at the International
Symposium on Society and Resource Management (ISSRM) July 5 – 8, 2009. Vienna, Austria (In‐
vited Presentation and Panel Participant)
Imperial, Mark T. & Thomas Koontz. “Designing Resilient Watershed Partnerships: Structural
Properties, Life‐Cycles, and the Longevity of Watershed Partnerships.” at the 2008 Southeastern
Conference of Public Administration (SECoPA). Orlando, FL. September 24 – 27, 2008.
Imperial, Mark T. “Marine Affairs Education in the 21st Century.” at The Coastal Society’s 21tst
Biennial Conference. Redondo Beach in Los Angeles, California. June 29 ‐ July 2, 2008.
Meinhold, Stephen and Jennifer E. Horan. U.S. Tsunami Survey New Hanover County, North
Carolina Communities: Wrightsville Beach and Carolina Beach. Collaborator’s Report. 2008. Uni‐
versity of North Carolina Wilmingtonhttp://people.uncw.edu/horanj/TsunamiFinal.pdf
214
2. Technical Outputs
List any technical outputs such as CDs, software programs, databases, algorithms, and/or measure‐
ment instruments. Include the key participants and their affiliation. There is no time limit on
when these occurred.
3. Commercialization and Technology Transfer
List and describe commercialization or the transfer of technology to either the private or the
governmental sector. Technology transfer can include a range of actions including patent
applications, company formations, and/or licensing agreements. There is no time limit on
when these occurred.
4. Awards and Honors
Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of
their participation in the Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publica‐
tions for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.
None
F. Other
If there is other information that has not been requested above and is relevant, please include it
here.
215
Section I‐9. Coastal and Marine Science Activities
A. Activity: WATSON COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
B. Activity Narrative Marine Quest and Coastal Science Teaching Methods
Marine Quest
MarineQuest was created and developed for the UNCW Division for Public Service & Continuing
Studies by Diane Talley in 1980. The initial mission was to provide marine and environmental educa‐
tion for local students in grades K – 12 while generating receipt‐based income for the Division. The‐
se early programs consisted of three educational camps that operated throughout each summer. As
the popularity of the camps increased, the number of camps and program content expanded. By
1990, MarineQuest was serving over 1,500 students annually from North Carolina, around the U.S.
and the world via summer camps and school group visitations. The lack of space availability on cam‐
pus began to limit growth until 2000 when Dan Baden, director for the Center for Marine Science,
provided MarineQuest with the opportunity to establish an outreach learning lab and office space at
the Center for Marine Science (CMS). This enabled MarineQuest to reach a level of operational ex‐
cellence that eventually included the adult outreach component, Odyssey (no longer in operation).
In 2006, MarineQuest underwent a critical educational review which resulted in a more intense aca‐
demic focus for all of its programming. It was also restructured to serve as a true K‐12 pipeline to
the university. Based on this review an application process was instituted and programming was
expanded to include pre‐college students. Evaluation of these pre‐college students’ experiences
with the program indicated they felt SCUBA diving should be integrated as an important component
of training for a career in marine science. In 2010 diving was added to the program. MarineQuest is
currently working with New Hanover County Schools to establish a Marine Science Academy for
highly motivated high school students.
At present, MarineQuest hosts approximately 4,000 students per year via 27 different curriculum
based summer programs, numerous school programs, and a variety of community outreach efforts.
Its mission is to provide young people with opportunities to explore, discover and value our marine
habitats. All learning involves hands‐on activities. MarineQuest participants engage in experiential,
age‐appropriate inquiry‐based learning in the biology, chemistry, geology, and physics of the marine
environment, as well as exposure to marine engineering in the form of ROV and buoy construction,
alternative energy devices, marine biotechnology, and research cruises aboard the Research Vessel
Cape Fear. All summer campers participate in a service learning project. MarineQuest partners with
science faculty to develop authentic lessons and research opportunities that support its curriculum.
MarineQuest provides experiential employment for UNCW graduate and undergraduate students
who in turn serve as instructors and role models for our K‐12 participants, many of whom eventually
apply for admission to UNCW.
MarineQuest is a mostly receipt‐supported program (two permanent staff are currently paid by
general funds). Over the next three years MarineQuest will strive to attain full receipt‐supported
status. In order to achieve this goal, it must be at its competitive best. At this time MarineQuest
has outgrown the space that the university is able to provide. In order to maintain the quality of its
existing programs, MarineQuest requires at least three laboratory spaces for the summer months
and 7 classrooms. For safety and continuity of programming, these classrooms should be in the
same building or at least neighboring buildings. During the school year, reliable access to a second
classroom is needed to keep up with programming requests. Access to residential space is also high‐
216
ly needed as many schools that wish to send students to attend MarineQuest come from a distance
that requires an overnight stay but they are hesitant to stay in hotels (many hotels will not allow mi‐
nors to stay in a room without an adult). For the past two summers we have dealt with complaints
from New Hanover County Parks and Recreation regarding our use of public kayak launching sites. It
would be helpful if MarineQuest could launch out of CMS or some other university owned property.
MarineQuest spends thousands of dollars annually supporting the use of UNCW research vessels
which are a critical component of its programming. The main research vessel is quite aged in com‐
parison to the boats that our competitor institutions use. MarineQuest programs would greatly
benefit from the use of a newer research vessel. Over the years, the number of students allowed
on the vessels has been reduced which limits our enrollments. We cannot fish from the RV Cape
Fear, nor can we dive off of it. MarineQuest contracts for its dive programs with an outside vendor.
In summer 2012 we paid over $54,000 for their services, there not being an adequate university ves‐
sel for our use..
As MarineQuest continues to develop the quality of its programs, the lack of permanent staff be‐
comes more of an issue. Currently, there are only two permanent staff directly associated with
MarineQuest, and one of those positions is vacant (we are in the process of initiating a search).
Over 50 temporary staff are employed throughout the year to help keep MarineQuest running.
There is a high turnover of our student staff from year to year due to graduation. During the aca‐
demic year, when UNCW students are actively involved in taking classes, it is difficult to get instruc‐
tors to commit to working our programs. We have identified the need for at least one additional
permanent instructional staff as a priority for assuring the quality of our programs year‐ round and
for maintaining our current level of school programs. This position will also manage the scientific
research component of MarineQuest school programs. It is our goal to establish an ongoing re‐
search program involving marine science. School children (as well as summer campers) would be
able to participate in the research as part of their MarineQuest experience. We are also in need of a
designated marketing and communications person who can also manage the office. This includes
maintaining our website, managing camper applications and school program requests, and handling
our phones and email inquiries. Because all of our current staff engages in instructional duties, the
office is often unmanned. MarineQuest competes with the top programs in the USA, several of
which are private or sponsored by other organizations that can provide fundraising support and
marketing. It is our goal to be able to fund this position in fiscal year 2014.
Methods of Teaching Coastal Science
Activity – EDN 595 – Methods of Teaching Coastal Science. The class is cross listed with Environmental
Science (EVS 592)
Mission – Provide Watson College of Education graduate and undergraduate teacher candidates and
Environmental Studies students studying to be informal science experts with an opportunity to integrate
science content and pedagogy in an informal and relevant state park setting.
History – The class has been offered and taught the prior two summer I sessions (Summer I, 2011 and
Summer I 2012)

Discuss what makes this Activity unique, competitive, compelling, and/or of strategic im‐
portance.
Through interaction with resources and experts, students will develop readily accessible, web‐based ma‐
terials through engagement in field based exploration of plants and animals of coastal ecosystems and
217
environmental issues and investigations of environmental issues. Graduate Students are expected to
demonstrate breadth and depth of content knowledge in Island Ecology necessary for pedagogical con‐
tent implementation leading to effective instructional decision making. Students will prepare and submit
a descriptive paper at the end of the class that focuses on the historical and ecological connections of an
organization or individual that has been influential in the conservation of the island.

Identify the most significant impact(s) of the program on research, education, and/or society
(including direct contributions to policy or management decisions) since January 1, 2008.
The most significant impact is on education. The course addresses efforts to develop and integrate a
summer course while employing authentic experiential methodologies and innovative service learning
strategies. The course is taught by Dr. Dennis Kubasko (secondary science education) and Dr. Amy R.
Taylor (elementary and middle grades science education) from the Watson School of Education. We
extended the pedagogy and content into service components and experiential aspects through student
involvement and technology integration. The Island Ecology for Educators course is cross listed with the
Department of Environmental Studies and is offered to both K‐12 students training to be teachers at the
undergraduate and graduate levels.
The intention of the class is to pair content area (environmental studies, biology, chemistry) students
with student teacher candidates lacking content area exposure for the purpose of developing both a)
content rich and engaging online lesson plans and b) web‐based resources to be used by teachers and
children in schools. The instructors have analyzed the student evaluations and outcomes of the first
summer course offering and have refined the innovative teaching methodology based upon student
feedback. Students were guided in their development of readily accessible, web‐based materials
through their interactions and exposure to content area exerts (i.e. Park Rangers, DENR instructors, Col‐
lege of Arts and Sciences faculty, Marine Quest at the Center for Marine Science ) via presentations, site
visits, park walks, barrier island exploration, and field based activities. This class paired science content
understanding with pedagogical resource development, making this course relevant for both education
and environmental studies students.

Provide a description of the most significant challenges that will be faced by the Activity in the
next year, and in the next five years.
The most significant challenge every year moving forward is to maintain student enrollment. Fortunate‐
ly, we have been very successful in promoting the course over the past two years and don’t foresee any
problems moving forward. The next challenge is maintaining good relationships with our field based
partners. They have articulated that they are very happy with our students and enjoy sharing the state
park as a valued resource.

Include a succinct description of the future directions for, and sustainability of, the Activity in
the next year and in the next five years. Include modifications to personnel, programs, funding,
or major infrastructure.
Drs Kubasko and Taylor plan to offer the course every year, and they will continue to review the course
evaluation and build upon the feedback gathered from them. They also have been able to integrate a
variety of different content and pedagogical experts which add value to the knowledge and skill devel‐
opment for our university students. Funding is based upon student enrollment, but they have written
internal UNCW grants to support our students with technology (GPS units).
C. Resources
218
Marine Quest
1. Personnel
a.) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include current
faculty searches that are underway or expected). Expand the below table as necessary.
Table C1. Personnel
Name
Sue Kezios, PhD
Janie McAuliffe, MS
Danice Grkinich
Title and department/college
Director, Youth Programs, Wat‐
son College of Education
MarineQuest Assistant Director,
Youth Programs, Watson Col‐
lege of Education
Financial Assistant
Search in progress for fiscal
year 2013
MarineQuest Director, Youth
Programs, Watson College of
Education
For fiscal year 2014
Communications Specialist
Role
Develops, implements and evaluates
MarineQuest curriculum; trains and
manages permanent staff; secures
funding; manages budget and market‐
ing
Serves as science content specialist,
lead instructor, research coordinator,
and dive master for MarineQuest.
Develop budgets/projections, process
& track accounts payable, process new
hires, office manager
Directs all operations for K‐12 marine
science outreach program, including
residential component; manages up to
70+ temp employees annually
Handles student application process
and confirmation; manages website;
provides customer service; performs
routine office duties; assists with mar‐
keting efforts
b.) Provide current number and general description of undergraduate students, graduate students,
and post‐docs involved with the Activity. Do not list individual students or post‐docs.
Students
Number
Description
Instructors for MarineQuest academic
Undergraduate (either cur‐ 29
enrichment camps; resident life assis‐
rent students or recently
tants for campers; school programs
graduated)
instructors
12
Lead instructors for MarineQuest aca‐
Masters Graduate (either
demic enrichment camps;
current students or recent‐
ly graduated)
PhD graduate
2
Lead specialized programs for
MarineQuest
2. Funding
Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of
revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes
219
of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011 –
June 30, 2012.
Table C2: Revenue
Source
Federal
State (not including uni‐
versity
Institution (e.g. University)
Foundation
Other* (receipts)
Total
Table C3: Expenses
Source
Personnel
Programmatic
Physical infrastruc‐
ture
Maintenance and
operation
Equipment (>$5,000)
Other Direct Costs*
Indirect Costs
Total
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
FY12 ($)
0
0
0
463,400
463,400
546,650
546,650
613,493
613,493
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
FY12 ($)
70,195
127,681
99,850
153,726
2,352
FY13 ($)
Current
0
FY14 ($)
Projected
0
69,645
69,645
750,225
819,870
787,725
857,370
133,607
217,406
FY13 ($)
Current
281,322
328,279
FY14 ($)
Projected
321,322
344,692
2,352
2,352
2,352
2,352
1,628
675
570
570
570
3,972
10,529
216,357
7,141
11,979
275,723
13,621
20,645
388,201
9,851
10,632
633,006
12,000
42,000
720,584
Note: During FY10 through FY12, Youth Programs belonged in another division that has since been
disbanded. Salaries were switched between state dollars and divisional receipts – data that we no
longer can obtain. Beginning in FY 13, we are covering salaries with a combination of state dollars
and receipts.
3. Physical infrastructure
Describe the key physical infrastructure that supports your Activity. Include buildings, boats, spe‐
cialized equipment, land, core facilities, and any other unique capability. Include pending infrastruc‐
ture additions. Please indicate who owns the physical infrastructure and whether it is a shared re‐
source. If shared, by whom?
MarineQuest operates year‐round out of the UNCW Center for Marine Science where it maintains a
large classroom/wet lab for programming purposes. The Center also provides the use of one office.
During the summer months MarineQuest uses the Isaac Bear Early College High School building to
house its expanded operations. In addition, summer programming requires the use of 3 labs (Friday
Hall) and additional classroom space (the Natural Science Trailer). Residential students are housed
in campus dormitories and eat in the campus cafeteria (fee‐based). For programming purposes,
MarineQuest utilizes the RV Cape Fear and RV Humpback for field experiences (fee‐based). As part
of the remotely operated vehicle program, students deploy their ROVs in the test tank at CMS or in
220
the diving well of the campus pool. MarineQuest maintains a large inventory of field equipment, in‐
cluding 14 kayaks, a kayak trailer, and two 15 passenger vans, one of which is 12 years old.
Methods of Teaching Coastal Science
1. Personnel
a) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include cur‐
rent faculty searches that are underway or expected). Expand the below table as necessary.
Table C1. Personnel
Name
Dennis Kubasko
Amy Taylor
Title and department/college
Associate Professor / Watson
College of Education
Associate Professor / Watson
College of Education
Role
Instructor
Instructor
b.) Provide current number and general description of undergraduate students, graduate students,
and post‐docs involved with the Activity. Do not list individual students or post‐docs.
2011 (15 students)
Education


2 undergraduate students
12 graduate students
EVS

1 graduate student
2012 (12 students)
Education


2 undergraduate students
6 graduate students
EVS

1 undergraduate student
Biology / Marine Biology


2 undergraduate students
1 graduate student
2. Funding
221
Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of
revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes
of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011
– June 30, 2012.
Table C2: Revenue
Source
FY10 ($)
Federal
State (not including uni‐
versity
Institution (e.g. University)
Foundation
Other*
Total
FY11 ($)
FY12 ($)
0
0
FY13 ($)
Current
0
0
FY14 ($)
Projected
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
* Provide a brief description of the Revenue table:
Outside of tuition and fees, there would be no revenue generated for this class.
Table C3: Expenses
Source
Personnel
Programmatic
Physical infrastruc‐
ture
Maintenance and
operation
Equipment (>$5,000)
Other Direct Costs*
Indirect Costs
Total
FY10 ($)
FY11 ($)
FY12 ($)
8640.00
0
0
FY13 ($)
Current
8640.00
0
0
FY14 ($)
Projected
8640.00
0
0
8640.00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8640.00
0
0
0
8640.00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
* Provide a brief description of the Expenses table. In the Physical Infrastructure section, include
cost for purchase/lease of land and cost of facility construction and on‐going debt service.
D. Research, Teaching, Public and Professional Service
Marine Quest
1. Research
In the below table, list currently funded research projects (extramural and intramural). Include title,
investigators, dollar amount, and time frame.You may reference information in the REACH NC Ap‐
pendix in response to this question.
Table D1. Research
222
Project title
PI/CoPIs – include insti‐
tution
Sponsor
Amount
Dates
2. Teaching and Instruction (if applicable)
a.) Identify courses taught for degree credit that are directly related to the Activity. The teaching
activity described is fiscally separate from Marine Quest resources.
Table D2. Teaching and Instruction for Degree Credit
Course title,
Dates of‐
Instructor(s) Brief description of course (one
number, and
fered
and
sentence)
level
affiliation(s)
EVS 485/592
Fall 2008
Sue Kezios
Communicating Ocean Sciences
(COSEE/NSF course utilized to
prepare potential MarineQuest
instructors)
Enrollment Figures
Total/on‐site/distance
education
15 on‐site
*Note this course has been taught numerous times since 2008 when first implemented by S. Kezios.
There has been a distance version. This information should be contributed by the EVS department.
MarineQuest has also provided guest instruction for other professors’ courses when appropriate
(i.e., EVS 592: Methods of Teaching Coastal Science).
b.) Identify workshops, continuing education, or other non‐credit bearing instruction to community
that are directly related to the Activity.
Table D3: Non‐Degree Credit Instruction
Workshop/Instruction Dates of‐
Instructor(s)
title
fered
and
Affiliation(s)
ROV Workshop
Spring
Jeremy Bur‐
2008
nett; Joe
Oliver
Marinequest
B.O.B. workshop
Spring
Jeremy Bur‐
2009
nett; Joe
Oliver
MarineQuest
Marine Biotechnology Spring
Sonja Pyott
2009
UNCW Dept.
Biology &
Marine Biol‐
ogy; Jeremy
Burnett
223
Brief description of instruc‐
tion (1 sentence)
Trained teachers & students
how to construct the Sea
Perch ROV per M.I.T. pro‐
gram instructions
Trained teachers and envi‐
ronmental educators how to
construct buoys per NOAA
program instructions
MarineQuest helped devel‐
op curriculum for the work‐
shop offered by SMEC (cur‐
rently CE‐STEM)
Enrollment Figures
Total/on‐site/ dis‐
tance edu
12
16
?
MarineQuest
Phytoplankton Moni‐ Spring
Jeremy Bur‐ Trained teachers & commu‐ 22; 14
toring Network Train‐ 2010;
nett
nity members how to identi‐
ing workshop
2012
MarineQuest fy and report on algal
blooms
*Note MarineQuest also provided guest instruction for other professors’ continuing education
courses when appropriate (i.e., Island Ecology for Educators).
c.) Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Profession‐
al Service will be captured in a different section, so please constrain this list to those examples that
serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as science cafes and
K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement
Number of partic‐
Public Service / Out‐
Dates
Personnel In‐
Participants in
reach/Engagement pro‐
volved
program (e.g. K‐12 ipants
teachers)
gram name and brief de‐
scription (one sentence)
1308
Summer
Sue Kezios; Janie k‐12 students
MarineQuest Summer
2012
McAuliffe; stu‐
Camps – 27 different pro‐
dent staff
grams offered multiple
times throughout summer
2011‐2012
Jeremy Burnett; k‐12 students and 1806
MarineQuest School pro‐
school year
Janie McAuliffe; teachers
grams – programs offered
student staff
on site at CMS, in the field
or at the school
245
Jeremy Burnett; k‐12 students
MarineQuest Saturdays – ½ Monthly
Janie McAuliffe;
Sept. ’11 to
day programs at CMS one
student staff
May 2012
Saturday per month
MarineQuest’s Whale Pro‐
2011‐2012
Jeremy Burnett; PreK‐second
201
gram – marine debris edu‐
school year
Sue Kezios
grade
cation
Sue Kezios; Jer‐
Families
115
MarineQuest Family Nights Nov. 2011;
April 2012
emy Burnett
offered at CMS once a se‐
mester
Earth Day Celebration
April 2012
Sue Kezios
Families
184
March 2012 Sue Kezios
preK‐second
450
Read‐to‐Me Festival: Dr.
grade
Seuss Under the Sea (out‐
reach program integrating
literature and marine sci‐
ence activities)
*Note MarineQuest has been in operation since 1980. It has served over 4000 students annually
since 2002.
d.) Professional Service
224
Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activity have provid‐
ed to North Carolina or at the regional / national / international level. Include all North Carolina ad‐
visory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit
this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.
Table D5. Professional Service
Board or Group name
Dates
Activity member name and affilia‐
tion
Service provided
E. Outputs and Impacts
Marine Quest
1. Publications
a.) List refereed publications directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or
representative publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. You may reference in‐
formation in the REACH NC Appendix in response to this question.
b.) List non‐refereed publications such as journal articles, reviews, conference papers, books and
book chaptersdirectly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐
tive publications for the period ofJanuary 1, 2008 – present.
2. Technical Outputs
List any technical outputs such as CDs, software programs, databases, algorithms, and/or measure‐
ment instruments. Include the key participants and their affiliation. There is no time limit on
when these occurred.
3. Commercialization and Technology Transfer
List and describe commercialization or the transfer of technology to either the private or the
governmental sector. Technology transfer can include a range of actions including patent
applications, company formations, and/or licensing agreements. There is no time limit on
when these occurred.
4. Awards and Honors
Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of
their participation in theActivity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publica‐
tions for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.
225
Table E1. Awards and Honors
Award or Honor
Date
Name
Brief Description
F. Other Watson College of Education
226
Section II‐10. Coastal and Marine Science Activities
A. Activity: OTHER
B. Activity Narrative
Our vision for the future must include a strong sense of place. To be a national and global leader in demonstrating
how universities can serve their regions, we must come to understand and embrace the importance of our coastal
location between the Atlantic Ocean and the Cape Fear River. As North Carolina’s coastal university, UNCW must
utilize its location to explore modern questions related to commerce, human health, nutrition, the environment and
social and cultural dynamics. There is no complete understanding of human history, the human condition or litera‐
ture and music and art in the absence of the sea. – UNCW Chancellor Gary L. Miller, 2012
In previous sections we described the effort and resources associated with academic and research pro‐
grams directly linked to Marine Science. In this section, we provide examples from across UNCW that
give life to Chancellor Miller’s vision of “Love of Place”; initiatives in the Arts, Humanities, and Human
Sciences related to our coastal focus but outside of the traditional Marine Science umbrella.
Department of Creative Writing – Home to one of the premier creative writing programs in the country,
this comprehensive department includes Ecotone, a semi‐annual journal that seeks to reimagine place
by combining the literary and scientific, the personal and biological, the urban and the rural; and the
Publishing Laboratory, an apprenticeship center for students of creative writing to learn all aspects of
the publishing business. Students and faculty members in the department draw inspiration from
UNCW’s coastal setting, and coastal themes are often apparent in the work of Ecotone and the Publish‐
ing Laboratory.

In 2008, The Publishing Laboratory of the Department of Creative Writing reprinted Ben Dixon
MacNeill’s classic work The Hatterasman on the 50th anniversary of its original publication by
John F. Blair. Fittingly, it was distributed by Blair as part of our ongoing public‐private partner‐
ship. The 50th anniversary edition featured in introduction by UNCW CRW Professor Philip
Gerard, whose own first novel, Hatteras Light, was partly inspired by MacNeill’s work.

UNCW's prize‐winning literary journal, Ecotone, is by definition focused on edges, and there is
no greater edge than the coast. We have published some of the country's very top nature writ‐
ers, including Peter Matthiessen, Annie Proulx, and John Hay, as well as the coastal photographs
of Barry Goldstein. Though our writers have always ranged widely, the coast remains central to
the magazine.
Current Ecotone managing editor and faculty member David Gessner has described his work as
follows, “My own work has focused on the coasts in books like Return of the Osprey, Soaring
with Fidel and The Tarball Chronicles. The latter book focused not just on the BP oil spill's impact
on the Gulf shores, but on larger issues of erosion. I have become increasingly involved in writ‐
ing about coastal problems, including coastal erosion and the deployment of groins and other
armaments. Toward this end I have traveled the Carolina Coast with Duke's Orrin Pilkey and re‐
cently travelled from Cape Cod to Carolina with an eye toward a forthcoming book called Walk‐
ing the Edge, about the future of the Atlantic coast. I regularly write for the Natural Resources
Defense Council on coastal issues. My essay in pelicans, Wrightsville Beach and the fluctuating
coasts of North Carolina won the John Burroughs Award for Best Nature Essay of 2006.”
The Department of Creative Writing hosted a writers retreat on Bald Head Island in 2008, using
the island's natural topography as an inspiration to writers from around the country.


227
Department of Film Studies – Student projects often incorporate local settings and coastal themes, the
two projects listed below are recent examples of projects that focus on aspects of marine science, ma‐
rine mammal strandings and sea turtle rescue, that relate directly to work in our academic marine sci‐
ence programs and capture the public’s imagination.

Out of the Blue by Matt Stamm. The goal of this film is to educate the public about the issues
surrounding dolphin and whale strandings. Each year thousands of these animals wash up on
U.S. coastlines. While natural causes account for many of these beachings, it is estimated that
more than 50% of them are the result of human induced causes such as commercial fishing, ves‐
sel strikes, pollution, NAVY sonar usage, and even gunshot wounds. Valiant efforts are made by
marine mammal stranding programs to rescue and rehabilitate these animals, but less than 1%
of beached cetaceans survive. http://www.outofthebluedoc.org/
 Sanctuary by Laura Murphy. The Karen Beasley Sea Turtle Rescue and Rehabilitation Center, lo‐
cated on Topsail Island, NC, never says no to a turtle in need. Despite the struggles of funding,
staffing, and operating a not for profit organization, the volunteers at the sea turtle hospital are
committing to saving these animals from disappearing from the world as we know it. Jean
Beasley, director and founder of the hospital, is committed to helping not only sea turtles, but
the state of our planet today. This documentary brings light to the efforts of these selfless work‐
ers, and uses them as a catalyst for environmental movements worldwide. Our planet should be
celebrated and protected, and it is our responsibility to save our environment, our life, our
home. http://www.lauramurphyproductions.com/portfolio.html
Department of History – Because of the traditional role of the coastal zone in fostering societal devel‐
opment, from provision of marine resources to facilitation of commerce, there is a rich study of mari‐
time history at UNCW. Faculty members in the Department of History explore maritime themes in re‐
gional and global contexts.

Dr. William McCarthy recently published is work on the economic impact of the loss of ships and
their cargo on the development of civilizations. McCarthy, W.J. (2011) Gambling on Empire: The
economic role of shipwreck in the Age of Discovery. International Journal of Maritime History.
23(2)
 Dr. Chris Fonvielle studies in the Civil War history of Wilmington and the Lower Cape Fear re‐
gion, especially coastal operations and defenses, blockade running, and navies. He has pub‐
lished two books on North Carolina’s coastal war, The Wilmington Campaign: Last Rays of De‐
parting Hope, and Fort Anderson: Battle for Wilmington.
The Department of History also provides both formal courses and applied learning opportunities in mari‐
time history. For example:

HST 203 – The Sea in History: The history of human interaction with the sea, focusing on its im‐
portance for resources, trade and transport, exploration, and warfare.
 HST 280 – The History of Surfing: The history of the sport of surfing, tracing the cultural, techno‐
logical, and economic aspects of its transformation from a Polynesian folkway to a global multi‐
billion dollar economic force.
 HST 332 – American Environmental History: The significance of the environment in American
history from the colonial period to the present. Emphasis on the relationship between the natu‐
ral environment of North America and the development of American culture and society, as well
as changing attitudes toward the natural environment.
Department of Mathematics and Statistics – The use of mathematics and statistics is central to the de‐
scription of the coastal environment and of the relationships among natural and human elements of the
coastal region. Commensurate with that role, the Department of Mathematics and Statistics provides
228
critical service for all students pursuing degrees in marine related sciences. Moreover, faculty members
in the department are often sought out for collaboration in funded research and to serve on undergrad‐
uate and graduate thesis advisory committees.
The following courses are required for marine science undergraduate majors:
Course
Description
Schedule
Average enrollment (total since 2008)
MAT 111
College Algebra
Every semester
563 per semester (6757)
MAT 151
Basic Calculus with Applications I
Every semester
547 per semester (6564)
MAT 161
Calculus with Analytical Geometry I
Every semester
122 per semester (1469)
MAT 162
Calculus with Analytical Geometry II
Every semester
105 per semester (1257)
MAT 261
Multivariate Calculus
Every semester
62 per semester (744)
MAT 361
Differential Equations
Every semester
25 per semester (294)
STT 215
Introduction to Statistics
Every semester
256 per semester (3071)
Total students taught in these courses
20244
Department of Psychology – The study of cognitive and behavioral processes is critical to understanding
the interactions of organisms with each other and with their environment. Faculty and students in the
Department of Psychology often use marine animals as models for understanding these processes.
From studies of the giant nerve cells in marine invertebrates to investigation of the complex behaviors
of marine mammals, Marine Science touches on many aspects of scholarship and teaching in psycholo‐
gy. Because of the cross‐disciplinary links between psychology and marine biology, many students at
UNCW major in one field and minor in the other.
The following students are Psychology alumni who have used their training in animal cognition (under
the supervision of Drs. Kate Bruce and Mark Galizio) in the pursuit of marine sciences.








Brendan Curl, Sea World, Orlando, FL — Trainer of dolphins and killer whales
Kelly Wieland, Sea World , Orlando, FL — Trainer and researcher of dolphins and killer whales
Leah Jordan, Dolphin Research Center, Grassy Key, FL – Research Assistant
Ally Mack, Dolphin Research Center, Grassy Key, FL – Research Assistant
Mary Beth Pacewicz, UC‐Santa Cruz – Graduate student studying marine mammal behavior with
Dr. Dawn Goley
Catie Nealley, Dolphin Research Center, Grassy Key, FL, and US Navy, San Diego, CA – Intern,
Marine mammal training
Alyce Kaczubski, Baltimore Aquarium, Summer Intern – Sealion training
Alexandra Mancini, (Psychology minor), Sea World, Orlando, FL – Summer intern, marine mam‐
mal training and public programs.
College of Health and Human Services (CHHS) – UNCW’s newest college houses the School of Health
and Applied Sciences, the School of Nursing, and the School of Social Work. Given our coastal location,
faculty and students in CHHS explore the unique aspects of human health care as they relate to the
coastal environment. In fact, CHHS has proposed a Coastal Health Initiative that is designed to focus on
the interplay between the environment and human health, and more specifically, on maintaining human
health in a coastal environment. Aspects of the Coastal Health Initiative are found in many CHHS course
offerings.

HEA 207: Nutrition and Behavior ‐ A comprehensive analysis of personal food choices, physical
activity and nutrition‐related behavior. Lifetime energy balanced food and activity plans are de‐
229


veloped that include fish based lunches, snacks and dinners. In a coastal environment there is an
abundant supply of seafood including fish and shell fish (crustaceans and mollusks). Importantly,
this course reviews guidelines for seafood consumption and seafood safety. The seafood envi‐
ronment is dynamic. Controversies related to omega‐3 fatty acid supplementation, mercury lev‐
els and numerous sea and waterway harvesting and economic issues are reviewed.
REC 362: Special Topics in Recreation Services (North Carolina Coastal Issues and Experience) ‐
involves a detailed investigation and examination of the social, political, biological, environmen‐
tal, ecological and cultural influences impacting the health and well‐being of the North Carolina
coast/environment. Particular attention is focused on the interaction and interplay between
humans and the coast/environment. Both the impact/influence of humans on the health of the
North Carolina coast/environment and the impact/influence of the North Carolina
coast/environment on the health of humans are studied.
REC 366: Coastal Recreation Resource Management is a detailed examination of management
of coastal recreation resources and their relationship, inter‐dependence and impact upon hu‐
man and environmental health and well‐being. Students are asked to examine the current sta‐
tus of the coastal environment and plan for its future health and well‐being. Social, geological,
recreational, biological and psychological aspects of coastal health and the environment are
analyzed as a means of understanding the interplay between the coast/environment and human
health and the dependence of one upon the other.
UNCW Honors College – Home to the UNCW Honors Scholars Program and the Center for Support of
Undergraduate Research and Fellowships, the Honors College supports excellence in undergraduate ed‐
ucation. Students pursuing Honors at UNCW must complete a 6 credit honors project that culminates in
a publically defended thesis. Below are several examples of Honor Theses that exemplify the interdisci‐
plinary nature of marine science.









Julienne Beblo, Art and Art History, An analysis of ocean‐derived clay balls as a ceramic medium.
Laurent Kipp, Chemistry and Biochemistry, Metals and organic contaminants in oysters and sediments.
Charles White II, Computer Science, Analyzing diving and coordination behaviors of cetaceans using digital
acoustic recording tags.
Jennifer Colletti, English, A path to preservation: sense of place as a conservation tool for modern land‐
scapes.
Kendyll Goeman, Environmental Studies, Exploiting anthropomorphic vocabulary to describe biological
phenomena: variations in undergraduate disciplines
Jessica Makowski, Environmental Studies, Water quality in an urban artificial wetland.
Elizabeth Rivers, Environmental Studies, The economic valuation of natural versus constructed wetlands.
Kemp Burdette, Geography and Geology, Cape Fear ballast stones: Their introduction and use in the re‐
gion between 1650 and 1850.
Devin Kelly, Geography and Geology, History of Beach Going: tourism in Carolina Beach and surrounding
areas, an exhibit for the federal point history center.
The Center for the Support of Undergraduate Research and Fellowships supports undergraduate re‐
search by providing funds for supplies and travel, as well as coordinating the application process for na‐
tional scholarship competitions. The following students have won the prestigious Earnest F. Hollings
Scholarship in Marine Science from National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
2005
2005
2006
Janie McGregor
Charles White
Ashley Cedzo
Biology and Marine Biology
Computer Science
Biology and Marine Biology
230
2006
2006
2008
2009
2009
2010
2011
2011
Katherine Hart
Marian Landon
Sarah Fann
Kerri Allen
Heather Page
Julienne Beblo
Andrew Niccum
Matthew Birk
Biology and Marine Biology
Biology and Marine Biology
Biology and Marine Biology
Geography and Geology
Biology and Marine Biology
Biology and Marine Biology
Biology and Marine Biology
Biology and Marine Biology
Randall Library – The Randall Library provides information resources and learner‐centered services and
cultivates a rich physical and virtual environment dedicated to the open exchange of ideas and an in‐
formation literate community. Mindful of UNCW’s role as North Carolina’s Coastal University and the
significant emphasis on marine science within the academic programs, the Randall Library faculty and
staff cultivate marine related collections to ensure access to the latest resources available. Marine sci‐
ence is a “growth” field, and the information resources needed to support marine science activities are
also in “growth” mode. If we are to properly support students, faculty and staff, now and in the future,
we need to grow library resources accordingly.
Randall Library provides numerous resources and services in support of marine science‐related teaching
and research activities at UNCW. These include but are not limited to specialized research databases,
world‐class marine science journals and monographs, subject librarians and various special collections
highlighting the scientific and cultural heritage of the North Carolina coast.
Select Research Databases:
Aquatic Sciences and Fisheries Abstracts, BIOSIS Previews, GeoRef, SciFinder and Web of Science.
Select Journals:
Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, Fisheries, Journal of Coastal Research, Journal of Experimental Ma‐
rine Biology and Ecology, Journal of Natural Products, Journal of Shellfish Research, Limnology and
Oceanography, Marine Biology, Marine Chemistry, Marine Ecology Progress Series, Marine Geology, Ma‐
rine Mammal Science, Phytochemistry and Wetlands.
231
Section III. Concluding Remarks
The University of North Carolina Wilmington
North Carolina’s Coastal University
The scientific and creative exploration of the coastal and marine environment is woven into the fabric of
the university, a fact that reflects both our location between the Cape Fear River and the Atlantic Ocean
and our long history of coastal activity. Our marine science program is a collection of excellent academic
and research programs that spans across all units of the university and captures the imaginations of stu‐
dents of all ages and backgrounds. Our faculty, staff, and students contribute directly to the economic
development of the state through their scholarship and through their service to coastal stakeholders.
The future of Marine Science at UNCW is bright. Several new initiatives have just taken root or will
come to fruition in the next year. The Shellfish Research Hatchery opened in January 2011 and is lead‐
ing efforts to support and develop shellfish markets in the state. The opening of the Marine Biotechnol‐
ogy Center (MARBIONC) in early 2013 will shepherd in an enhanced era of public‐private partnership in
the quest for marketable products and ideas from the sea. Our academic programs are growing in both
the number of students and in the number of programs. Our traditional strength in Marine Biology has
been augmented by the additional degree programs in Oceanography and Marine and Coastal Ocean
Policy. Our programs continue to attract top faculty and students who bring exciting ideas and new per‐
spectives. Novel technologies applied to traditional marine science fields, such as our digital transmis‐
sion electron microscope and NMR, and in the creative arts, such as the Publication Laboratory and Film
Editing Laboratory, open a myriad of possibilities for our students and faculty.
Given the diversity and magnitude of marine related activities across UNCW, our designation as North
Carolina’s Coastal University is certainly fitting. Our programs are complementary and cooperative, and
allow students and faculty to work at the boundaries of traditional fields to forge new areas of excel‐
lence and innovation. To harness the collective power of our marine programs we are in the planning
stages for a Marine Symposium that will highlight marine related contributions in the arts and sciences
by our students and faculty. We envision this symposium as a campus‐wide celebration of our coastal
and marine initiatives, and recognition of our coastal location and heritage.
Marine science has been a part of UNCW from its founding in 1947. Since that time, successive genera‐
tions of administrators, faculty, and students have reaffirmed UNCW’s commitment to serving the State
of North Carolina through education, research, and service directly enhancing the value and opportunity
of our coastal resources. This report has highlighted the breadth and integration of marine and coastal
sciences throughout the university. The faculty, staff, and administration of UNCW see three key ele‐
ments which will contribute to excellence in marine science at UNCW, in the state of North Carolina, and
at the National level:
232
1) The establishment of a university wide marine science communication council at UNCW is a
short‐term activity to assist in accurate and timely sharing of information on the wide array of
marine science activities. The activity will provide an opportunity for further cross‐disciplinary
enhancement in development, delivery, and evaluation of each activity. The first activity pro‐
posed is a marine science symposium to enlist participation of academic units impinging on ma‐
rine science from across the campus. Information will include academic, research, outreach and
education, and economic development;
2) A longer term outcome is the development of a learning community in marine science, whereby
faculty, staff, students, and the public could learn more about the marine sciences in an educa‐
tional environment. This aspect is in keeping with the developing university studies curriculum
at UNCW and our fledgling Quality Enhancement Program which focuses on applied learning;
3) A long‐term outcome is the development to complete fruition of a Marine Science Alliance in the
state of North Carolina, whereby academic programs amongst the institutions offering marine
science become transparent to student enrollment and faculty teaching, where research
productivity is measured by collaboration and cooperation, and where outreach translates into
economic development in the state’s coastal regions. A draft concept document was devel‐
oped by UNCW well before the initiation of this state‐wide review, and is presently being circu‐
lated to UNC‐Chapel Hill, NC State University, East Carolina University, and Duke University for
their edits and suggestions. This alliance will provide North Carolina with one of the most di‐
verse and talented research pools in the nation, certainly amongst the best on the East coast.
There are, of course, many obstacles and impediments to any more organized structure for Marine Sci‐
ence in UNCW and in the State of North Carolina. But science is no longer a cluster of single small
“shops” for research and development. Rather, collaboration is the key word. Science further has a de‐
velopmental spectrum that includes basic, applied, and translational aspects that when properly tuned
provides a number of new opportunities for accessing funds, creating new knowledge, and applying that
knowledge to the human condition or the environment.
Research and development is all about obtaining sufficient resources to carry out the work that needs to
be done. At one time, the source was the Federal government with small amounts of basic support
from the states and the university. It would appear that to be successful in the 21st century, many dif‐
ferent and varied avenues of funding support need to be accessed. From public to private, from peer‐
reviewed to philanthropic, from basic to pure industrial, all assets have their appropriate leverage.
There is no excellence without resources. There are insufficient resources without excellence. Science
cartels and innovation clusters will drive new knowledge creation. Creative provision of large equip‐
ment cores, optimized arrangement of science disciplines, creative avenues for student training, and
active communities of passionate individuals at all levels will continue fuel the marine sciences at
UNCW. Our work at the interface of disciplines creates novel uses of basic science discovery. Our trans‐
lation of discovery into product offers tangible return to the community, and our creation of new
knowledge stimulates young minds, and old alike, to persevere. The past four years have been extreme‐
ly difficult in science and in the economy in general. That we as marine scientists are still active and pas‐
sionate about our work in teaching, research, and outreach is a testament to our tenacity.
“Organizations must not throw out the capabilities, organizational structures, and decision‐making pro‐
cesses that have made them successful. . . just because they don’t work in the face of [disruption]. . .
these cultures and practices are valuable only under certain conditions. Resource allocation is the most
important element of managing the innovation that accompanies changes in the way ‘we always did
things’. Iterative learning is therefore intrinsic to the search for success. “
Clayton M. Christensen, The Innovators Dilemma, 2002.
233
234